20-F

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: 30 June 2016

Commission file number 1-10691

DIAGEO plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

David Harlock, Company Secretary

Tel: +44 20 8978 6000

E-mail: the.cosec@diageo.com

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares

Ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange(i)

2.875% Guaranteed Notes due 2022

8.000% Guaranteed Notes due 2022

7.450% Guaranteed Notes due 2035

4.250% Guaranteed Notes due 2042

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

(i) Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing such ordinary shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,754,380,836 ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each.


Indicate by check mark if each registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes x No ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if each registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ¨ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer x                             Accelerated Filer ¨                         Non-Accelerated Filer ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ¨    International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x
   Other ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ¨ Item 18 ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F and the annual report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 2016 of Diageo plc (the 2016 Form 20-F).

 

 

 


Contents

 

5    Introduction
7    Recent trends
8    Historical information
12    Strategic report
12    Business description
12    Our business
17    Our global reach
18    Our brands
19    Breadth and depth across price points
20    Our strategy
21    Our business model
23    How we measure performance: key performance indicators
28    Chairman’s statement
32    Chief Executive’s statement
35    Market dynamics
38    How we will deliver our Performance Ambition
39    Risk factors
46    Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements
48    Business review
48    Operating results 2016 compared with 2015
80    Operating results 2015 compared with 2014
110    Liquidity and capital resources
112    Contractual obligations and commitments
112    Off-balance sheet arrangements
113    Risk management
113    Critical accounting policies
113    New accounting standards
114    Our role in society
133    Definitions and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures
147    Governance
147    Board of Directors and Company Secretary

150

   Executive Committee
152    Corporate governance report
161    Report of the Audit Committee
165    Directors’ remuneration report
194    Directors’ report

 

3


Contents (continued)

 

197

   Financial statements

197

   Reports of independent registered public accounting firms

199

   Consolidated income statement

200

   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

201

   Consolidated balance sheet

202

   Consolidated statement of changes in equity

203

   Consolidated statement of cash flows

204

   Notes to the consolidated financial statements

204

  

Accounting information and policies

207

  

Results for the year

224

  

Operating assets and liabilities

245

  

Risk management and capital structure

261

  

Other financial information

271

   Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

272

   Additional information for shareholders

272

   Legal proceedings

272

   Related party transactions

272

   Share capital

273

   American depositary shares

274

   Articles of association

278

   Exchange controls

278

   Documents on display

279

   Taxation

282

   Warning to shareholders - share fraud

283

   Signature

284

   Exhibits

286

   Cross reference to Form 20-F

288

   Glossary of terms and US equivalents

 

4


Introduction

Diageo is the world’s leading premium drinks business. Its geographic breadth and range of industry leading brands across categories and price points is unparalleled.

Diageo plc is incorporated as a public limited company in England and Wales. Diageo was incorporated as Arthur Guinness Son and Company Limited on 21 October 1886. The group was formed by the merger of Grand Metropolitan Public Limited Company (GrandMet) and Guinness plc (the Guinness Group) in December 1997. Diageo plc’s principal executive office is located at Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ and its telephone number is +44 (0) 20 8978 6000. Diageo plc’s agent for service of process in the United States is General Counsel, Diageo North America, Inc., 801 Main Avenue (6078-06), Norwalk, CT 06851.

This is the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2016. The information set out in this Form 20-F does not constitute Diageo plc’s statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2016, 2015 or 2014. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has reported on the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2016 and the group’s former auditors, KPMG LLP has reported on the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015 and 2014; their respective audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the years ended 30 June 2016, 2015 or 2014. The accounts for 2015 and 2014 have been delivered to the registrar of companies for England and Wales and those for 2016 will be delivered in due course.

This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors beyond Diageo’s control. For more details, please refer to the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 46-47.

The content of the company’s website (www.diageo.com) or any other documents referred to herein should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this report. This report includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns or which others own and license to Diageo for use. In this report, the term ‘company’ refers to Diageo plc and terms ‘group’ and ‘Diageo’ refer to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. A glossary of terms used in this report is included at the end of the report.

Diageo’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information contained in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Information presented

Organic movements and organic operating margins are before exceptional items. Share, unless otherwise stated, refers to value share. For a definition of organic movement and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures see on page 133.

The brand ranking information presented in this report, when comparing information with competitors, reflects data published by sources such as IWSR, Impact Databank, Nielsen, Beverage Information Group and Plato Logic. Market data information and competitive set classifications are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

Disclosures not incorporated by reference

The following pages and sections of the Annual Report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2016, are not incorporated by reference into this report on Form 20-F and are furnished to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for information only:

 

    Disclosures under the headings ‘Doing business the right way’ and ‘Our role in society’ in the section ‘Strategic Report – Our business’ on page 12.

 

5


Introduction (continued)

 

    Disclosures included under the titles ‘Number of responsible drinking programs (%)’, ‘Water withdrawals’ and ‘Carbon emissions’ in the section ‘Strategic Report – Our Global Reach – Diageo reports as five regions’ on page 17.
    Disclosures on pages 21 and 22 in the section ‘Strategic Report – Our business model’ under the sub-headings ‘Values’, ‘Our role in society’ and ‘Sustainability and responsibility priorities’.
    Disclosures on pages 25 and 27 in the section ‘Strategic Report – How we measure performance: key performance indicators’ of non-financial key performance indicators.
    Disclosures under the heading ‘Our role in society’ in the Chairman’s Statement on page 30.
    Disclosures under the heading ’ Our role in society’ in the Chief Executive’s statement on pages 33 and 34.
    Disclosures on pages 36 and 37 under the heading ‘Strategic Report – Market Dynamics – Earning the trust and respect which support performance’.
    Disclosures included under the heading ‘Strategic Report – How we will deliver our Performance Ambition – our three Sustainability and responsibility priorities’ on page 38.
    Disclosures included under the titles ‘Sustainability and responsibility’ on pages 61, 64, 68, 71, and 74 in relation to each reporting segment in the Business Review.
    Disclosures in the section ‘Strategic report – Our role in society’ on pages 114 to 132.

 

6


Recent trends

The following comments were made by Ivan Menezes, Chief Executive of Diageo, in Diageo’s preliminary results announcement on 28 July 2016:

“This is a good set of results delivering what we set out to achieve this time last year and demonstrating our momentum.

This better performance reflects the work we have done to strengthen our big brands through marketing and innovation, as well as expanding our distribution reach. Our six global brands and our US spirits business are all back in growth and we have seen a significant improvement in the performance of our scotch and beer portfolios. The delivery of volume growth; organic margin expansion; increased free cash flow; and the disposal of £1bn in non-core assets, comes from an everyday focus on efficiency in each aspect of our business. We have also made significant progress this year in our aim to improve the role of alcohol in society, partner with our communities and reduce our environmental impact.

These results position us well to deliver a stronger performance in F17. We are confident of achieving our objective of mid-single digit top line growth, and in the three years ending F19 delivering 100bps of organic operating margin improvement.”

 

7


Historical information

The following tables present selected consolidated financial data for Diageo for the five years ended 30 June 2016 and as at the respective year ends. The data presented below for the five years ended 30 June 2016 and the respective year ends has been derived from Diageo’s consolidated financial statements, audited by Diageo’s independent auditor. The group’s former auditors, KPMG LLP and its affiliates (KPMG) reported on the financial statements for the four years ended 30 June 2015.

 

                                                                                                             
Income statement data    Year ended 30 June  
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2012
£ million
 

Sales

     15,641        15,966        13,980        15,276        14,392   

Excise duties

     (5,156     (5,153     (3,722     (3,973     (3,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     10,485        10,813        10,258        11,303        10,639   

Cost of sales

     (4,251     (4,610     (4,029     (4,416     (4,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,234        6,203        6,229        6,887        6,431   

Marketing

     (1,562     (1,629     (1,620     (1,769     (1,671

Other operating expenses

     (1,831     (1,777     (1,902     (1,738     (1,652
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     2,841        2,797        2,707        3,380        3,108   

Non-operating items

     123        373        140        (83     147   

Net interest and other financial charges

     (327     (412     (388     (457     (441

Share of other tax results of associates and joint ventures

     221        175        252        217        229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,858        2,933        2,711        3,057        3,043   

Taxation

     (496     (466     (447     (507     (1,011
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     2,362        2,467        2,264        2,550        2,032   

Discontinued operations

                   (83            (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,362        2,467        2,181        2,550        2,021   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares

   million     million     million     million     million  

Shares in issue excluding own shares

     2,508        2,505        2,506        2,502        2,495   

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

     10        12        11        15        14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,518        2,517        2,517        2,517        2,509   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data

   pence     pence     pence     pence     pence  

Dividend per share

     59.2        56.4        51.7        47.4        43.5   

Earnings per share

          

Basic

          

Continuing operations

     89.5        95.0        93.0        98.0        76.6   

Discontinued operations

                   (3.3            (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

     89.5        95.0        89.7        98.0        76.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

          

Continuing operations

     89.1        94.6        92.6        97.4        76.2   

Discontinued operations

                   (3.3            (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

     89.1        94.6        89.3        97.4        75.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

8


Historical information (continued)

 

Balance sheet data

 

                                                                                                             
     As at 30 June  
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2012
£ million
 

Non-current assets

     19,639        18,134        15,495        16,481        15,098   

Current assets

     8,852        7,670        7,469        8,510        7,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     28,491        25,804        22,964        24,991        22,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     (6,187     (5,290     (4,851     (5,519     (4,762

Non-current liabilities

     (12,124     (11,258     (10,523     (11,384     (10,715
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (18,311     (16,548     (15,374     (16,903     (15,477
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     10,180        9,256        7,590        8,088        6,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share capital

     797        797        797        797        797   

Share premium

     1,347        1,346        1,345        1,344        1,344   

Other reserves

     2,625        1,994        2,243        3,154        3,213   

Retained earnings

     3,761        3,634        2,438        1,741        234   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     8,530        7,771        6,823        7,036        5,588   

Non-controlling interests

     1,650        1,485        767        1,052        1,204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     10,180        9,256        7,590        8,088        6,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings

     (8,635     (9,527     (8,850     (8,403     (7,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes to the historical information

1. Accounting policies The consolidated financial statements for the five years ended 30 June 2016 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The IFRS accounting policies applied by the group to prepare the financial information in this document are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

9


Historical information (continued)

 

2. Exceptional items Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. An analysis of exceptional items is as follows:

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2012
£ million
 

Items included in operating profit

          

Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment

     (118            (264     (50     (59

Restructuring programmes

            (82     (163     (69     (96

Duty settlements

            (146                     

Associate impairment

            (41                     

Pension changes – past service credits

                          20        115   

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited

     (49                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (167     (269     (427     (99     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating items

          

Gains/(losses) on sale of businesses

     215        247               (83     23   

Step up gains

            156        140               124   

Other non-operating items

     (92     (30                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     123        373        140        (83     147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Items included in taxation

          

Tax credit on exceptional operating items

     7        51        99        27        19   

Tax on sale of businesses

     49                      28          

Loss of future tax amortisation

                                 (524
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     56        51        99        55        (505
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items in continuing operations

     12        155        (188     (127     (398

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 3)

                   (83            (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items

     12        155        (271     (127     (409
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (£91 million less tax of £8 million) (2012 - £16 million less deferred tax of £5 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

4. Dividends The Board expects that Diageo will pay an interim dividend in April and a final dividend in October of each year. Approximately 40% of the total dividend in respect of any financial year is expected to be paid as an interim dividend and approximately 60% as a final dividend. The payment of any future dividends, subject to shareholder approval, will depend upon Diageo’s earnings, financial condition and such other factors as the Board deems relevant. Proposed dividends are not considered to be a liability until they are approved by the Board for the interim dividend and by the shareholders at the annual general meeting for the final dividend.

The table below sets out the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by the company on each ordinary share. The dividends are translated into US dollars per ADS (each ADS representing four ordinary shares) at the actual rate on each of the respective dividend payment dates.

 

                                                                                                                                   
            Year ended 30 June  
            2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
            pence      pence      pence      pence      pence  

Per ordinary share

     Interim         22.60         21.50         19.70         18.10         16.60   
     Final         36.60         34.90         32.00         29.30         26.90   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total         59.20         56.40         51.70         47.40         43.50   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            $      $      $      $      $  

Per ADS

     Interim         1.27         1.28         1.31         1.10         1.05   
     Final         1.95         2.14         2.06         1.89         1.72   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total         3.22         3.42         3.37         2.99         2.77   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10


Historical information (continued)

 

Note: Subject to shareholders’ approval the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 will be paid on 6 October 2016, and payment to US ADR holders will be made on 12 October 2016. In the table above, an exchange rate of £1 = $1.33 has been assumed for this dividend, but the exact amount of the payment to US ADR holders will be determined by the rate of exchange on 6 October 2016.

5. Net borrowings Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

6. Share capital There were 2,754 million ordinary share of 28 101108 pence each in issue with a nominal value of £797 million throughout the five year period ended 30 June 2016.

7. Exchange rates A substantial portion of the group’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than sterling. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the group’s financial position and results of operations, see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

The following table shows year end and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates, for the periods indicated, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2016
$
     2015
$
     2014
$
     2013
$
     2012
$
 

Year end

     1.32         1.57         1.71         1.52         1.57   

Average rate(i)

     1.47         1.57         1.64         1.57         1.59   

 

 

(i)  The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

The following table shows period end, high, low and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates by month, for the six month period to 31 July 2016, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 

                                                                                                                                   
    2016  
    July      June      May      April      March      February  
    $      $      $      $      $      $  

Month end

    1.33         1.32         1.45         1.46         1.44         1.39   

Month high

    1.33         1.48         1.47         1.46         1.45         1.46   

Month low

    1.29         1.32         1.44         1.41         1.39         1.39   

Average rate(i)

    1.31         1.42         1.45         1.43         1.42         1.43   

 

 

(i)  The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

 

     The noon buying exchange rate as at 29 July 2016 was £1 = $1.33.

These rates have been provided for information only. They are not necessarily the rates that have been used in this document for currency translations or in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

11


Strategic report

Business description

OUR BUSINESS

Diageo is a global leader in beverage alcohol with iconic brands across spirits and beer. We truly understand the consumer and have world-class marketing and innovation skills to build powerful brands that play a positive role in society.

Diageo has built a strong platform for growth. We have grown through investment in our brands, and by acquisition to broaden our geographical footprint and category depth and range.

Our 21 market model(i) has established strong local business units, well positioned to win in increasingly competitive and fast paced operating environments.

We want to make a positive contribution – to society, to communities, to individuals, and to the environment – while continuing to prosper as a business. We actively create the shared value that is part of our heritage, and essential to our future.

Strength through global reach and iconic brands

We build global brands alongside local stars. These brands have broad consumer appeal across geographies to meet demand now and in the future.

Doing business the right way

For us, standards are everything, from how we produce and market our brands, to how we innovate and sell, and in governance and ethics as codified in our Code of Business Conduct.

 

We produce

  

We innovate

  

We market

  

We sell

We produce our brands from more than 150 sites in around 30 countries. We are committed to efficient, sustainable production to the highest quality standards. Our export-led International Supply Centre (ISC) employs over 4,000 people across more than 55 sites in Scotland, England, Ireland, Italy and the Netherlands.    Innovation is a mindset driving everything we do and an important growth engine for our business. We combine our world-leading technical and research capability with investments in smaller start-ups. We partner with entrepreneurs to actively experiment in digital technology, new business models and partnerships to solve business issues and unlock new opportunities.    For decades our brands have been at the forefront of marketing innovation and the same remains true today. We invest in world-class marketing to build our brands, focused on programmes which recruit and re-recruit consumers. We take our obligations to market responsibly and help consumers make informed decisions seriously.    Everyone at Diageo sells or understands how they can help sell. This is just one expression of the sales-led organisation we are building. We work to extend our sales reach by ensuring our products are available where people want them and by delivering memorable consumer experiences.

Our role in society

Everywhere we operate, we set out to have a positive impact on the world around us. Doing so is good for our business, for our communities and for our consumers.

At the core of our approach is a commitment to create a positive role for alcohol in society. This is fundamental to our purpose – celebrating life, every day, everywhere. We are also committed to tackling alcohol misuse through effective programmes that prevent and reduce alcohol misuse, and work with others to raise awareness and change people’s attitudes and behaviour. We market our products responsibly and provide the information consumers need to make informed decisions.

Our distilleries and breweries are at the very heart of the communities in which we work, which gives us an opportunity to create shared value. To do this, we work hard to increase access to opportunity through: enabling entrepreneurship, employability and skills; improving access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene; and helping to empower women.

By reducing carbon packaging, water and waste now, we are reducing our environmental impact to support future opportunities.

 

(i) Throughout this Annual Report 2016, reference to Diageo’s 21 geographically based markets are stated as ‘21 markets’.

 

12


Business description (continued)

 

Production

Diageo owns manufacturing production facilities across the globe, including maltings, distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses, cooperages and distribution warehouses. Diageo’s brands are also produced at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at a number of locations internationally.

Diageo has been investing over the last few years in a number of restructuring programmes to increase the efficiency of its supply operations. This has resulted in improvements and changes in the group’s supply operations principally in North America, Scotland and Ireland.

The locations, principal activities, products, packaging production capacity and packaging production volume of Diageo’s principal production centres in the year ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

Location

  

Principal products

       Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalent
units (i)
     Production
    volume in 2016
in

millions of
equivalent units
 
United Kingdom (Spirits)    Scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink      96         52   
UK, Ireland (Guinness)    Beer      8         7   
Ireland (Baileys)    Irish cream liqueur      12         7   
Italy (Santa Vittoria)    Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink      11         4   
Turkey    Raki, vodka, gin, liqueur, wine      8         6   
United States, Canada, US Virgin Islands    Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, ready to drink      43         34   
Brazil    Cachaça, vodka      11         8   
Mexico    Tequila      1         1   
Australia    Rum, vodka, ready to drink      4         2   
Singapore    Finishing centre      7         1   
India    Rum, vodka, whisky, scotch, brandy, gin, wine      160         111   
Nigeria    Beer      7         5   
South Africa    Beer, spirits and ready to drink      8         6   
East Africa (Uganda, Kenya, Tanzania)    Beer and spirits      13         11   
Africa Regional Markets (Ethiopia, Cameroon, Ghana, Seychelles)    Beer      7         4   

 

(i) Capacity represents ongoing production capacity. The production capacities quoted in the table are based on actual production levels for the year ended 30 June 2016 adjusted for the elimination of unplanned losses and inefficiencies. On 7 October 2015 the group disposed of its brewing operations in Jamaica and Singapore and Malysia. On 1 January 2016 Diageo disposed of its wine operations in the United States. The figures above exclude the production capacity and volume for these operations.

Spirits

Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns 29 Scotch whisky distilleries in Scotland, two whisky distilleries in Canada and one whiskey distillery in the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff internationally. Ketel One and Cîroc vodkas are purchased as finished product from The Nolet Group and Eurowinegate, respectively. Gin distilleries are located in both the United Kingdom and the United States. Baileys is produced in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Rum is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom, and is distilled and blended in the US Virgin Islands and in Australia, Venezuela and Guatemala. Raki is produced in Turkey, Chinese spirits are produced in Chengdu, in the Sichuan province of China, cachaça is produced in Ceará State in Brazil and Don Julio tequila in Mexico.

 

13


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo’s maturing Scotch whisky is located in warehouses in Scotland (the largest at Blackgrange holding approximately 50% of the group’s maturing Scotch whisky), its maturing Canadian whisky in La Salle and Gimli in Canada and its maturing American whiskey in Kentucky and Tennessee in the United States. In May 2014 the company announced its intention to invest approximately $115 million (£86 million) over three years to build a distillery and six barrel storage warehouses in Shelby County, Kentucky. The new distillery is expected to be in operation by the end of calendar year 2016.

In June 2012, the company announced a multi-year investment plan in Scotch whisky production and inventory and has spent approximately £1 billion to date. The investment program was completed in the year ended 30 June 2016. Investments made during the year ended 30 June 2016 in Clynelish and increases in warehousing capacity to support distilling and maturing activities are intended to provide for long term Scotch sales growth.

Diageo owns a controlling equity stake in United Spirits Limited (USL) which is the leading alcoholic beverage company in India selling over 90 million equivalent cases of Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL). USL has a significant market presence across India and operates 26 owned, 17 leased and 39 third party manufacturing facilities in India and Nepal. USL also operates spirit distillation plants for neutral alcohol, malt spirit, grape spirit and rum spirit with accompanying maturation facilities. USL has many leading Indian brands such as McDowell’s (Indian whisky, rum and brandy), Black Dog (scotch), Signature (Indian whisky), Antiquity (Indian whisky) and Bagpiper (Indian whisky).

Beer

Diageo’s principal brewing facility is at the St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin where the capacity was recently expanded to brew all beers sold in Europe and for global exports in particular to the United States. Diageo has breweries in a number of African countries: Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Tanzania, Uganda and the Seychelles.

On 1 December 2015, Diageo disposed of its 25% equity stake in Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited, which owned a brewery in South Africa. On 7 October 2015, Diageo also completed the disposal of its 57.87% shareholding in Desnoes & Geddes (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and its 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer business) to Heineken. GAPL owns 51% of Guinness Anchor Berhad, operating in Malaysia, which was also disposed of.

Guinness is brewed by over 50 third parties around the world under licence arrangements. Guinness flavour extract is shipped from Ireland to all overseas Guinness brewing operations which use the flavour extract to brew Guinness locally. Guinness Draught in cans and bottles is packaged at Runcorn and Belfast in the United Kingdom. The Runcorn facility performs the kegging of Guinness Draught which is transported to Great Britain in bulk.

Ready to drink

Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United Kingdom, Italy, South Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.

Property, plant and equipment

Diageo owns approximately 95% of the manufacturing, distilling, brewing, bottling and administration facilities it uses across the group’s worldwide operations. It holds approximately 3% of properties on leases in excess of 50 years. The principal production facilities are described above. As at 30 June 2016, Diageo’s land and buildings are included in the group’s consolidated balance sheet at a net book value of £1,083 million. Diageo’s two largest individual facilities, in terms of book value, are the Leven bottling, blending and warehousing facility in Scotland and St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin. Approximately 38% of the net book value of Diageo’s land and buildings are properties located in Great Britain, 14% in India, and 12% both in the United States and Ireland.

 

14


Business description (continued)

 

Raw materials and supply agreements

The group has a number of long term contracts in place for the purchase of raw materials including glass, other packaging, spirit, cream, rum and grapes. Forward contracts are in place for the purchase of cereals to minimise the effects of short term price fluctuations.

Cream is the principal raw material used in the production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes are used in the production of raki and are sourced from suppliers in Turkey. Other raw materials purchased in significant quantities for the production of spirits and beer are molasses, cereals, sugar and a number of flavours (such as juniper berries, agave, aniseed, chocolate and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the world.

The majority of products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass is purchased from a variety of multinational and local suppliers; the largest suppliers are Ardagh Packaging in the United Kingdom and Owens Illinois in the United States.

Competition

Diageo’s brands compete on the basis of consumer loyalty, quality and price.

In spirits, Diageo’s major global competitors are Pernod Ricard, Beam Suntory, Bacardi and Brown Forman, each of which has several brands that compete directly with Diageo’s brands. In addition, Diageo faces competition from local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates.

In beer, Diageo competes globally as well as on a regional and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several competitors, including AB InBev, Heineken, SABMiller, Molson Coors and Carlsberg.

Research and development

Innovation forms an important part of Diageo’s growth strategy, playing a key role in positioning its brands for continued growth in both the developed and emerging markets. The strength and depth of Diageo’s brand range provides a solid platform from which to drive innovation. Diageo continuously invests to deepen its understanding of shopper trends and changing consumer habits to inform product and packaging development. Supporting this, the group has ongoing programmes to develop new products across beverage alcohol categories which are managed internally by the innovation and research and development function, which also takes advantage of a substantial open innovation network.

In the year ended 30 June 2016, the group’s research and development expenditure amounted to £28 million (2015 — £26 million; 2014 — £24 million), representing principally the cost of developing new products, from idea generation through to full product development. Research and development expenditure is generally written off in the year in which it is incurred.

Trademarks

Diageo produces, sells and distributes branded goods and is therefore substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are trademarks. The group also holds numerous licences and trade secrets, as well as having substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or otherwise protected (insofar as legal protection is available) in all material respects in its most important markets. Diageo also owns valuable patents and trade secrets for technology and takes all reasonable steps to protect these rights.

Regulations and taxes

Diageo’s worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems and environmental issues. In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict federal and state government regulations. At the federal level, the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau of the U.S. Treasury Department oversees the industry, and each state as well as some local authorities in jurisdictions in which Diageo sells or produces products, have regulations. Federal, state and local regulations cover virtually every aspect of its operations, including production, distribution, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.

 

 

15


Business description (continued)

 

Spirits, beer and wine are subject to national import and excise duties in many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by volume, to advanced systems based on imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as Scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise duty in each country, but within an overall European Union framework, there are minimum rates of excise duties that can be applied.

Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final pricing of Diageo’s products to consumers. These duties have an impact on the competitive position as compared to other brands. The group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing government-imposed barriers to fair trading.

Advertising, marketing and sales of alcohol are subject to various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a complete prohibition of alcohol in certain cultures and countries, such as in certain states in India, and through the prohibition of the import of spirits, wine and beer, to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used. In a number of countries, television is a prohibited medium for spirits brands and in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is carefully regulated. Many countries also regulate the use of internet-based advertising and social media in connection with alcohol sales.

Spirits, beer and wine are also regulated in distribution. In many countries, alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on and off trade, varying from government or state operated monopoly outlets (for example, Canada, Norway and certain US states) to the common system of licensed on trade outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in much of the Western world (for example, most US states and the European Union). In about one-third of the states in the United States, price changes must be filed or published 30 days to three months, depending on the state, before they become effective.

Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. As well as producer, importer or bottler identification, specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold in the United States and in other countries where Diageo operates. Expressions of political concern signify the uncertain future of beverage alcohol products advertising on network television in the United States. Any prohibitions on advertising or marketing could have an adverse impact on sales of the group.

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities or impact on its business activities.

Acquisitions and disposals

Diageo has disposed of its wines and certain beer assets in the year ended 30 June 2016. For a description of principal acquisitions and disposals since 1 July 2013, see note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

Seasonality

Approximately 40% of Diageo’s annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

 

16


Business description (continued)

 

OUR GLOBAL REACH

Diageo is the leading spirits player in every region of the world. This regional profile provides us with exposure to the greatest consumer growth opportunities in our sector. We operate as 21 geographically based markets around the world and have a presence in over 180 countries. We employ more than 32,000 talented people across our global business.

 

LOGO

Diageo reports as five regions

 

                                                                                              
    North America     Europe, Russia
and Turkey
    Africa     Latin America
and Caribbean
    Asia
Pacific
 
% Share by region          
Volume (%)     19.1        17.8        12.7        8.4        42.0   
Net sales(i) (%)     34.1        24.3        13.4        8.3        19.9   
Operating profit before exceptional items(ii) (%)     49.1        25.4        6.7        6.3        12.5   
Operating profit(iii) (%)     51.8        26.8        7.1        2.7        11.6   
Number of responsible drinking programmes (%)     21.2        25.4        15.6        15.7        22.1   
Water withdrawals(iv) (%)     10.0        38.2        37.8        1.8        12.2   
Carbon emissions(iv) (%)     6.7        42.7        37.4        2.3        10.9   

Number of employees(v) (%)

    9.0        33.5        16.5        9.8        31.2   

 

(i) Does not include corporate net sales of £36 million. (ii) Excluding exceptional operating charges of £167 million (2015 – £269 million) and corporate and ISC costs before exceptional items of £150 million (2015 – £123 million). (iii) Excluding corporate and ISC costs of £150 million (2015 – £139 million). (iv) Excludes corporate offices which account for <2% of combined impacts. (v) Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside. Most people who work on behalf of Diageo are employed by Diageo, although, we also employ fixed term or temporary employees. In 2016 we hired 1,386 fixed-term or temporary employees. We have a strong commitment to dialogue, and in 2016, 46% of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. Diageo aims to maintain regular, open dialogue with unions over issues of common interest.

 

17


Business description (continued)

 

OUR BRANDS

Our global reach is matched by our broad portfolio of international and local brands. We own the top two largest spirits brands in the world, Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff, and 20 of the world’s top 100 spirits brands.

Our portfolio spans consumer drinking occasions. Using local market insights, our teams are able to select the most relevant brands from our global portfolio to meet the consumer opportunity in their market. All of our marketing activities adhere to the Diageo Marketing Code to ensure our brands are marketed responsibly. A selection of our brands are included in the table below.

 

Global giants(i)

Our business is anchored around our six biggest global brands.

Johnnie Walker    Smirnoff    Captain Morgan    Baileys    Tanqueray    Guinness

Local stars

  

Reserve

Can be individual to any one market, and provide a platform for our business to grow.

   Exceptional spirits brands at above-premium price points to capture the global luxury opportunity.
Crown Royal    Yenì Raki    JeB    Johnnie Walker Blue Label    Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve   

Johnnie Walker

King George V

Buchanan’s    Windsor    Grand Old Parr    Private Collection    Lagavulin    The Singleton of Glen Ord
Bundaberg    Bell’s    McDowell’s No. 1    Cîroc    Ketel One vodka    Tanqueray No. TEN
Ypióca    Cacique    Shui Jing Fang    Ron Zacapa Centenario XO    Tequila Reserva de Don Juilo    Bulleit Bourbon

Source: Impact Databank Value Ratings, May 2016. (i) Global giants represent 40% of Diageo net sales.

 

18


Business description (continued)

 

BREADTH AND DEPTH ACROSS PRICE POINTS

Our portfolio, well diversified across price tiers, enables us to participate where the consumer opportunity is greatest, and to capture shifts in consumer preference.

We hold strong positions across all key international spirits categories to serve consumer occasions and price points with our brands. Our most strategically important category is scotch. We have also established footholds in key emerging markets through participation in local spirits categories: raki in Turkey, cachaça in Brazil, local whisky in India, and a small position in the baiju category in China.

 

    

Ultra premium

  

Super premium

  

Premium

  

Standard

  

Value

Scotch whisky   

Johnnie Walker

Blue Label

  

The Singleton of

Glen Ord

  

Buchanan’s

  

Johnnie Walker

Red Label

   VAT 69
North American whisk(e)y    Crown Royal Extra Rare    Bulleit Bourbon    Crown Royal    Seagram’s 7 Crown   
Vodka    Cîroc    Ketel One vodka    Smirnoff Sourced    Smirnoff    Istanblue
Rum   

Ron Zacapa

Centenario XO

  

Pampero

Aniversario Ron Extra Añejo

  

Captain Morgan

Private Stock

   Captain Morgan   
Liqueur          Sheridan’s Original Layered Liqueur    Baileys    Emmets
Tequila    Tequila Reserva de Don Juilo    Peligroso Tequila         
Gin    Tanqueray No. TEN    Jinzu    Tanqueray    Gordon’s    Gilbey’s
Local spirits    Shui Jing Fang       Yenì Raki    Ypióca   

McDowell’s

No. 1

Beer       Kilkenny    Guinness    Tusker Finest Quality Lager    Dubic Extra Lager

 

19


Business description (continued)

 

OUR STRATEGY

We pursue the following strategy to deliver our Performance Ambition:

We aim to grow our participation in international premium spirits, driven by growth in both populations and incomes, and the increasing penetration of spirits in emerging markets. To support this, we participate in both beer and mainstream spirits selectively to deliver organisational scale and distribution reach, and to shape responsible drinking trends in markets where international premium spirits is an emerging category.

Our intent is to build breadth and depth across drinking occasions by shaping consumer demand for our international premium spirits brands. In developed markets our strategy is to drive premiumisation through spirits price tiers up to our reserve portfolio. In emerging markets our strategy is to develop from an import-based premium spirits model to become a local player where appropriate, participating in categories that give us the scale and access to the fast growing middle-class consumer. Everywhere we operate, we do so in a responsible and sustainable way.

 

Prioritised investment in:    Targeted investment in:
Premium core spirits(i)    Reserve    Mainstream spirits(i)    Beer
The brands at the core of our business that provide both scale and strong margin contribution.    Exceptional spirits brands at above-premium price points to capture the global luxury opportunity.    Spirits-based brands priced at a similar amount per serve to mainstream beer or local spirits that enable us to shape local spirits consumption.    Provides local scale and route to consumer, with focused participation in markets where we have leadership positions.

 

    Outcomes of our strategy     
  ① Efficient growth    ③ Credibility and trust   
  ② Consistent value creation    ④ Motivated people   

 

We measure progress against our strategy using the following financial and non-financial indicators:
Organic net sales growth ①    Return on average    Reach and impact of    Health and safety ③ ④
Organic operating margin    invested capital ②    responsible drinking    Employee
improvement ①    Total shareholder return ②    programmes ③ ④    engagement index ③ ④
Earnings per share before         Water efficiency ① ③     
exceptional items ①       Carbon emissions ① ③     
Free cash flow ①               

See our key performance indicators (KPIs) pages: 23–27.

 

(i) Spirits include ready to drinks (RTDs).

 

20


Business description (continued)

 

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

From our position as a global leader, we deliver returns for shareholders, while creating value for our customers and employees. In everything we do, we set out to make a positive contribution to society.

We have structured our organisation into a 21 market business model, applying country-specific strategies to meet local consumer and customer needs. This business model enables us to identify and execute against the most valuable growth opportunities, and also to supply our brands efficiently and effectively using our global expertise, while sourcing and producing locally where optimal to do so. This market-driven business model helps us to capture consumer trends early to deliver sustainable performance.

 

Global leader    Agile business model    Focused on:
Broad portfolio    21 markets    Performance drivers
Global reach   

Consumer insights

   Read more: page 38.
Financial strength   

Participation strategy

   Sustainability and responsibility
Efficient supply and procurement   

Supply resources

   priorities
Leading capabilities    Global functions    Read more: page 38
Values          
Our role in society          
Broad portfolio: we have world-leading brands across categories and price points.    Consumer insights: in-market consumer insight teams are able to identify trends more accurately and quickly, delivering more locally relevant solutions.   

Performance drivers: we have identified six performance drivers which are key to improving

execution and achieving our aims: premium core brands; reserve; innovation; route to consumer; cost and productivity; and talent. Each market focuses on the priorities that will drive performance in that market.

Global reach: we have global reach through

the breadth and depth of our global and local brands.

   Participation strategy: flexibility to select the best portfolio of brands that capture the unique consumer opportunity that exists in each specific market and then to invest directly against the largest identified growth opportunities. Each market is able to deploy a customised combination of global and local brands to provide brand price tier coverage that is best suited to its specific consumer needs.    Sustainability and responsibility priorities: every business decision, every operation, and every programme and initiative must work towards our three sustainability and responsibility priorities: creating a positive role for alcohol in society; building thriving communities; and reducing our environmental impacts.
Financial strength: our competitive advantage is reflected by our strong financial returns and consistent financial performance.   

Supply resources: our 21 markets are

designated as import markets, import and

third party production markets, or import

and local production markets. Where we have dedicated in-market supply resource it increases the speed with which we can respond to local consumer demand and helps to protect our supply chain from political and economic volatility.

   Our performance drivers and sustainability and responsibility priorities are underpinned by our commitment to the highest standards of governance and ethics.

Efficient supply and procurement: across

the world we have efficiency in supply and procurement, with high-quality manufacturing operations and environmental standards.

  

Global functions: our 21 markets are

supported by a global structure and shared services designed to leverage scale, drive efficiency, share best practice, impart knowledge and help build capability at a local level, as well as apply governance of controls, compliance and ethics.

    

 

21


Business description (continued)

 

Leading capabilities: our focus is on brilliant execution including cutting-edge consumer insights and marketing, scalable innovation, and winning relationships with our customers through distribution and sales.          
Values: at the heart of everything we do are our company values: passionate about customers and consumers; be the best; freedom to succeed; proud of what we do; valuing each other.          
Our role in society: we are passionate about ensuring alcohol continues to play a positive role in society, and are committed to playing our part in tackling alcohol misuse.          

 

22


Business description (continued)

 

HOW WE MEASURE PERFORMANCE: Key performance indicators

GAAP measures - Financial GAAP performance measures similar to the financial non-GAAP key performance indicators are presented below.

 

NET SALES GROWTH (%)    OPERATING MARGIN IMPROVEMENT (BPS)    BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE (PENCE)
LOGO    LOGO    LOGO
Net sales growth (%) 2016 (3.0) 2015 5.4 2014 (9.2)    Operating margin improvement (BPS) 2016 123 2015 (52) 2014 (351)    Basic earnings per share 2016 89.5 2015 95.0 2014 89.7
Definition    Definition    Definition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties.    The percentage point movement in operating profit, divided by net sales.    Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue.
Performance    Performance    Performance
Net sales declined by 3% due to disposals and adverse exchange, partially offset by organic growth and acquisitions.    Operating margin improved by 123bps mainly driven by lower exceptional operating charges.    Basic eps of 89.5 pence reduced by 5.5 pence principally due to the change in net exceptional charges from a charge of £44 millon in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared with a net gain of £104 million in the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

NET CASH FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES (£ MILLION)
   RETURN ON CLOSING INVESTED
CAPITAL (%)
    
   
LOGO    LOGO   
Net cash from operating activities (£ million) 2016 2,548 2015 2,551 2014 1,790    Return on closing invested capital 2016 23.2 2015 26.7 2014 28.7   
   

Definition

Net cash from operating activities comprises the net cash flow from operating activities as disclosed on the face of the cash flow statement.

  

Definition

Profit for the year divided by net assets at the end of the financial year.

  

Performance

Net cash from operating activities was flat. Adverse movements in working capital and translation exchange were offset by higher operating profit.

  

Performance

Return on closing invested capital decreased by 350bps due to the increase in net assets driven by the weakening of sterling, partially offset by an increase in post employment liabilities.

  

 

23


Business description (continued)

 

We use the following 11 key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure our financial and non-financial performance.

They measure progress against our strategy and our performance against our KPIs are explained below:

Relevance to strategy

#1  Efficient growth

#2  Consistent value creation

#3  Credibility and trust

#4  Motivated people

 

Financial ®               Financial ®               Financial ®           
Organic net sales growth (%) #1    Organic operating margin improvement (bps) #1    Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)(i) #1
LOGO    LOGO    LOGO
Definition    Definition    Definition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, acquisitions and disposals.    The percentage point movement in operating profit before exceptional items, divided by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.    Profit before exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

Why we measure

This measure reflects our performance as the result of the choices made in terms of category and market participation, and Diageo’s ability to build brand equity, increase prices and grow market share.

  

Why we measure

The movement in operating margin measures the efficiency of the business. Consistent operating margin improvement is a business imperative, driven by investment choices, our focus on driving out costs across the business and improving mix.

  

Why we measure

Earnings per share reflects the profitability of the business and how effectively we finance our balance sheet. It is a key measure for our shareholders.

Performance

Volume growth of 1.3% driven by North America and Europe combined with positive price/mix, primarily mix effect resulted in an organic net sales growth of 2.8%.

  

Performance

Organic operating margin improvement was driven by favourable mix effect which helped gross margin increase combined with procurement efficiencies in marketing activity offset by higher overheads.

  

Performance

Earnings per share before exceptional items increased 0.6 pence largely driven by operating profit growth, higher associate income and lower finance charges partially offset by adverse exchange effects and the impact of disposals.

More detail: see pages 49    More detail: see pages 50-51    More detail: see pages 51

 

24


Business description (continued)

 

Non-Financial    Non-Financial    Non-Financial
Alcohol in society(ii) (reach and impact of responsible drinking programmes) #3, #4    Health and safety (lost-time accident frequency per 1,000 employees) #3, #4   

Water use efficiency(iv)

(l/l) #1

LOGO    LOGO   

LOGO

Definition    Definition    Definition
Number of programmes supported by Diageo that aim to reduce harmful drinking.    Number of accidents per 1,000 full-time employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.    Ratio of the amount of water required to produce one litre of packaged product.

Why we measure

We put our resources and skills into programmes that encourage a responsible attitude to alcohol and are effective in preventing and reducing alcohol misuse, working with others to maximise impact. These programmes address the risk of harm to consumers or communities and help us deliver our Performance Ambition.

  

Why we measure

Safety is a basic human right: everyone has the right to work in a safe environment, and our Zero Harm safety philosophy is that everyone should go home safe, every day, everywhere.

  

Why we measure

Water is the main ingredient in all of our brands. To sustain production growth and respond to the growing global demand for water, we aim to improve efficiency, minimising our water use, particularly in water-stressed areas.

Performance

We seek to broaden the reach of programmes, but we are prioritising the impact they have. This involves supporting projects that are effective in meeting their objectives. We share case studies showing impact evaluation on www.diageo.com.

  

Performance

In 2016, we improved our performance with a reduction in LTAs of 13% compared with 2015. This was driven by a strong focus on embedding standards into newer markets to reduce accident levels and leveraging best practice safety management tools. In some of our more established markets, this enabled us to get close to our target of zero accidents.

  

Performance

12.1% improvement on 2015, resulting from process optimisations and improvements across all sites and in particularly at our Tusker Brewery in Kenya and our Gimli Distillery in Canada.

More detail: see pages 115-117    More detail: see pages 120-121    More detail: see pages 125-128

 

25


Business description (continued)

 

Financial ®    Financial    Financial ®

Free cash flow

(£ million) #1

   Return on average invested capital (ROIC) (%) #2   

Total shareholder return

(%) #2

LOGO    LOGO    LOGO
Definition    Definition    Definition
Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net cash received/paid for loans receivable and other investments, and the net cash cost paid for property, plant and equipment, and computer software.    Profit before finance charges and exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders divided by average invested capital. Invested capital comprises net assets aggregated with exceptional restructuring costs and goodwill at the date of transition to IFRS, excluding post employment liabilities, net borrowings and non-controlling interests.    Percentage growth in the value of a Diageo share (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested).

Why we measure

Free cash flow is a key indicator of the financial management of the business and reflects the cash generated by the business to fund payments to our shareholders and acquisitions.

  

Why we measure

ROIC is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base. Improving ROIC builds financial strength to enable Diageo to attain its financial objectives.

  

Why we measure

Diageo’s Directors have a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long-term value for shareholders. We also monitor our relative TSR performance against our peers.

Performance

Improvement was driven by lower capex, increased operating profit and lower interest payments partially offset by adverse working capital impact mainly driven by prior year improvement in debtor collection.

  

Performance

Adverse exchange led in a decline of ROIC partially offset by the increased return from growth in operating profit and income from associates.

  

Performance

Diageo delivered total shareholder return of 17% as dividends paid increased by 5% and share price increased driven by underlying business improvement and exchange.

More detail: see page 52    More detail: see page 53     

 

26


Business description (continued)

 

Non-Financial    Non-Financial   

Remuneration

Some KPIs are used as a measure in the incentives plans for the remuneration of executives. These are identified with the symbol®.

Carbon emissions(v)

(1,000 tonnes CO2e) #1, #3

  

Employee engagement index(vi)

% #3, #4

  
LOGO    LOGO   

Definition

Absolute volume of carbon emissions, in 1,000 tonnes.

  

Definition

Measured through our Values Survey; includes metrics for employee satisfaction, loyalty, advocacy and pride.

   See our Directors’ remuneration report from page 165 for more detail.

Why we measure

Carbon emissions are a key element of our environmental impact and the impact of the industry. We recognise the importance of reducing our carbon emissions to mitigate climate change and position us well for a low-carbon economy in the future, as well as creating efficiencies and savings now.

  

Why we measure

Employee engagement is a key enabler of our strategy and performance. The survey allows us to measure, quantitatively and qualitatively, how far employees believe we are living our values. The results inform our ways of working, engagement strategies and leadership development.

    

Performance

7.7% reduction in total carbon emissions resulting from cumulative impacts of multiple energy efficiency initiatives and switches to renewable fuels, predominately biogas recovery and reuse and displacement of fossil fuels.

  

Performance

This year, 97% of our people participated in our Values Survey (24,843 out of the 25,712 able to participate). 77% of our people were identified as engaged, with 80% feeling they were ‘enabled to perform’. Our survey scores have improved each year since 2014.

    
More detail: see pages 128-129    More detail: see pages 121-123     

 

 

(i) For reward purposes this measure is further adjusted for the impact of exchange rates and other factors not controlled by management, to ensure focus on our underlying performance drivers.
(ii) Alcohol in society KPI has been redesigned to measure reach and impact of programmes. See more details on page 116.
(iii) Non-financial KPIs for the year ended 30 June 2015 include United Spirits Limited, except health and safety (see pages 120-121).
(iv) In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, data for each of the four years in the period ended 30 June 2015 has been restated and total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.
(v) Data for each of the four years in the period ended 30 June 2015 has been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodology.
(vi) In 2014, we reviewed our overall approach to measuring engagement, and adopted a revised index. The new index allows us to compare our results with other best-in-class organisations, and sets us a more stretching benchmark for employee engagement.

See reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures on page 133.

 

27


Business description (continued)

 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

Diageo is a global leader in an industry that is growing and financially attractive. As we deliver on our future opportunities with our brands and geographic reach, we will continue to promote responsible drinking as part of a balanced lifestyle. This is at the centre of Diageo’s purpose to celebrate life every day, everywhere.

 

Recommended final dividend per share

2016: 36.6p h5%
2015: 34.9p

Total dividend per share(i)

2016: 59.2p h5%

2015: 56.4p

Total shareholder return (%)

2016: h17%
2015: h2%

 

(i) Includes recommended final dividend.

A stronger, more competitive business

I am pleased with the performance Diageo has delivered this year, my last as Chairman. We are a stronger business and have returned to growth, and I would like to thank our Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes, and the Diageo Executive team for leading this progress. Diageo has positioned the consumer at the heart of the business, through marketing, innovation, local participation strategies and now has the consumer-facing culture required to succeed in today’s competitive marketplace.

Diageo’s opportunity for growth lies in positive global demographics and income growth, and the increasing penetration of spirits in emerging markets. Our footprint is made up of enviable positions in key geographies: in Africa and India, which together represent almost half of the global growth opportunity for our industry, and also a leading competitive position in North America, the biggest driver of developed market growth. In each of these markets we have a strong portfolio of brands, a proven capability in identifying and acting on consumer insights, leading skills in marketing and innovation, and a reputation for operating in a responsible and sustainable way.

 

28


Business description (continued)

 

Business development

Responsiveness and agility are key drivers of performance and the Diageo Executive team have enhanced these capabilities in several areas during the year, including: a continued focus on building a world-class sales organisation, investment in local production, and building the capability of local talent. Alongside the continued focus on organic growth, Diageo released £1 billion from the sale of non-core assets through a more proactive approach to managing our portfolio. This included the sale of our wine interests – primarily the US-based Chateau and Estate Wines and the UK-based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates – and the sale of non-core beer assets in Jamaica and Malaysia. These transactions followed the restructuring of our business in Southern Africa, having achieved our goal of leadership in spirits and growth in the beer business through the successful brandhouse joint venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries. Diageo now has the scale to move to the next stage of growth in South Africa with a focused, simplified ownership structure.

Our investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) in India offers Diageo a transformational growth opportunity in one of the most attractive spirits markets in the world. India is set to become the second country after China with a population of more than one billion consumers of legal purchase age, with the expected growth of 18–19 million legal purchase age consumers per year.

Since Diageo became the principal shareholder in USL in India in July 2013, we have been determined to capture the significant growth opportunity of one of the largest spirits markets in the world. On 25 February 2016, Diageo announced that it had entered into an agreement with Dr Vijay Mallya under which he resigned from his position as Chairman and Non-Executive Director of USL and from the boards of other USL group companies. The agreement brought to an end the uncertainty relating to the governance of USL and put in place a five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference and standstill arrangement with Dr Mallya.

Value creation and dividend

We measure our progress towards achieving our Performance Ambition through four areas: efficient growth, value creation, credibility and trust, and motivated people. We improved against each of our efficient growth metrics, and Ivan will discuss these in his statement. Our value creation measures also improved. Return on average invested capital (ROIC) was broadly flat against a decline last year and our total shareholder return (TSR) performance has improved on last year, up 17%.

Diageo targets dividend cover (basic earnings per share before exceptional items/ dividend per share) within the range of 1.8 to 2.2 times. The recommended final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 is 36.6 pence per share, an increase of 5% over the prior year in line with our policy to rebuild dividend cover to our targeted range. This brings the full year dividend to 59.2 pence per share and dividend cover to 1.5 times. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid to shareholders on 6 October 2016. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 12 October 2016.

 

29


Business description (continued)

 

Our role in society

Ensuring we make a positive contribution to society has always been a priority for Diageo and is at the core of our Performance Ambition. Doing so is good for our business, good for our communities and good for our consumers, and it is also true to our values and our people. The Diageo Code of Business Conduct defines these values and helps our employees live by them every day.

We put our resources and skills into hundreds of programmes around the world that reduce alcohol misuse, working closely with other stakeholders to raise awareness and change people’s attitudes and behaviour. This forms part of our support of the industry’s Global Producers’ Commitments to Reduce the Harmful Use of Alcohol, now in their fourth year, which are making a tangible difference in areas such as reducing drink driving and tackling underage drinking. We are also proud that we are supporting skills and social enterprise in the community, through programmes like Learning for Life, bringing opportunities for training and careers in the hospitality industry, and Plan W, empowering women through learning. And we are working hard, including with our suppliers, to reduce our environmental impact, setting ourselves new, challenging targets around water, carbon and waste for 2020. These priorities represent an interlinked, holistic approach to understanding and managing our impact on society.

Partnerships are key to delivering positive outcomes, and we have recently announced a global strategic partnership with the NGO WaterAid, building on our efforts to improve access to safe water across Africa. Also this year, through a partnership with the United States Agency for International Development, we have extended our work on skills as part of their programme in Colombia, and have set up a new farming supply chain in South Sudan, supporting livelihoods for hundreds of people. These partnerships, with more to follow, increase the reach of our programmes and help us contribute to the UN Global Goals.

Managing geo-political risks and opportunities

Political and other volatility continues to be a growing feature of the global economy and many of the markets in which we operate. We are continually improving our ability to understand and interpret it; and to evaluate and act against the potential risks and the opportunities for the business. We have integrated the work of our strategy, risk and public affairs teams and also improved our in-depth analysis of, and scenario planning for, priority markets. I am confident this will further enhance our resilience and growth potential.

It is too early to assess the implications of the United Kingdom’s decision to leave the European Union for our business and operations over the longer term. We believe, however, that with our proven record of managing trade and operating globally, Diageo remains well placed to deliver its Performance Ambition.

Board changes

In November 2015, Deirdre Mahlan stepped down from the Board, as she moved from her role as Chief Financial Officer to take up the role of President, Diageo North America. I wish to thank Deirdre most sincerely for her excellent contribution to the Board and am pleased that she continues to play a pivotal role in leading this important business for Diageo. I am also delighted to have welcomed Kathryn Mikells to the Board as Chief Financial Officer, effective 9 November 2015. Kathryn joined us with a track record for capital discipline and for developing strong cost cultures to create efficient, agile organisations.

 

30


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo announced on 18 May 2016, that Javier Ferrán would be appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director from 22 July 2016. On my retirement from the Board on 31 December 2016, Javier will take over as Chairman from 1 January 2017. On behalf of the Board, I would like to welcome Javier to Diageo and say how delighted I am that he has agreed to be the next Chairman. Through his roles at Lion Capital and Bacardi, Javier has a wealth of experience across the consumer goods sector and brings a strong set of skills to the role of Chairman.

 

LOGO

Global volume share of premium spirits (%) Diageo 25% Beam Suntory 6% Pernod Ricard 16% Brown-Forman 7% Bacardi 9% Others 37% Source: Impact Databank, March 2016

A global leader

It has been an honour to serve as your Chairman. During the past eight years Diageo has become a truly global leader, with the assets and consumer-facing culture required to succeed. Diageo’s values are deeply rooted in the principle of always doing the right thing. I am therefore confident that Diageo will continue to prosper, and succeed in delivering its Performance Ambition for all stakeholders around the world.

Dr Franz B Humer

Chairman

 

31


Business description (continued)

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT

This has been a year of significant progress for Diageo. Our performance demonstrates our focus on disciplined execution in everything we do. It is this focus which has delivered volume growth, our fifth consecutive year of organic margin improvement and strong cash conversion. I am confident we now have the platform to deliver sustainable growth.

 

 

Reported volume movement    Organic volume movement

2016: h0.1%

2015: h58%

  

2016: h1.3%

2015: i1%

Reported net sales movement    Organic net sales movement

2016: i3.0%

2015: h5%

  

2016: h2.8%

2015: flat

Reported operating profit movement    Organic operating profit movement

2016: h1.6%

2015: h3%

  

2016: h3.5%

2015: h1%

 

Performance

We have a clear strategy, consistently applied which has returned Diageo to both organic volume and organic net sales growth, delivered margin improvement and a strong cash performance.

This year we delivered organic volume up 1.3%, and organic net sales up 2.8%, with a stronger performance across both in the second half. The improvement in organic net sales has been driven by a return to volume growth, and a significant turnaround in US Spirits.

We are a more focused company following the disposal of non-core businesses. These disposals, along with adverse exchange, did however impact reported net sales, which declined 3.0%.

We have sustained positive price/mix despite a weaker pricing environment globally, and we have strengthened our leadership position and brought our brands to an increasing number of consumers. Our beer business has grown for seven successive quarters and continues to provide a strong distribution platform for our spirits ambitions in Africa.

All six global giant brands reported improved organic performance this year. Smirnoff’s and Captain Morgan’s improvement was driven by their performance in the United States combined with continued good growth in Europe. Guinness’ momentum continues with the brand growing in Africa and in Great Britain and Ireland, supported by innovations from The Brewers Project.

North America delivered organic net sales growth of 3%. This performance is in line with our expectations, with the biggest contributor to organic net sales improvement being that our biggest brands are back in growth.

Organic operating margin was up, driven by favourable mix effect and marketing efficiency. Operating profit grew 3.5% on an organic basis. On a reported basis, operating profit was up 1.6%, negatively impacted by exchange and disposals. Earnings per share before exceptional items was up 1% as profit growth, higher associates income and lower finance charges more than offset the impact of exchange and disposals.

 

32


Business description (continued)

 

LOGO

2016 net sales by category (%) Scotch 24% IMFL Whisky 5% Beer 18% Liqueurs 5% Vodka 13% Gin 3% NAM Whisk(e)y 8% Tequila 1% Rum 7% Other 10% Ready to drink 6%

 

 

 

We continue to drive productivity and cash conversion, delivering over 100% cash conversion for a second year and free cash flow improved by £134 million.

Business transformation

Over the past three years, my goal has been to put the consumer at the heart of our business. Consumer trends are moving faster than ever before and companies that can interpret and deliver quickly against consumer insights will thrive. The renewed momentum we have in the business is because we have the consumer-facing culture required to succeed and the agility to move at pace.

We have shifted the focus of our marketing to be centred on the recruitment and re-recruitment of consumers and on what drives consumption occasions, and we are introducing more rigour around the evaluation of the effectiveness of our spend. We continue to uphold the highest standards of responsibility, ensuring that all our marketing activities adhere to our strict Diageo Marketing Code.

Our role in society

We know that the issues that are most material to our business and stakeholders are:

 

    To create a positive role for alcohol in society

 

    Build thriving communities

 

    Reduce our environmental impacts.

Our strategy recognises that these issues are connected to our opportunities as a business, as well as the UN Global Goals launched in 2015. Our strategy also reflects how the elements of our value chain are interdependent, and how contributing to society, to communities, and to the environment strengthens our business.

We are passionate about ensuring alcohol has a positive role in society as part of a balanced lifestyle and are committed to tackling misuse. We do this through our implementation of the Global Producers’ Commitments to Reduce the Harmful Use of Alcohol, an unprecedented partnership of the world’s largest alcohol companies coming together to tackle harmful drinking – and, as an industry, we are seeing good progress against the targets we set ourselves for 2017. We welcome the trends we are seeing, such as consumers, and particularly young adults, drinking better not more, and the significant fall in the number of alcohol-related road traffic fatalities in many countries. This suggests that initiatives such as the multi-stakeholder approach advocated by the Global Producers’ Commitments are having a positive impact.

 

33


Business description (continued)

 

We are not complacent and there is more to do. This year, we signed a strategic partnership agreement with the United Nations Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR) which, over the next two years, will work towards reducing traffic death and injuries, and improve road safety globally. I was proud to learn that we were approached to partner with UNITAR on the basis of our strong track record in supporting programmes and policies to address drink driving.

We are long-standing leaders in providing consumer information to help people make informed choices as part of a balanced lifestyle, and recently announced that Johnnie Walker Red Label will be the first global brand to provide per serving alcohol content and nutritional information on-pack. The new labels are designed to help consumers understand what’s in their glass, and conform to the new Diageo Consumer Information Standards which came into force on 1 July 2016 and applies to all Diageo brands.

During the year, I also had the opportunity to launch our new DRINKiQ exhibit at the Guinness Storehouse in Dublin, Ireland, which is one example of our work to help people make informed decisions. This exhibit supports our global responsible drinking website, DRINKiQ.com, which was relaunched in January this year in 12 languages.

United Kingdom (UK) and the European Union (EU)

Following the UK’s vote to leave the EU on 23 June 2016, we are working closely with government and our industry bodies to ensure our views are reflected in the transition process. We welcome the formation of a specialist international trade department, as it is

important for Diageo that the UK continues to benefit from open access to the EU as well as favourable international trade agreements. We believe that the outcome of this referendum will not have any material near-term impact on our business and we are well placed to continue our global business without significant disruption.

Our people

I would like to thank all our 32,000 people for their energy and dedication during the year. I am fortunate to lead a business with motivated, committed teams around the world. This was demonstrated by this year’s annual employee Values Survey, which showed another year of improving engagement scores. Our results compare very well with those of other multinational companies, which I see as a real competitive advantage for Diageo.

Franz, in his statement, highlighted that Javier Ferrán, who joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 22 July 2016, will succeed him as Chairman on 1 January 2017. I would like to extend my thanks to Franz for his role in making Diageo the strong business it is today, and for his stewardship of the Diageo Board during his eight years as Chairman. I look forward to working with Javier as we build on Diageo’s leadership position.

Outlook

Diageo has an enviable portfolio of brands, a truly global footprint and exposure to the fastest growing opportunities in our sector. The business is now able to respond faster to consumer insights, to shape trends and to deliver. We have been embedding a productivity culture, and are committed to sustainable efficiency in every area of our cost base to achieve £500 million in savings in the coming three years. Two-thirds of the efficiencies identified will be re-invested back into the business to drive growth. We are confident of achieving our objective of mid-single digit organic net sales growth, and in the three financial years ending 2019 delivering 100 basis points of organic operating margin improvement.

I am also confident that, with the consumer at the heart of our business, we will extend our leadership position and become one of the most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world.

Ivan Menezes

Chief Executive

 

34


Business description (continued)

 

MARKET DYNAMICS

The global beverage alcohol market is large and diverse, with an estimated six billion(i) equivalent units of alcohol sold each year, generating £260 billion(i) of net sales. Like other consumer goods companies, beverage alcohol companies operate in a context of increasing stakeholder expectation – with the added element of high, and highly diverse, levels of regulation. This environment presents opportunities for Diageo, with our global reach, our range of iconic brands across price tiers, and our approach to responsibility, sustainability, governance and ethics.

A market that is profitable and expanding

The beverage alcohol market is profitable, growing and attractive. Over the medium term, the industry is expected to grow overall in both volume and value. This is driven by consumer fundamentals including a rise in global incomes and a growing legal purchase age population. At the same time, margins remain significantly higher than for the overall consumer goods market.

The market for beverage alcohol is also highly diverse, with significant variations in culture and conditions between, and within, individual countries and regions. It is broadly split between developed and emerging markets, but each individual market presents different consumer dynamics and a different outlook. This diversity presents opportunities to agile businesses that can act on consumer insight and deliver trusted, competitive products.

Developed market opportunities

Typically, developed market populations are ageing and growing more slowly than those in emerging markets. Overall, levels of disposable income are higher, and consumers are often prepared to pay a premium for high quality brands with heritage and provenance. We see consumption occasions as opportunities to promote our international spirits brands, and, within those brands, to encourage consumers to trade up to our reserve portfolio.

Emerging market opportunities

Opportunities in emerging markets are driven by growth in both populations and wealth. Each country is different, and growth occurs at different price points depending on wealth and local conditions. An understanding of local consumers and the categories, brands and price points they are seeking is vital to accessing this growth.

The emerging middle-class plays an important role. These relatively affluent consumers already drink beer or local spirits, and the opportunity is to further access this existing consumption pool with our brands and to offer an opportunity to trade up to our international spirits brands for certain occasions. Outside this group, an estimated 25% of global alcohol consumption is from non-commercial or illicit products. Capturing market share in this consumer segment by offering legitimate, safe, attractive brands that deliver quality at an affordable price is an important opportunity.

There is also a significant and growing number of globally affluent consumers in the emerging markets, who represent an opportunity for our reserve portfolio.

Geo-political volatility

While there are positive medium-term prospects for the beverage alcohol industry, all consumer goods businesses, including beverage alcohol businesses, continue to navigate a volatile global economy. Our Chief Executive discusses the United Kingdom’s referendum vote to leave the European Union on 23 June 2016 on page 34.

The slowdown in the Chinese economy, oil price shocks, persistent conflicts in many parts of the world, and terrorist attacks in Europe are just some of the events and trends that have contributed to an unpredictable environment. The resulting uncertainty, changes to economic variables such as exchange rates and commodity prices, and fluctuations in political security can all reduce consumer confidence and spending power.

Our broad participation across geographies, categories and price tiers acts as a natural hedge against individual market volatility, while we retain the flexibility in each market to respond quickly to local dynamics through our 21 market business model. Continued focus on local sourcing of ingredients, scenario planning and risk management, and management of foreign exchange exposure all work to protect the business against the challenges of volatility.

 

(i) Diageo estimates.

 

35


Business description (continued)

 

Earning the trust and respect which support performance

Our ambition is to be one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world – ensuring we play a positive role in society is at the heart of this. Operating in a responsible and sustainable way every day, everywhere, not only helps us be a trusted and respected business, it also helps drive our performance.

The launch of the UN Global Goals in September 2015 and the Paris Agreement on climate change in December 2015 represent an important milestones in what was arguably an unprecedented period of concerted action to address global issues. These initiatives both reflect and drive a wider trend in which stakeholders of all kinds, including consumers and in particular millennials, have increasing expectations that businesses must create value beyond their economic contribution.

Delivering measurable social benefits, tackling alcohol misuse, demonstrating good corporate governance and reducing environmental impacts in line with a clear sustainable development strategy are, more than ever, business imperatives which drive performance.

We have built on our long history of sustainability and responsibility programmes by developing a strategy that is aligned with the UN Global Goals and Paris Agreement and focuses on the three areas that are most material to us and our stakeholders: creating a positive role for alcohol in society; building thriving communities; and reducing our environmental impact. We have set ourselves targets to achieve in each of these areas by 2020.

Creating a positive role for alcohol in society

Alcohol has been enjoyed for centuries and is part of celebrations around the world. Whether people drink beer, wine or spirits, alcohol is alcohol, and the vast majority of people who choose to enjoy it, do so moderately and responsibly. We respect that some people choose not to drink, and recognise that the misuse of alcohol can be harmful to individuals and society. Putting our resources and skills into programmes that prevent and reduce alcohol misuse and working with others to raise awareness and change attitudes and behaviour is good for society and good for the long-term future of our business.

Support for effective alcohol policies

The beverage alcohol industry is one of the most highly regulated in the world, with regulation varying widely between countries and jurisdictions. Diageo complies with all laws and regulations, wherever we operate, as a minimum requirement. We advocate effective alcohol policies that are evidence-based, account for drinking patterns, target at-risk groups, treat all forms of alcohol equally, and involve all stakeholders. Such policies include mandating a minimum legal purchasing age of not less than 18; a maximum blood alcohol concentration (BAC) level for drivers of no more than 0.08mg; and lower BACs for novice and commercial drivers.

However, we advocate against measures that are not based on evidence or are likely to have unintended consequences in what are often complex markets. A particular concern is policies that inadvertently push consumers towards unregulated or illicit alcohol, which can be a risk to public health.

Industry collaboration

We are one of 12 global producers of beer, wine and spirits which, in 2013, launched a set of commitments designed to support Member States’ implementation of the World Health Organization’s (WHO) global strategy to Reduce the Harmful Use of Alcohol. These commitments focus on reducing underage drinking, strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice, providing consumer information and responsible product innovation, reducing drink driving, and enlisting the support of retailers to reduce harmful drinking. Diageo goes beyond industry collaboration and works in partnership with governments, law enforcement, educators and civil society to support campaigns to reduce harmful drinking.

 

36


Business description (continued)

 

Building thriving communities

We can add significantly to the contribution we make to communities through direct and indirect employment, taxes, and community investment efforts by working to leverage the economic and social impact of our entire value chain. Helping communities thrive within the supply chain also builds resilience within our business. We build trust with government and other stakeholders by focusing on human rights throughout our value chain, and through local sourcing initiatives, particularly in Africa where we aim to source 80% of agricultural materials for use in local markets by 2020. This helps secure supply, and delivers wider benefits to the local community.

Climate change and water scarcity

All businesses, particularly those that rely on agricultural raw materials, are exposed to a variety of environmental issues associated with climate change, such as droughts, floods and biodiversity loss. These issues can affect a business’ operations directly, or indirectly as a result of their impact on the wider value chain and associated communities. Water scarcity is particularly important to us because water is our main ingredient. Our Water Blueprint, launched in April 2015, defines our strategic approach to water stewardship, and focuses specifically on stewardship in the water-stressed areas shown in the map below.

Trust and transparency

As part of the process of creating value, we are increasingly expected to be transparent about our most material social and environmental issues. This is delivered through reporting frameworks such as the International Integrated Reporting Framework, the Global Reporting Initiative Guidelines, and the United Nations Global Compact principles. We report against all three of these, and believe that this regulation and scrutiny can be an advantage to companies with good corporate governance and the right approach to sustainability and responsibility.

 

LOGO

 

37


Business description (continued)

 

HOW WE WILL DELIVER OUR PERFORMANCE AMBITION

Diageo’s performance drivers and sustainability and responsibility priorities are key to achieving our aims. Each of our 21 markets focuses on the priorities that are most relevant to driving growth and creating shared value in that market.

Our six performance drivers

1 Strengthen and accelerate growth of our premium core brands

Our premium core brands are sold in more than 180 countries around the world. They are enjoyed by consumers in developed markets and have wide appeal in emerging markets. They include iconic brands Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan and Baileys.

2 Win in reserve in every market

Seven years ago we shifted our approach to luxury spirits and made reserve a strategic priority. The results demonstrate what building capability and having focus can do.

3 Innovate at scale to meet new consumer needs

We are a company built and sustained through innovation, which gives us the drive to create new products, new categories and new experiences for consumers. We are the leaders in our industry, inventing today for tomorrow, staying on the edge of, and anticipating, consumer behaviour.

4 Build and then constantly extend our advantage in route to consumer

We have put the consumer at the centre of our business. Our route to consumer transformation has driven a clear understanding of what success looks like in a store, in a bar and in the hands of our consumers. We now have the consumer-facing culture to succeed.

5 Drive out costs to invest in profitable growth

We want to continuously get more efficient and effective in everything we do to further enable us to invest in growth for our business, our people and our brands. We have set a goal to deliver productivity savings of £500 million over the next three years, with two-thirds of this re-invested for growth.

6 Ensure we have the talent to deliver our Performance Ambition

We employ bright, collaborative people at all levels in our business, and must continue to do so if we are to achieve our aims. Our people, culture and values are what will make the difference.

Our three sustainability and responsibility priorities

1 Create a positive role for alcohol in society

We are committed to maintaining our leadership position by ensuring we make a positive contribution to society and work to tackle alcohol misuse alongside the industry. We will continue to operate in a responsible way every day, everywhere, to remain a trusted and respected business and drive our performance. We remain focused on delivering the five Global Producers’ Commitments and our own stretching 2020 targets.

2 Building thriving communities

We create value for millions of people as a buyer of goods and services, as an employer, as corporate citizens, and as producers of some of the world’s best-loved brands. We want to continue to help those communities thrive, by making Diageo a great, safe, and diverse place to work, by building sustainable supply chains, and through programmes that empower communities and individuals.

3 Reducing our environmental impacts

We’re dependent on the natural resources we share with the communities around us, and with the wider world. We want to use those resources responsibly, and make a net positive contribution to the environment through our operations and supply chain. We are working to reduce our impacts in the areas of water, carbon, packaging, and waste.

 

 

38


Business description (continued)

 

Risk factors

Diageo believes the following to be the principal risks and uncertainties facing the group. If any of these risks occur, Diageo’s business, financial condition and performance could suffer and the trading price and liquidity of securities could decline. Because any global business of the kind Diageo is engaged in is inherently exposed to risks that become apparent only with the benefit of hindsight, risks of which Diageo is not presently aware or which Diageo does not currently consider to be material could also impact Diageo’s ability to execute its strategy. In addition, these risks could affect Diageo’s business, financial condition and performance and the trading price and liquidity of securities. The order of presentation of the risk factors below does not indicate the likelihood of their occurrence or the potential magnitude of their consequences.

Risks related to the global economy

Diageo’s business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic, political, social or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates

Diageo may be adversely affected by economic developments in any of the countries where it has distribution networks, production facilities or marketing companies. In particular, Diageo’s business is dependent on general economic conditions in its most important markets, including the United States and the countries that form the European Union. If there is a significant deterioration in the economic conditions in any of Diageo’s important markets, it may contribute to reduced demand for Diageo’s products, reduction in consumer confidence and spending levels generally, customer destocking, negative impacts on Diageo’s customer, supplier or financial counterparties or a reduction in the availability of, or an increase in the cost of financing to, Diageo. Diageo’s business is also affected by other economic developments such as the imposition of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas or any restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and capital. Any of these developments may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Diageo’s operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to its global operations, including adverse political, social or other developments. Political and/or social unrest, potential health issues, natural disasters, politically-motivated violence and terrorist threats and/or acts, including those which are specifically directed at the alcohol industry, may also occur in countries where Diageo has operations. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and performance.

Many of these risks are heightened, or occur more frequently, in emerging markets. These disruptions can affect Diageo’s ability to import or export products and to repatriate funds, as well as affecting the levels of consumer demand (for example, in duty free outlets at airports or in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo’s levels of sales or profitability. A substantial portion of Diageo’s operations are conducted in emerging markets, and emerging markets represented approximately 42% of Diageo’s net sales for the year ended 30 June 2016. Emerging markets are also generally exposed to relatively higher risk of liquidity constraints, inflation, devaluation, price volatility, currency convertibility, sovereign default, as well as additional legal and regulatory risks and uncertainties. Any of these factors may affect Diageo disproportionately or in a different manner as compared to its competitors, depending on Diageo’s specific exposure to any particular emerging markets, and could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

The results of the United Kingdom’s referendum to leave the European Union may result in economic and political uncertainty and complexity, have a negative effect on economic conditions in Europe and adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial performance

Diageo is headquartered in the United Kingdom and has significant production and investment in Scotland. In June 2016, the United Kingdom voted by referendum to leave the European Union. Although it remains too early to assess the potential impact of this vote for Diageo, may lead to a sustained period of economic and political uncertainty and complexity until the detailed terms of the United Kingdoms exit from the European Union are finalised and as the United Kingdom negotiates and concludes any successor trading arrangement with other countries. The decision in the referendum that the United Kingdom should leave the European Union could also negatively impact economic conditions in Europe more generally and may have adverse effects on Diageo’s business and financial performance. For instance, the referendum may contribute to volatility in exchange rates, risk to supply chains across the EU, restrictions on the mobility of employees, possible changes to customs duties and tariffs and/or industry specific requirement and regulations.

 

39


Business description (continued)

 

The United Kingdom’s referendum vote to leave the European Union could also have further implications for the constitutional makeup of the United Kingdom and issues around independence and devolved government in Scotland and Northern Ireland, which could result in a further period of political uncertainty in the United Kingdom and may otherwise adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results, particularly in light of Diageo’s substantial inventory and operations located in Scotland.

Risks related to the industry

Demand for Diageo’s products may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in consumer preferences and tastes and adverse impacts of a declining economy

Diageo’s collection of brands includes some of the world’s leading beverage alcohol brands, as well as brands of local prominence. Maintaining Diageo’s competitive position depends on its continued ability to offer products that have a strong appeal to consumers. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors including changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations, changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather effects and a downturn in economic conditions, which may reduce consumers’ willingness to purchase luxury or premium branded products. Continued economic pressures could also lead to consumers selecting products at lower price points, whether Diageo’s or those of its competitors, which may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results. The competitive position of Diageo’s brands could also be affected adversely by any failure by Diageo to achieve consistent, reliable quality in its products or in its service levels to customers.

In addition, the social acceptability of Diageo’s products may decline due to public concerns about alcohol consumption. These concerns could also result in regulatory action, litigation or customer complaints against companies in the industry and may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Growth in Diageo’s business has benefited from both the launch of new products, and the creation of brand extensions and product innovation remains a significant element of Diageo’s growth plans. The launch and ongoing success of new products is inherently uncertain, especially as to their appeal to consumers. The failure to launch successfully a new product can give rise to inventory write-offs and other costs and can affect consumer perception and growth of an existing brand. There can be no assurance of Diageo’s continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products or of the profitable lifespan of newly or recently developed products.

Diageo is subject to litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry and other litigation

Companies in the beverage alcohol industry are, from time to time, exposed to class action or other litigation relating to alcohol advertising, product liability, alcohol abuse problems or health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. Diageo may also be subject to litigation arising from legacy and discontinued activities, as well as other litigation in the ordinary course of its operations. Diageo is further subject to the risk of litigation by tax, customs and other regulatory authorities, including with respect to the methodology for assessing importation value, transfer pricing or compliance matters.

Changes in the political and economic climate have resulted in an increased focus on tax collection in recent years, and tax authorities are showing an increased appetite to challenge the methodology used by multinational enterprises, even where a company complies with international best practice guidelines. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), tax treaties, accounting policies and accounting standards, including as a result of the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development’s review of base erosion and profit shifting and the European Union’s anti-tax abuse measures, could also result in litigation or other actions by relevant tax authorities. Any such litigation or other actions may result in damages, penalties or fines as well as reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, and as a result, Diageo’s business and financial results could be materially adversely affected. For additional information with respect to legal proceedings, see ‘Additional information for shareholders — Legal proceedings’ and note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect Diageo’s business or operations, and water scarcity or poor water quality could negatively impact Diageo’s production costs and capacity

In the event that climate change has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, Diageo may be subject to decreased availability or increased pricing for certain raw materials that are necessary for Diageo’s products, such as sugar, cereals, hops, agave and grapes. Water is the main ingredient in substantially all of Diageo’s products and it is also a limited resource in many parts of the world.

 

40


Business description (continued)

 

As demand for water continues to increase, and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, Diageo may be affected by increasing production costs or capacity constraints, which could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results.

An increase in the cost of production could affect Diageo’s profitability

The components that Diageo uses for the production of its beverage products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions, agricultural uncertainty and/or governmental controls. Commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in the cost of raw materials, glass bottles, flavours and other packaging materials and Diageo’s beverage products. Diageo may also be adversely affected by shortages of such materials, by increases in energy costs resulting in higher transportation, freight and other operating costs or by inflation. Diageo may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, sales and operating profit.

Risks related to regulation

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal, tax and regulatory environment could increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities or limit its business activities

Diageo’s operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements relating to production, distribution, importation, marketing, advertising, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, product liability, labour, pensions, antitrust, compliance and control systems, and environmental issues. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental or regulatory policies and/or practices could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business. In particular, governmental bodies in countries where Diageo operates may impose new labelling, product or production requirements, limitations on the marketing, advertising and/or promotion activities used to market beverage alcohol, restrictions on retail outlets, restrictions on importation and distribution or other restrictions on the locations or occasions where beverage alcohol is sold which directly or indirectly limit the sales of Diageo products. For example, in 2015 two of the major states (in terms of population and per capita alcohol consumption) of the Republic of India, the State of Kerala and the State of Bihar, announced the imposition of a total ban on alcohol consumption. These regulatory measures could impact the sale and distribution of Diageo’s products in India, which could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results.

Regulatory authorities under whose laws Diageo operates may also have enforcement power that can subject the group to actions such as product recall, seizure of products or other sanctions which could have an adverse effect on Diageo sales or damage its reputation. Any changes to the regulatory environment in which Diageo operates could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities, which could adversely affect Diageo’s performance.

Beverage alcohol products are also subject to national excise, import duty and other duties in most countries around the world. An increase in any such duties could have a significant adverse effect on Diageo’s sales revenue or margin, both through reducing overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

Diageo’s reported after tax income is calculated based on extensive tax and accounting requirements in each of its relevant jurisdictions of operation and this may be subject to change following the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development’s review of base erosion and profit shifting and the European Union’s anti-tax abuse measures. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), tax treaties, accounting policies and accounting standards could increase the cost of doing business and lead to rise in Diageo’s effective tax rate.

Diageo is subject to data privacy regulations in many of the markets in which it operates, and laws and regulations in this area are developing and changing on a continual basis, including, for example, the new General Data Protection Regulation adopted in the European Union in April 2016. Breach of any of these laws or regulations can lead to significant fines and/or damage to Diageo’s reputation as well as significantly restricting its ability to deliver or digital productivity and growth plans.

Failure by Diageo to comply with anti-corruption laws or failure of Diageo’s related internal policies and procedures to comply with applicable law may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results

Diageo operates a global business, including in certain countries which are reported to have high levels of corruption risk (i.e., countries in which the Transparency International index of perceived levels of public sector corruption is less than or equal to fifty). There is increasing scrutiny and enforcement by regulators in many jurisdictions of anti-bribery laws, including pursuant to the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. Such enforcement has been enhanced by applicable regulations in the United States, which offer substantial financial rewards to whistleblowers for reporting information that leads to monetary fines.

 

41


Business description (continued)

 

While Diageo has implemented and maintains internal practices, procedures and controls designed to ensure compliance with anti-bribery legislation and routinely conducts investigations, either at its own initiative or in response to requests from regulators in connection with compliance with such internal controls, there is no guarantee that such procedures will be effective in preventing compliance failures at Diageo.

Any investigations and lawsuits, regardless of the ultimate outcome of the proceeding, are time consuming and expensive and can divert the time and effort of Diageo’s personnel, including senior management, from its business. Adverse publicity, governmental scrutiny and legal and enforcement proceedings can also have a negative impact on Diageo’s reputation and on the morale and performance of its employees. To the extent that violations of anti-corruption laws and/or Diageo’s internal policies and procedures are found, or Diageo’s internal policies and procedures are found not to comply with applicable law, possible regulatory sanctions and fines and other consequences may also be material.

Risks related to Diageo’s business

The value of Diageo’s brands and its net sales may be negatively affected by its failure to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation or adapt to a changing media environment

The value of Diageo’s brands and its profitability depends heavily on its ability to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation. Adverse publicity, whether or not justified, may tarnish Diageo’s reputation and cause consumers to choose products offered by its competitors. Such adverse publicity could arise as a result of a perceived failure by Diageo to make adequate positive social contributions, including in relation to the level of taxes paid by Diageo, or by the failures of internal controls or compliance breaches leading to a breach of Diageo’s Code of Business Conduct, its other key policies or of the laws or regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

In addition, Diageo’s ability to maintain, extend, and expand its brand image depends on its ability to adapt to a rapidly changing media environment. Diageo maintains an online presence as part of its business operations, and increasingly relies on social media and online dissemination of advertising campaigns. Diageo’s reputation may suffer if it is perceived to fail to appropriately restrict access to its online content or if it breaches any marketing regulation, code or policy. In addition, the growing use of social and digital media increases the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative posts or comments about Diageo, its brands or its products on social or digital media, whether or not valid, could seriously damage Diageo’s brands and reputation.

Any failure to maintain, extend, and expand Diageo’s brand image or adapt to a changing media environment may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Diageo faces competition that may reduce its market share and margins

Diageo faces substantial competition from several international companies as well as local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates and competes with drinks companies across a wide range of consumer drinking occasions. Within a number of categories, the beverage industry has been experiencing continuing consolidation among major global producers, as evidenced by several business combinations of substantial value carried out by significant competitors in 2015. Consolidation is also taking place among Diageo’s customers in many countries. These trends may lead to stronger competitors, increased competitive pressure from customers, negative impacts on Diageo’s distribution network, downward pressure on prices, predatory marketing tactics by Diageo’s competitors and/or a decline in Diageo’s market share in any of these categories. Adverse developments in economic conditions or declines in demand or consumer spending may also result in intensified competition for market share, with potentially adverse effects on sales volume and price. Any of these factors may adversely affecting Diageo’s results and growth potential.

Diageo may not be able to derive the expected benefits from its business strategies, including in relation to expansion in emerging markets, acquisitions, productivity initiatives or inventory forecasting

There can be no assurance that Diageo’s business strategies will result in opportunities for growth and improved margins. Part of Diageo’s growth strategy includes expanding its business in certain emerging market countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo’s products in particular, has not historically been as great but where Diageo believes there are strong prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful, and some of these markets may represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and a higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

 

42


Business description (continued)

 

It is also possible that Diageo’s business strategies could give rise to further business combinations, acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures and/or partnerships (including any associated financing or the assumption of actual or potential liabilities, depending on the transaction contemplated). There can be no assurance that any transaction will be completed or that any such transaction would deliver the anticipated benefits, cost savings or synergies. The success of any transaction will depend in part on Diageo’s ability to successfully integrate new businesses with Diageo’s existing operations and realise the anticipated benefits. Acquisitions may also expose Diageo to liabilities it may not be aware of at the time of the acquisition, for example if acquired companies and business do not act, or have not acted, in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The current and ongoing issues in USL detailed in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements provide an example of integration and legal challenges.

Similarly, there can be no assurance that the cost saving or productivity initiatives implemented by Diageo in order to improve efficiencies and deliver cost savings will deliver the expected benefits, and such programmes may result in significant costs to Diageo or may have other adverse impacts on the business and operations of the Group. Diageo continues to undertake programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operations, including changes to organisational structures, business processes and business systems. Disruption caused to business processes as a result of such change could impact Diageo operations and lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction. There may also be a risk of impairment charges on goodwill or other intangible assets and failure to meet financial targets. Any of the foregoing may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Certain of Diageo’s aged product categories may mature over significant periods of up to 30 years, and forecasts of demand for such products in future periods are subject to significant uncertainty. There is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption as a result of changes in business strategy, market demand and preferences, macroeconomic conditions, introductions of competing products and other changes in market conditions. Any forecasting error could lead to Diageo being unable to meet the objectives of its business strategy, future demand or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks. If Diageo is unable to accurately forecast demand for its products or efficiently manage its inventory, this may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Contamination, counterfeiting or other events could harm the integrity of customer support for Diageo’s brands and adversely affect the sales of those brands

The success of Diageo’s brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of those brands, and contamination, whether arising accidentally, or through deliberate third party action, or other events that harm the integrity of or consumer support for those brands, could adversely affect their sales. Diageo purchases most of the raw materials for the production and packaging of its products from third party producers or on the open market. Diageo may be subject to liability if contaminants in those raw materials or defects in the distillation, fermentation or bottling process lead to low beverage quality or illness among, or injury to, Diageo’s consumers. Diageo may recall products in the event of contamination or damage. A significant product liability judgement or a widespread product recall may negatively impact sales and profitability of the affected brand or all Diageo brands for a period of time depending on product availability, competitive reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, any resulting negative publicity could adversely affect Diageo’s reputation with existing and potential customers and its corporate and brand image.

Additionally, third parties may sell products which are either counterfeit versions of Diageo brands or inferior brands that look like Diageo brands, and consumers of Diageo brands could confuse Diageo products with them. A bad consumer experience with such a product could cause them to refrain from purchasing Diageo brands in the future and in turn could impair brand equity, adversely affecting Diageo’s business.

Diageo’s business may be adversely affected by increased costs or shortages of talent

Diageo’s business could be adversely affected by labour or skill shortages or increased labour costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs. Diageo’s success is dependent on the capability of its employees. There is no guarantee that Diageo will continue to be able to recruit, retain and develop the capabilities that it requires to deliver its strategy, for example in relation to sales, marketing and innovation capability within markets or in its senior management. The loss of senior management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel in the future could make it difficult to manage Diageo’s operations and could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results.

 

43


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo may be adversely affected by disruption to production facilities, business service centres or information systems (including cyber-attack)

Diageo would be affected if there was a catastrophic failure of its major production facilities or business service centres. Diageo operates production facilities around the world. If there was a technical failure in Diageo production facilities, or fire or explosion at one of Diageo’s production facilities, it could result in damage to the facilities, plant or equipment, their surroundings and/or the local environment and/or injury or loss of life. Such an event could lead to a loss in production capacity, or could result in regulatory action, legal liability or damage to Diageo’s reputation.

Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally Scotch whisky and Canadian whisky, which may mature over periods of up to 30 years or more. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in Scotland, and the loss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any one of those aged product categories could result in a significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as it arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo’s maturing inventory or other assets, were such assets to be lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters, destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third parties, or failure of information systems or data infrastructure.

As with all large systems, Diageo’s information systems could be subject to cyber-attack by outside parties’ intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo’s business and/or lead to loss of assets or to outside parties having access to confidential information, including privileged data or strategic information of Diageo and its employees, customers and consumers, or to making such information public in a manner that harms Diageo’s reputation. The concentration of processes in business service centres also means that any sustained disruption to the facility or issue impacting the reliability of the information systems used could impact a large portion of Diageo’s business operations and in some circumstances, could result in property damage, breaches of regulations, litigation, legal liabilities and reparation costs.

Diageo’s operations and financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates and fluctuations in interest rates

Diageo is engaged in an international business that operates in, and makes sales into, countries with different currencies, while its financial results are presented in sterling. As a result, Diageo is subject to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the sterling value of its transactions, as well as the translation to sterling of the results and underlying net assets of its operations. In particular, approximately 31.9% of Diageo’s net sales in the year ended 30 June 2016 were in US dollars, approximately 11% were in euros and approximately 14.9% were in sterling. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo’s reported results of operations from year to year. Exchange rate fluctuations may also expose Diageo to increased interest expense on borrowings denominated in currencies which appreciate against the sterling. As a result, Diageo’s business and financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through increased interest expense.

Diageo’s operations and financial results may be adversely affected by movements in the value of assets and liabilities related to its pension plans

Diageo operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, which vary in accordance with local conditions and practices. The majority of these pension plans are defined benefit plans and are funded by payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The ability of these pension plans to meet their pension obligations may be affected by, among other things, the performance of assets owned by these pension plans, the liabilities in connection with the pension plans, the underlying actuarial assumptions used to calculate the surplus or deficit in the plans, in particular the discount rate and long term inflation rates used to calculate the liabilities of the pension funds, and any changes in applicable laws and regulations. For example, Diageo’s deficit in respect of post-employment plans before taxation increased by £934 million from £259 million at 30 June 2015 to £1,193 million at 30 June 2016, primarily as a result of a decrease in returns from corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on plan liabilities. If there are significant declines in financial markets and/or deterioration in the value of fund assets or changes in discount rates or inflation rates, Diageo may need to make significant contributions to the pension funds in the future.

 

 

44


Business description (continued)

 

Furthermore, if the market values of the assets held by Diageo’s pension funds decline, the valuations of assets by the pension trustees decline or the valuation of liabilities in connection with pension plans increase, then company cash contributions may increase which, as a result, could materially adversely affect Diageo’s financial position. There is no assurance that interest rates or inflation rates will remain constant, that pension fund assets can earn the assumed rate of return annually or that the value of liabilities will not fluctuate; Diageo’s actual experience may be significantly more negative than the assumptions used.

Diageo’s operations may be adversely affected by failure to maintain or renegotiate distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms

Diageo’s business has a number of distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements for brands owned by it or by other companies. These agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to renegotiate its rights on favourable terms when these agreements expire or that they will not be terminated. Failure to renew these agreements on favourable terms could have an adverse impact on Diageo’s business and financial results. In addition, Diageo’s business and financial results may be adversely affected by any disputes with distributors of its products or with suppliers of raw materials.

Diageo may not be able to protect its intellectual property rights

Given the importance of brand recognition to its business, Diageo has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property rights, including trademark registration and domain names. Diageo’s patents cover some of its process technology, including some aspects of its bottle marking technology. Diageo also uses security measures and agreements to protect its confidential information and trade secrets. However, Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe on or misappropriate its intellectual property rights in its brands or products. Moreover, some of the countries in which Diageo operates offer less intellectual property protection than Europe or North America. Given the attractiveness of Diageo’s brands to consumers, it is not uncommon for counterfeit products to be manufactured and traded. Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it takes to assist the authorities to prevent, detect and eliminate counterfeit products will be effective in preventing material loss of profits or erosion of brand equity resulting from lower quality or even dangerous counterfeit product reaching the market. If Diageo is unable to protect its intellectual property rights against infringement or misappropriation, this could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its business.

Risks related to Diageo’s securities

It may be difficult to effect service of US process and enforce US legal process against the directors of Diageo

Diageo is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of Diageo’s directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this document, reside outside of the United States, principally in the United Kingdom. A substantial portion of Diageo’s assets, and the assets of such persons, are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Diageo or these persons in order to enforce judgements of US courts against Diageo or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the US federal securities laws. In addition, punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England and Wales.

 

45


Business description (continued)

 

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This document contains ‘forward-looking’ statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. In particular, forward-looking statements include all statements that express forecasts, expectations, plans, outlook and projections with respect to future matters. Examples of forward-looking statements include statements regarding exchange rates, interest rates, the availability or cost of financing to Diageo, social, political and environmental developments, consumer trends, preferences and purchasing power, overall market trends, the consequences of the referendum on the UK’s membership in the EU, and their impact on Diageo’s business operations and financial condition; statements made about Diageo’s strategy, trends in results of operations, margins, and growth rates and growth rate objectives; estimates of Diageo’s cash flows, effective interest rates, effective tax rates, cost savings, results of hedging instruments, cash contributions in post-employment plans, impacts of exchange rates, dividend policies and shareholders return objectives, executive compensation levels, outcomes of litigation, and the impact of new accounting policies on Diageo’s consolidated results and financial position. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside Diageo’s control.

These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    economic, political, social or other developments in countries and markets in which Diageo operates, which may contribute to reduced demand for Diageo’s products, reduced consumer spending, negative impacts on Diageo’s customer, supplier and financial counterparties or the imposition of import, investment or currency restrictions;

 

    the results of the decision in the United Kingdom’s referendum on 23 June 2016 to leave the European Union, which may lead to a sustained period of economic and political uncertainty and complexity until the detailed terms of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union are finalised and as the United Kingdom negotiates and concludes any successor trading arrangements with other countries, and which may also negatively impact economic conditions in Europe more generally which could have an adverse impact on Diageo’s business operations and financial performance;

 

    changes in consumer preferences and tastes, including as a result of changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations and travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, or as a result of contamination, counterfeiting or other circumstances which could harm the integrity or sales of Diageo’s brands;

 

    any litigation or other similar proceedings (including with tax, customs and other regulatory authorities), including that directed at the drinks and spirits industry generally or at Diageo in particular, or the impact of a product recall or product liability claim on Diageo’s profitability or reputation;

 

    the effects of climate change and related regulations and other measures to address climate change, including any resulting impact on the cost and supply of water;

 

    changes in the cost of production, including as a result of increases in the cost of commodities, labour and/or energy or as a result of inflation;

 

    legal and regulatory developments, including changes in regulations regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, labelling, packaging, consumption, advertising and data privacy; changes in tax law (including tax treaties), rates or requirements (including with respect to the impact of excise tax increases) or accounting standards; and changes in environmental laws, health regulations and the laws governing labour and pensions;

 

    the consequences of any failure by Diageo to comply with anti-corruption and other laws and regulations or any failure of Diageo’s related internal policies and procedures to comply with applicable law;

 

46


Business description (continued)

 

    ability to maintain Diageo’s brand image and corporate reputation or to adapt to a changing media environment, and exposure to adverse publicity, whether or not justified, and any resulting impacts on Diageo’s reputation and the likelihood that consumers choose products offered by Diageo’s competitors;

 

    increased competitive product and pricing pressures, including as a result of actions by increasingly consolidated competitors, that could negatively impact Diageo’s market share, distribution network, costs or pricing;

 

    the effects of Diageo’s business strategies, including in relation to expansion in emerging markets and growth of participation in international premium spirits markets, the effects of business combinations, partnerships, acquisitions or disposals, existing or future, and the ability to realise expected synergies and/or costs savings;

 

    Diageo’s ability to benefit from its strategy, including its ability to expand into new markets, to complete and benefit from existing or future business combinations or other transactions, to implement cost saving and productivity initiatives or to forecast inventory levels successfully;

 

    contamination, counterfeiting or other events that could adversely affect the perception of Diageo’s brands;

 

    increased costs or shortages of talent;

 

    disruption to production facilities or business service centres or information systems (including cyber-attack), existing or future;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates, which may impact the value of transactions and assets denominated in other currencies, increase the cost of financing or otherwise affect Diageo’s financial results;

 

    movements in the value of the assets and liabilities related to Diageo’s pension funds;

 

    renewal of supply, distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements (or related rights) and licences on favourable terms or at all when they expire; and

 

    failure of Diageo to protect its intellectual property rights.

All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above factors and by the principal risks set out in the ‘Risk factors’ section above. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in Diageo’s expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). All readers, wherever located, should take note of these disclosures.

This document includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns, or which others own and licence to Diageo for use. All rights reserved. © Diageo plc 2016.

The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or an invitation or inducement to engage in any other investment activities.

This document includes information about Diageo’s target debt rating. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organisation. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

 

47


Business review

Operating results 2016 compared with 2015

GROUP FINANCIAL REVIEW

This is a good set of results and reflects better execution across the business. Our improved performance was driven by the return to growth of each of our six global brands and our US spirits business. The delivery of volume growth; 19bps of organic margin expansion; increased free cash flow; and the disposal of £1 billion in non-core assets, comes from driving efficiency in every aspect of the business and across every expense item to fuel future growth. I believe this consistent approach to growth, productivity and cash will drive better value creation.

Kathryn Mikells,

Chief Financial Officer

 

Net sales declined 3.0% as organic growth in each region and acquisitions were more than offset by adverse exchange and disposals

Organic results improved with volume growth of 1.3%

Organic net sales growth of 2.8%

Operating profit grew 1.6% with organic growth, lower exceptional operating charges and acquisitions partially offset by adverse exchange and disposals

Organic operating profit growth of 3.5%

Net cash from operating activities was flat, £2.5bn

Free cash flow continued to be strong at £2.1bn up £134 million on last year

Basic eps of 89.5 pence was down 6% as lower exceptional income reduced basic eps by 6.1 pence

Eps before exceptional items increased 1% to 89.4 pence

 

LOGO    Volume Net sales(i) Operating profit(ii) Operating profit before exceptionals(iii) North America Europe Africa Latin America and Caribbean Asia Pacific

 

 

(i) Excluding corporate net sales of £36 million (2015 - £80 million).
(ii) Excluding corporate and ISC costs of £150 million (2015 - £139 million).
(iii) Excluding exceptional operating charges of £167 million (2015 - £269 million) and corporate and ISC costs before exceptional items of £150 million (2015 - £123 million).

 

                                                                 

Summary financial information

          2016     2015  

Volume

     EUm           246.4        246.2   

Net sales

     £million           10,485        10,813   

Marketing

     £million           1,562        1,629   

Operating profit before exceptional items

     £million           3,008        3,066   

Exceptional operating items

     £million           (167     (269

Operating profit

     £million           2,841        2,797   

Share of associates and joint ventures profit after tax

     £million           221        175   

Non-operating items

     £million           123        373   

Net finance charges

     £million           327        412   

Tax rate

     %           17.4        15.9   

Tax rate before exceptional items

     %           19.0        18.3   

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

     £million           2,244        2,381   

Basic earnings per share

     pence           89.5        95.0   

Earnings per share before exceptional items

     pence           89.4        88.8   

Recommended full year dividend

     pence           59.2        56.4   

 

48


Business review (continued)

 

Growth by region

   Volume     Net Sales     Marketing     Operating
profit
 
   %     %     %     %  

North America

     (1     3               9   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

            (3     4        2   

Africa

     19        (1     (3     (32

Latin America and Caribbean

     (5     (16     (14     (69

Asia Pacific

     (3     (6     (13     112   

Diageo(i)

            (3 )      (4 )      2   

 

                                                                                       

Organic growth by region

   Volume
%
    Net sales
%
     Marketing
%
    Operating
profit(ii)

%
 

North America

     1        3         (2     4   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     2        4         5        6   

Africa

     9        3         1        (11

Latin America and Caribbean

     (2     1                (1

Asia Pacific

            2         (12     13   

Diageo(i)

     1        3         (2     3   

 

 

(i) Includes Corporate. Corporate net sales in the year ended 30 June 2016 were £36 million (2015 – £80 million) a decrease of 55% due to the sale of the Gleneagles Hotel in June 2015. Net operating charges before exceptional items were £150 million (2015 – £123 million), increased due to costs related to the productivity programme, the reinvestment of the savings delivered by the organisational review announcement in January 2014, and increase in the annual incentive plan costs. These increases were partially offset by increased profit on land sales.
(ii) Before exceptional items.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Net sales growth (£ million)

Net sales declined 3.0%. Organic net sales growth of 2.8% driven by volume and mix.

 

LOGO

10,813 145 90 131 10,485 (172) (122) (400) Organic movement 2015 2016 Exchange(i) Volume Disposals Price/mix Acquisitions Asia Pacific net sales adjustment(ii)

 

 

(i) Exchange rate movements reflect the translation of prior year reported results at current exchange rates.
(ii) Diageo has reflected the full year impact of an accounting change USL made in its most recent quarterly results to account for sales by third party manufacturers on a net sales basis. See page 54 for more details.

Net sales declined 3.0%. Adverse impact of exchange and disposals reduced net sales by 5.3%. These movements were partially offset by organic net sales growth of 2.8% with volume growth of 1.3% and positive price/mix, primarily mix.

Net sales and operating profit were impacted by adverse exchange movements driven by the weakness of a number of currencies against sterling, in particular the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the Brazilian real and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the strengthening of the US dollar.

 

 

49


Business review (continued)

 

Operating profit growth (£ million)

Operating profit growth of 1.6%. Organic operating profit growth of 3.5%.

 

LOGO

 

102 99 2,841 2,797 22 (83) (96) 2015 2016 Exceptional operating items Acquisitions Exchange Organic movement Disposals

 

Operating profit growth of 1.6% was driven by organic growth, acquisitions and lower exceptional operating charges (£167 million in 2016; £269 million in 2015). These movements were partially offset by adverse exchange and the impact of disposals.

Acquisitions and disposals

Acquisitions made in 2015 increased net sales in the year ended 30 June 2016 by £90 million and operating profit by £22 million, largely due to the acquisition of the remaining 50% shareholdings in Don Julio and United National Breweries.

Businesses which were disposed of in the year ended 30 June 2015, primarily Bushmills and Gleneagles, and those disposed of in the year ended 30 June 2016, the sale of wines and certain beer assets, contributed net sales of £655 million and operating profit of £121 million in the period ended 30 June 2015, and contributed net sales of £255 million and operating profit of £25 million in the period ended 30 June 2016. The year on year movement on net sales was £400 million and £96 million on operating profit.

Operating margin (%)

Operating margin improved by 123bps. Organic margin improved by 19bps.

 

LOGO

78bps 55bps 33bps 27.10% 89bps 14bps 25.87% (114)bps (32)bps Organic movement 2015 2016 Exceptional operating items Marketing Exchange Overheads Acquisitions and disposals Asia Pacific net sales adjustment(i) Gross margin

 

 

 

(i) Diageo has reflected the full year impact of an accounting change USL made in its most recent quarterly results to account for sales by third party manufacturers on a net sales basis. It has no impact on gross profit or operating profit. See page 54 for more details.

 

50


Business review (continued)

 

Operating margin improved by 123bps mainly driven by lower exceptional operating charges, a 19bps improvement in organic margin and the net sales adjustment in Asia Pacific. These movements were partially offset by an adverse exchange impact. Organic operating margin improvement was driven by favourable mix, including the return to growth in North America which drove gross margin improvement, as well as net procurement efficiencies after reinvestment in increased marketing activity. These benefits were partially offset by higher overheads driven by a year on year increase in annual incentive plan costs and inflation.

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Eps decreased to 89.5 pence. Eps before exceptional items increased from 88.8 pence to 89.4 pence

 

LOGO

95.0 3.39 89.5 3.95 1.83 (6.14) (1.37) (0.82) (3.33) (2.97) 2015 2016 Exceptional items(i) Associates and joint ventures Exchange on operating profit Finance charges Acquisitions and disposals Tax Operating profit excluding Non-controlling interests exchange 950339895395183(614)(137)(082)(333)(297)20152016Exceptionalitems(i)AssociatesandjointventuresExchangeonoperatingprofitFinancechargesAcquisitionsanddisposalsTaxOperatingprofitexcludingNon-controllinginterestsexchange

 

 

 

 

(i) Exceptional items net of tax and non-controlling interests.

Lower exceptional income (net of tax and non-controlling interests) (£2 million in 2016; £156 million in 2015) reduced basic earnings per share by 6.1 pence. Pre-exceptionals eps was up 0.6 pence as adverse exchange, net impact of acquisitions and disposals, a higher tax rate and the increase in non-controlling interests from higher operating profit in USL, were more than offset by organic operating profit growth, higher associate income and lower finance charges. Finance charges were lower on the fall in both net interest charge and other financing charges. Net interest charges declined from debt reduction and lower interest rates. Other finance charges dropped due to lower hyperinflation charge for Venezuela as we moved to a consolidation rate which recognised the impact of the inflation rate as well as the impact of lapping a £13 million charge in 2015 in respect of an increase in value of Zacapa related financial liabilities.

 

Movement in net finance charges

    £ million  

2015

  

    412   

Net interest charge reduction

  

    (51

Reduction in other finance charges

  

    (34
    

 

 

 

2016

  

    327   
    

 

 

 
     2016     2015  

Average monthly net borrowings (£ million)

     9,245        10,459   

Effective interest rate(i)

     3.3     3.5

 

 

(i) For the calculation of the effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings. Average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

The fall in average monthly net borrowings arose from disposals proceeds and continued strong cash flow. The effective interest rate reduced in the year ended 30 June 2016 largely driven by changes in financing in USL together with the repayment of Diageo bonds with a higher interest rate.

 

51


Business review (continued)

 

Net cash from operating activities and free cash flow (£ million)

Net cash from operating activities(i) was £2,548 million in 2016 a decline of £3 million on £2,551 million in 2015.

 

 

LOGO

2,551 (83) 152 (170) 93 5 2,548 2015 2016 Exchange(ii) Operating profit(iii) Working capital Interest and tax Other(iv)

 

 

Free cash flow was £2,097 million in 2016 an increase of £134 million.

 

LOGO

1,963 137 152 93 5 2,097 (83) (170) 2015 2016 Capex Working capital movement Exchange (ii) Interest and tax Operating profit (iii) Other (iv)

 

 

(i) Net cash from operating activities excludes capex, loans and other investments (collectively £(451) million in 2016 – £(588) million in 2015).
(ii) Exchange – on operating profit before exceptional items.
(iii) Operating profit excluding exchange, depreciation and amortisation, post employment payments and non-cash items but including operating exceptional items.
(iv) Other items include post employment payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures.

Net cash from operating activities declined by £3 million driven by negative working capital movement, partially offset by increased operating profit and lower interest payments.

The negative working capital movement was driven by the year on year comparison to a significant reduction in receivables in 2015. This was partially offset by a favourable movement on inventory and payables.

Free cash flow improved £134 million driven by lower capex, increased operating profit before exchange, and lower interest payments, partially offset by negative working capital movement.

 

52


Business review (continued)

 

Return on invested capital (%)

The return on closing invested capital of 23.2% for the year ended 30 June 2016, calculated as profit for the year divided by net assets as of 30 June 2016, decreased by 350bps principally due to the increase in net assets driven by the weakening of sterling against a number of currencies partially offset by an increase in post employment liabilities.

Return on average invested capital (ROIC)(i) decreased 22bps

 

LOGO

12.3% 14bps 12.1% 3bps 47bps (8)bps (62)bps (16)bps 2015 2016 Exchange Associates and joint ventures Acquisitions and disposals Non-controlling interests Operating profit excluding Other exchange

 

 

 

(i) ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items.

ROIC before exceptional items decreased 22bps driven mainly due to the adverse impact of exchange which was partially offset by the increased return from growth in operating profit and income from associates.

 

53


Business review (continued)

 

Income statement

 

                                                                                                                                   
     2015
£ million
    Exchange
(a)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and disposals

(b)
£ million
    Organic
movement(ii)
£ million
    Reclassifi-
cation(iii)
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Sales

     15,966        (360     (362     397               15,641   

Excise duties

     (5,153     188        52        (121     (122     (5,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     10,813        (172     (310     276        (122     10,485   

Cost of sales(i)

     (4,585     68        200        (56     122        (4,251
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,228        (104     (110     220               6,234   

Marketing

     (1,629     13        17        37               (1,562

Other operating expenses(i)

     (1,533     8        19        (158            (1,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     3,066        (83     (74     99               3,008   

Exceptional operating items (c)

     (269             (167
  

 

 

           

 

 

 

Operating profit

     2,797                2,841   

Non-operating items (c)

     373                123   

Net finance charges

     (412             (327

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     175                221   
  

 

 

           

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,933                2,858   

Taxation (d)

     (466             (496
  

 

 

           

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,467                2,362   
  

 

 

           

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Before exceptional operating items, see pages 55-56.
(ii) For the definition of organic movement see page 133.
(iii) Following a review of the third party production arrangements in India it was determined to be more appropriate to ensure consistent reporting by reclassifying the excise duties payable by the third party production companies as excise duties. This change was implemented by USL in its first three months of its financial year ended 30 June 2016, and resulted in net sales for the year ended 30 June 2016 reducing by £122 million with a corresponding decrease in cost of sales. There was no impact on gross or operating profit.

(a) Exchange

The impact of movements in exchange rates on reported figures is principally in respect of the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the Brazilian real and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the US dollar.

Venezuela is a hyper-inflationary economy where the government maintains a regime of strict currency controls with multiple foreign currency rate systems. Access to US dollar on these exchange systems is very limited. The foreign currency denominated transactions and balances of the group’s Venezuelan operations are translated into the local functional currency (VEF) at the rate they are expected to be settled, applying the most appropriate official exchange rate. For consolidation purposes, the group converts its Venezuelan operations using management’s estimate of the exchange rate that capital and dividend repatriations are expected to be realised. The consolidation exchange rate and the accounting treatment are monitored and reviewed depending on the economic and regulatory developments in the country.

The effect of movements in exchange rates and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 2016 is set out in the table below.

 

54


Business review (continued)

 

                     
     Gains/
(losses)
£ million
 

Translation impact

     (13

Transaction impact

     (70
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     (83
  

 

 

 

Net finance charges – translation impact

     (17

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

     (9

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on net other finance charges

     2   
  

 

 

 

Net finance charges

     (24

Associates – translation impact

     (4
  

 

 

 

Profit before exceptional items and taxation

     (111
  

 

 

 

 

                                           
     Year
ended
30 June
2016
     Year
ended
30 June
2015
 

Exchange rates

     

Translation   £1 =

     $1.48         $1.57   

Transaction  £1 =

     $1.55         $1.58   

Translation   £1 =

     €1.34         €1.31   

Transaction  £1 =

     €1.28         €1.23   

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

The impact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the disposals of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited on 27 February 2015, Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015, Desnoes & Geddes Limited (D&G) on 7 October 2015, the wine businesses in the United States and the UK Percy Fox wine business on 1 January 2016, which were partially offset by the acquisition of 50% equity interests, that the group did not own, in both Don Julio in Mexico on 27 February 2015 and a joint venture in South Africa on 29 May 2015.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional operating charges in the year ended 30 June 2016 totalled £167 million before tax, a decrease of £102 million against last year.

Exceptional operating charges in the year ended 30 June 2016 included an impairment charge in respect of the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million, respectively. Forecast cash flow assumptions have been reduced principally due to a challenging economic environment in Brazil and significant adverse changes in local tax regulation.

On 25 February 2016 the group incurred an exceptional operating charge of £49 million including a $75 million

(£53 million) payment to Dr Vijay Mallya over a five year period in consideration for (i) his resignation and the termination of his appointment and governance rights and his relinquishing of the rights and benefits attached to his position as Chairman and Non-Executive Director of United Spirits Limited (USL); (ii) his agreement to five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill undertakings; and (iii) his agreement that he and his affiliates will not pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates. In addition to the amount Diageo agreed to pay Dr Vijay Mallya there was net gain of £4 million arising from the termination of certain related agreements, that were previously provided for less legal fees directly attributable to the settlement.

 

55


Business review (continued)

 

In the year ended 30 June 2015 exceptional operating charges were £269 million before tax which comprised £146 million in respect of a settlement agreement of disputes with the Korean customs authorities, £82 million in respect of restructuring programmes and an exceptional impairment charge of £41 million in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company.

Non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2016 were a net gain of £123 million before tax compared to a gain of £373 million before tax last year, a decrease of £250 million against last year.

The year ended 30 June 2016 included an exceptional gain before taxation of £457 million in respect of the sale of Diageo’s 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and a 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer businesses) to Heineken, which completed on 7 October 2015. The gain is net of a £13 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £7 million. As part of the transaction, Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited (GGBL) from Heineken which increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL to 72.42%.

On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the sale of the majority of its wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates. Together with the sale of the group’s other wine interests in the United States the transactions resulted in a loss before taxation on disposal of £191 million including an estimated provision for the settlement of a guarantee given in respect of the lease payments due to Realty Income Corporation, the lessor of the vineyards. The loss is net of an exchange gain of £12 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £8 million.

On 29 January 2016, Diageo disposed of its interests in Argentina to Grupo Peñaflor. The transaction resulted in a loss before taxation of £38 million including a cumulative exchange loss of £20 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and other directly attributable costs of £7 million.

On 1 December 2015, Diageo disposed of its 42.25% equity interests in DHN Drinks, its 25% equity stake in Sedibeng Breweries Limited and its 15.01% equity stake in Namibia Breweries Limited (South African associate interests) to Heineken. The net cash consideration received was £120 million, which included the repayment of £31 million in respect of loans previously made to DHN Drinks and Sedibeng Breweries Limited. A loss before taxation of £27 million, including a £30 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income, was accounted for in the income statement.

On 30 September 2015, the group completed the disposal of its shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI), a Kenyan glass bottle manufacturer, resulting in a gain before taxation of £14 million, net of £1 million transaction costs. £7 million of the gain is attributable to non-controlling interests.

A guarantee provided by Diageo for a loan of $135 million (£92 million) given by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited was called and $135 million paid to SCB during the year. The underlying security package for the loan remains in place. A provision of $135 million has been made. Further details are set out in note 18.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 non-operating items included a gain of £63 million as a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group and as part of the transaction, Diageo sold its wholly owned subsidiary, The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to the Cuervo group, resulting in a gain of £174 million. A gain of £103 million arose on the increase of the group’s investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) from 25.02% to 54.78% (excluding the 2.38% interest owned by USL Benefit Trust). On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotel Limited to the Ennismore group resulting in an exceptional gain of £73 million. In addition a provision of £30 million was charged to the income statement in respect of a guarantee provided to a third party financial institution.

Cash payments in the year ended 30 June 2016 for exceptional restructuring, for the payment in respect of the Watson guarantee (reported in ’movements in loans and other investments’ in the consolidated statement of cash flows), for disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited and for thalidomide were £52 million, £92 million, £28 million and £12 million, respectively. In the comparable period the cash expenditure for exceptional restructuring, for the legal settlement in Korea, for the guarantee and for thalidomide were £117 million, £74 million, £30 million and £19 million, respectively.

 

56


Business review (continued)

 

(d) Taxation

The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2016 was 17.4% compared with 15.9% for the year ended 30 June 2015. The tax rate before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2016 was 19.0% compared with 18.3% in the prior year. It is expected that the tax rate before exceptional items for the year ending 30 June 2017 will be 21%.

(e) Dividend

The group aims to increase the dividend at each half-year and the decision as to the rate of the dividend increase is made with reference to dividend cover as well as the current performance trends including top and bottom line together with cash generation. Diageo targets dividend cover (the ratio of basic earnings per share before exceptional items to dividend per share) within the range of 1.8-2.2 times. For the year ended 30 June 2015 dividend cover was 1.6 times. Beginning with the interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 we slowed growth to 5% consistent with our focus on stabilising and rebuilding dividend cover. The recommended final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 is 36.6 pence, an increase of 5% consistent with our interim dividend. This brings the full year dividend to 59.2 pence per share and dividend cover to 1.5 times. We would expect to maintain dividend increases at roughly a mid-single digit rate until cover is back in range.

Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid to holders of ordinary shares and ADRs on the register as of 12 August 2016. The ex-dividend date for the holders of the ordinary shares is 11 August 2016, and 10 August 2016 for US ADR holders. The final dividend will be paid to shareholders on 6 October 2016. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 12 October 2016. A dividend reinvestment plan is available to holders of ordinary shares in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 15 September 2016.

 

57


Business review (continued)

 

Movements in net borrowings and equity

 

                                           

Movement in net borrowings

   2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

     (9,527     (8,850

Free cash flow (a)

     2,097        1,963   

Acquisition and sale of businesses (b)

     1,047        (306

Proceeds from issue of share capital

     1        1   

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

     (1     (8

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (101     (72

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (d)

     (21       

Disposal of non- controlling interests

            1   

Net movements in bonds (e)

     (1,003     (701

Net movements in other borrowings (f)

     (233     386   

Equity dividends paid

     (1,443     (1,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     343        (77

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

     1,236        315   

Exchange differences (g)

     (725     (7

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

            (869

Borrowings disposed through sale of businesses

     14          

Other non-cash items

     24        (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at the end of the year

     (8,635     (9,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

 

(a) See page 138 for the analysis of free cash flow.

(b) Acquisitions and sale of businesses include the disposal of the group’s shareholdings in D&G and GAPL on 7 October 2015 for a net cash consideration, including disposal costs, of $783 million (£510 million); the disposal of the group’s equity stake in its South African associate interests on 1 December 2015 for a cash consideration of ZAR 2,517 million (£119 million), net of disposal costs; the disposal of the group’s wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox for a cash consideration of $551 million (£375 million), net of disposal costs; and the proceeds from the sale of CGI, a Kenyan glass manufacturer, for KES 3,931 million (£25 million), net of disposal costs.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 cash payments primarily comprised £1,118 million in respect of the acquisition of additional 26% investment in USL and £192 million for the 50% equity interest in Don Julio BV that it did not already own, partially offset by cash received of £391 million in respect of sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group and £456 million on the sale of equity share capital in The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited.

(c) Net purchase of own shares comprised purchase of treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes of £47 million (2015 – £75 million) less receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £46 million (2015 – £67 million).

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2016 Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited for £21 million.

(e) In the year ended 30 June 2016, the group repaid bonds of $1,500 million (£1,003 million). In the comparable period, the group repaid bonds of €1,000 million (£792 million) and $500 million (£330 million), issued bonds of €1,000 million (£791 million), and a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

(f) Net movements in other borrowings are driven by the net repayment of short term commercial paper.

(g) Net borrowings increased because of unfavourable exchange differences primarily on the US dollar and euro denominated borrowings partially offset by a favourable movement on foreign exchange swaps and forwards.

 

58


Business review (continued)

 

                                           

Movement in equity

   2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Equity at the beginning of the year

     9,256        7,590   

Profit for the year

     2,362        2,467   

Exchange adjustments (a)

     875        (225

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

     (856     113   

Tax on post employment plans

     166        (11

Exchange recycled to the income statement (b)

     51        88   

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

     (20     20   

Non-controlling interests acquired (b)

            641   

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

     (21       

Disposal of non- controlling interest

     (24       

Dividends to non- controlling interests

     (101     (72

Dividends paid

     (1,443     (1,341

Other reserve movements

     (65     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity at the end of the year

     10,180        9,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Movement in the year ended 30 June 2016 primarily arose from exchange gains in respect of the Indian rupee, Turkish lira, US dollar and euro.

(b) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exchange losses of £51 million were recycled to the income statement in respect of disposals.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 following the acquisition of majority equity stakes in USL, 50% equity interest in Don Julio and one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own exchange losses of £88 million were recycled to the income statement and on the acquisition of USL a 43.91% non-controlling interest of £641 million was recognised.

Post employment plans

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation increased by £934 million from £259 million at 30 June 2015 to £1,193 million at 30 June 2016. The increase primarily arose due to a decrease in returns from ‘AA’ rated corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on the liabilities of the post employment plans (United Kingdom reduced from 3.8% to 2.9% and Ireland from 2.6% to 1.4%) partially offset by a reduction in long term inflation rates (UK RPI from 3.2% to 2.8%, UK CPI from 2.2% to 1.8% and Ireland CPI from 1.6% to 1.4%). Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending

30 June 2017 are estimated to be approximately £200 million.

 

59


Business review (continued)

 

NORTH AMERICA

North America, the largest market for premium drinks in the world, accounts for about a third of our net sales and around half of operating profit. North America continues to be a very vibrant market and we are focused on setting the business up for long-term growth. In the year, we disposed of our wine assets in the United States, and our new management team have made a number of changes to refocus marketing activity, upweight on premise activity, and enhance distributor relationships.

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) US Spirits Canada Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium and Wines Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium DGUSA Wine Premium (i) excluding RTDs

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                             

Key financials

  2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2016
£ million
    Reported
movement

%
 

Net sales

    3,455        172        (159     97        3,565        3   

Marketing

    542        23        (14     (10     541          

Operating profit before exceptional items

    1,448        77        (30     56        1,551        7   

Exceptional operating items

    (28               
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

    1,420              1,551        9   
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Our markets

North America business is headquartered in Norwalk, Connecticut, and comprises US Spirits, Diageo Guinness USA (DGUSA) and Diageo Canada.

Supply operations

We have nine bottling, distilling, blending and maturation sites including operations in Plainfield, Illinois; Amherstburg, Ontario; Valleyfield, Quebec; Relay, Maryland; Gimli, Manitoba; Tullahoma, Tennessee and Louisville, Kentucky. Over the last five years, we have made significant changes to our supply footprint in North America as we focus on continuously improving efficiency across our supply chain. Since 2010 we have invested more than $250 million (£160 million) in our network and people to deliver world-class manufacturing and packaging operations.

Route to consumer

Route to consumer in the United States is through the three-tier system and we distribute our products through approximately 40 spirits distributors and brokers, and more than 400 beer distributors. We have a unique route to consumer for our spirits business in the United States, with approximately 3,000 dedicated distributor sales people focused only on Diageo and Moët Hennessy spirits brands. We consolidate our US Spirits business into a single distributor or broker in 41 states and the District of Columbia, representing more than 80% of our US Spirits volume.

The US Spirits business operates through three divisions in open states where we sell to distributors who then sell to retailers, and through two division in control states where we sell to the state, which in turn sells to state or agency stores and on premise retailers. DGUSA sells and markets brands including Guinness and Smirnoff Ice. Beer distribution generally follows the three-tier open state regulations across the United States. Diageo Canada distributes our collection of spirits and beer brands across all Canadian provinces, which generally operate through a provincial control system. Diageo Canada operates through a single broker with a dedicated sales force handling our brands in the country. National brand strategy, strategic accounts marketing and corporate functions are managed at the North America level.

 

60


Business review (continued)

 

Sustainability and responsibility

Through our focus on responsible drinking we have built a reputation as a leading voice in the industry in North America, our largest market. 2015 saw the successful culmination of our 12-year campaign for alcohol companies to be allowed to include alcohol content and nutritional information per serve on packaging. In October we followed this by putting macro nutritional labels on our Crown Royal packaging – a first for any alcohol company.

Operational sustainability is another key issue for us. We have introduced rigorous water management procedures across our North America sites. For example, at our George Dickel distillery in Tullahoma, Tennessee, all water is either reused or returned to the local water source without impact, resulting in zero wastewater leaving the site. Our focus on improving energy efficiency and reducing carbon emissions has made North America Diageo’s best-performing region for this metric.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £3,565 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £110 million compared to net sales of £3,455 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £172 million primarily due to the strength of the US dollar against sterling and organic growth of £97 million (see further performance analysis below) partially offset by the loss of £159 million of net sales due to disposal of the wine businesses in the United States in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £1,551 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £131 million compared to operating profit of £1,420 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit benefited £77 million from exchange rate movements due to the strength of the US dollar and organic growth of £56 million, partially offset by the loss of £30 million operating profit on the disposal of the wine businesses in the United States in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to £28 million restructuring cost in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

North America delivered net sales growth of 3%, following the expected strong performance in the second half in US Spirits. Full year depletion and net sales growth in US Spirits was 3%. Growth in North American whisk(e)y, scotch and tequila drove positive mix. North American whisk(e)y, with net sales up 6%, was the main driver of net sales growth as Crown Royal and Bulleit continued to gain share in the category. Performance of Smirnoff and Captain Morgan improved, with net sales up 2% for both brands. In scotch, Johnnie Walker and Buchanan’s both performed well, with net sales up 7% and 9%, respectively. Reserve brands performance also improved, with net sales up 5%, driven by Johnnie Walker reserve variants, Bulleit, Don Julio and Ketel One vodka. Elsewhere in the region DGUSA net sales grew 1%, with growth in ready to drink offsetting a decline in beer, and in Canada net sales were up 4%. Marketing in North America was down 2% as a result of procurement efficiencies and more focused spend on innovation. Operating margin increased 39bps for the year, as improvement in gross margin and lower marketing more than offset higher overheads.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement

%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

North America

     1        (1     3        3   
        

US Spirits

     1        (1     3        4   

DGUSA

            (3     1        5   

Canada

     2        2        4        (5
        

Spirits(i)

     1        1        3        8   

Beer

     (3     (7     (2     (2

Ready to drink

     4        1        5        7   

 

61


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Global giants and local stars(i):

     Reported
volume
movement(ii)

%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Crown Royal

        6        6        12   

Smirnoff

        1        2        6   

Captain Morgan

        3        2        6   

Johnnie Walker

               5        10   

Ketel One vodka

        2        4        10   

Cîroc

        (6     (7     (1

Baileys

        (2            4   

Guinness

                      5   

Tanqueray

        5        7        13   

Don Julio

        30        34        42   

Bulleit

        25        28        36   

Buchanan’s

        3        9        16   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

  Net sales in US Spirits were up 3%, with a 10% net sales increase in the second half following a transition to a replenishment model for innovation launches. Diageo’s North American whisk(e)y brands accounted for half of the overall net sales growth as Crown Royal and Bulleit continued to gain share. Crown Royal net sales increased 5%, with net sales of Crown Royal Deluxe up 5% as it benefited from the new “The One Made For A King” campaign which focused on the quality and heritage of the brand. Crown Royal Regal Apple continued to benefit from the popularity of the shot occasion and delivered a solid performance, with net sales up 15%, as it entered its second year after launch. Cîroc performance improved in the second half, as the brand benefited from the launch of its Apple flavour. Smirnoff net sales were up 2% but it underperformed the vodka category. Growth from a more focused flavours portfolio and the newly launched Smirnoff Sourced, a blend of real fruit juice and spirit, offset a decline in Smirnoff Red which lapped last year’s brand renovation and promotional activity and continued to be impacted by a competitive price environment. Performance in scotch improved as Johnnie Walker’s net sales increased 7%, largely driven by reserve variants, up 23%. Buchanan’s net sales were up 9% and share increased, as the ‘A lo Grande’ campaign enhanced the connection with hispanic consumers. Increased investment in the on-trade and focus on recruiting new consumers amongst millenials had a positive impact on Captain Morgan, which gained share despite weakness in the rum category. Net sales for the brand were up 2%, largely driven by the Original Spiced variant and Cannon Blast, which proved to be popular in the shot occasion. Don Julio, with net sales up 34%, was the fastest growing brand in the portfolio and gained share.
  DGUSA net sales increased 1%, as growth in ready to drink offset a decline in beer. In ready to drink the launch of Smirnoff Electric and a solid performance of Smirnoff Ice, which benefited from new flavours and packaging, drove net sales growth of 7%. Beer net sales were down 3% largely driven by a decline in Smithwick and Harp. Guinness net sales were broadly flat as the launch of Guinness Nitro IPA offset the net sales decline of Guinness American Blonde Lager, which lapped the previous year launch, and Guinness draught which continued to be impacted by a crowded craft beer segment.
  Net sales in Canada increased 4%, largely driven by Crown Royal, which benefited from the launch of Crown Royal Northern Harvest Rye, rated ‘2016 world whiskey of the year’ by Jim Murray’s Whiskey Bible, distribution gains, and the ‘We Make Whisky The Canadian Way’ campaign, which highlights the brand’s quality and craftmanship. Performance in vodka and ready to drink was also good, with net sales up 2% and 6%, respectively.
  Marketing reduced 2% driven by procurement efficiencies and more focused spend on innovations. Spend was also focused against the largest brands in US Spirits, with investment in Smirnoff, Crown Royal and Captain Morgan up 6%, and fast growing brands such as Don Julio, Bulleit and Buchanan’s where investment was up 16%.

 

62


Business review (continued)

 

EUROPE, RUSSIA AND TURKEY

Diageo is the largest premium drinks business in Europe. Within the geography of Europe there are three markets: Europe, Russia and Turkey. In Europe consumer marketing programmes are developed at a market level to drive consistency, efficiency and scale across all countries. In Russia we are driving our premium core, standard and value brands and reserve portfolio, whilst in Turkey, we use our local businesses’ strong route to consumer to drive accelerated growth in international premium spirits. In Europe our reputation as a trusted and respected company and for groundbreaking innovation, is key to our ability to attract and retain the people we need to deliver our Performance Ambition.

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) Europe Turkey Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium Russia Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Wine Premium (i) excluding RTDs

 

(i)  excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                             

Key financials

   2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
     2016
£ million
     Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     2,617        (87     (88     102         2,544         (3

Marketing

     388        1        (5     20         404         4   

Operating profit before exceptional items

     804        (24     (24     45         801           

Exceptional operating items

     (20                 
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Operating profit

     784               801         2   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Our markets

Europe comprises Great Britain, Ireland and Continental Europe (including Iberia, France, Germany and the Europe Partner markets distribution businesses), while Russia and Turkey are standalone markets. Europe is managed as a single market with country teams focusing on sales and customer marketing execution.

Supply operations

The International Supply Centre (ISC) comprises the supply operations in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Italy. The group owns 29 whisky distilleries in Scotland, a Dublin based brewery, maturation and packaging facilities in Scotland, England, Ireland and Italy. The ISC ships whisky, vodka, gin, rum, beer, wine, cream liqueurs, and other spirit-based drinks to over 180 countries. Through our £1 billion investment in Scotch whisky production and inventory, announced in 2012, distilling capacity has increased by over 25%. Raki, vodka and wine are produced at a number of sites in Turkey and Smirnov vodka and other local brands are produced in Russia.

Route to consumer

In Great Britain we sell and market our products through Diageo GB (spirits, beer and ready to drink) and Justerini & Brooks Retail (wines private clients). Products are distributed through independent wholesalers and directly to retailers. In the on-trade, products are sold through major brewers, multiple retail groups and smaller regional independent brewers and wholesalers. On 1 January 2016 we sold our Percy Fox wines distribution business.

In the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland, Diageo sells and distributes directly to the on-trade and the off-trade as well as wholesalers.

 

63


Business review (continued)

 

In Continental Europe, we distribute our spirits brands primarily through our own distribution companies, apart from France where products are sold through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy and Europe Partner markets where we use third party distributors.

Europe Partner Markets distributes our beer brands in mainland Europe, focusing on Germany, Russia and France, our largest mainland European beer markets.

In Russia we operate through wholly owned subsidiaries.

In Turkey, we sell our products via the distribution network of Mey İçki, our wholly owned subsidiary. Mey İçki distributes both local brands (raki, other spirits and wine) and Diageo’s global spirits brands.

Sustainability and responsibility

Promoting responsible drinking is both a key issue and a key strength for us, in a region where concern over harmful drinking is high on the public agenda. The work we are doing in support of the Global Producers’ Commitments includes partnering with industry colleagues on a responsible marketing pact, as well as our own responsible drinking programmes. This work makes an important contribution to the promotion of alcohol as part of a balanced lifestyle, while also enhancing our reputation.

This reputational aspect is essential in a region where people increasingly want to work for companies that they believe make a positive social and environmental, as well as economic, contribution. Our manufacturing operations, notably our distilleries in Scotland and our Guinness brewery in Ireland, aim for leadership in safety standards and environmental sustainability.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £2,544 million for the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £73 million compared to net sales of £2,617 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by £87 million exchange rate movements driven mainly by the Turkish lira, euro and Russian rouble, and £88 million following the disposal of the Percy Fox wine business in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015, partially offset by organic growth of £102 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £801 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £17 million compared to operating profit of £784 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was negatively impacted by £24 million exchange rate movements principally due to the weakening of the Turkish lira, euro and Russian rouble against sterling and £24 million loss due to the disposal of the Percy Fox wine business in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015 offset by organic growth of £45 million. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to £20 million restructuring costs in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

The region’s performance reflects momentum in Europe, strong net sales growth in Russia driven by price increases in a tough economic and exchange environment and good growth in Turkey. In Europe, net sales were up 3% with Great Britain and Continental Europe the main contributors and with share gains across the market. Baileys performed strongly driven by execution against core growth drivers, especially sampling. Guinness net sales were up 2% supported by innovations from ‘The Brewers Project’ and Tanqueray grew net sales double digit in most countries across Europe. Reserve brands continued to perform well also growing

 

64


Business review (continued)

 

double digit. In Russia, price increases led to net sales increase of 27% while volume was down 9%, with share gains in rum but share losses in scotch in the face of increased competition. In Turkey net sales were up 6% driven by Johnnie Walker underpinned by steady growth in raki at 3%. Gross margins were up in both Europe and Russia. Overall region operating margins improved by 51bps. In Europe procurement savings offset increased marketing and overheads leaving margin improvement in Russia to drive the region’s increase.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement

%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     2               4        (3
        

Europe

     4               3        (2

Russia

     (9     (12     27        (12

Turkey

     (2     (2     6        (7
        

Spirits(i)

     2        1        6          

Beer

     2                      (2

Ready to drink

     2        2        (3     (2

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

       4        2        1   

Johnnie Walker

       3        7        3   

Smirnoff

              1          

Baileys

       5        9        6   

Yenì Raki

       1        4        (9

Captain Morgan

       8        9        5   

JeB

       (3     (4     (6

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

  In Europe net sales were up 3%:
    In Great Britain net sales were up 4%. Baileys performance accelerated with net sales up 11% driven by increased off-trade visibility and on-trade activation. Smirnoff net sales were up 1% supported by a full year of the ‘We’re Open’ platform. Guinness net sales were up 1% benefitting from the Rugby World Cup activation, improved distribution and innovation successes from ‘The Brewers Project’. Tanqueray net sales grew double digit and the brand gained 2pps of share in the gin category, driven by expanding distribution with improved visibility and increased bartender advocacy. Reserve brands continued to drive profitable growth with net sales up 26% driven by Cîroc and scotch malts.
    In Ireland net sales were broadly flat. Guinness net sales were up 4%, driven by the continued successful innovations launched through ‘The Brewers Project’. Of these, Hop House 13 Lager has proven to be a stand out success gaining almost 3% share of lager beer in the Republic of Ireland. Other beer brands net sales declined 4% and net sales in spirits were down 1%.
    In France net sales increased 3% driven by Captain Morgan which almost doubled sales and reserve brands up 8%, driven mainly by scotch malts, partially offset by weakness in Smirnoff ready to drink.
    In Continental Europe net sales were up 4%:
    Net sales in Iberia were up 2%. Johnnie Walker net sales grew 6% in the year and Baileys performed strongly supported by increased investment. Gordon’s net sales were also up in the growing gin category. These positive net sales performances more than offset net sales decline in JeB.
    Net sales in Germany, Austria and Switzerland grew 12% driven by double digit growth in Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Tanqueray and Baileys. Reserve brand net sales were up 11% driven by scotch malts, Johnnie Walker and Tanqueray No. TEN.

 

65


Business review (continued)

 

    Benelux net sales were down 1% overall in this group of countries. Performance was impacted by a significant tax increase implemented towards the end of the first half in Belgium. As a result, the spirits market in Belgium has seen a significant decline through the second half which led to a 26% net sales decline over the same period.
    In Italy net sales were up 8% driven by double digit growth in scotch and gin. Johnnie Walker and scotch malts performed well with both Tanqueray and Gordon’s delivering strong growth albeit not as fast as the gin category.
    In Greece, net sales were up 5% driven by route to consumer investment and focus on consistent activation.
    Net Sales in Poland and the Europe Partner Markets were broadly flat.
  Performance in Russia continued to be impacted by the challenged economic dynamics. Price increases were implemented to offset currency devaluation, which impacted volume, down 9% but with net sales up 27%. Diageo scotch share has declined as a result of the level of these price increases on scotch relative to the competition. Captain Morgan however continued to achieve strong share gains and net sales growth, supported by consistent execution of growth drivers and the launch of Captain Morgan white.
  In Turkey net sales grew 6% and in raki, with net sales up 3%, the premiumisation trend continued with Yenì Raki and the super premium variant Tekirdağ Raki driving growth. Johnnie Walker net sales continued to be up double digit.
  Marketing increased by 5% and benefitted from procurement savings resulting in an underlying investment increase of 10%. The region continues to be focused on the key growth opportunities, reserve brands, gin, beer and innovation.

 

66


Business review (continued)

 

AFRICA

In Africa our strategy is to grow Diageo’s leadership across beer and spirits by providing brand choice across a broad range of consumer motivations, profiles, and occasions. We are focused on growing beer faster than the market and accelerating the growth of spirits through continued investment in infrastructure and brands with mainstream spirits being critical to realising the potential of the region. Local sourcing is a key element of our strategy in Africa: it directly supports our commercial operations, while indirectly supporting our position by bringing wider benefits to society as a whole.

 

LOGO

   Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) Nigeria South Africa Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium East Africa Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Africa Regional Premium Markets (i) excluding RTDs

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                             

Key financials

  2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2016
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

    1,415        (102     54        34        1,401        (1

Marketing

    147        (11     6        1        143        (3

Operating profit before exceptional items

    318        (67     (12     (27     212        (33

Exceptional operating items

    (7               
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

    311              212        (32
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Our markets

The region comprises Nigeria, East Africa (Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda, Burundi, Rwanda and South Sudan), Africa Regional Markets (including Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Angola and a sorghum beer business in South Africa) and South Africa (including Republic of South Africa and Mozambique).

Supply operations

We operate 12 breweries in Africa, four sites that produce sorghum beer in South Africa, cider plants and five facilities which provide blending and malting services. In addition, our beer and spirits brands are produced under licence by third-parties in 19 African countries. In the year ended 30 June 2016 we sold our 25% interest in a brewery in South Africa.

Route to consumer

In Africa our largest businesses are in Nigeria, where we own 54.3% of a listed company whose principal brands are Guinness, Orijin, Harp and Malta, and in East Africa, where we own 50.03% of East African Breweries Limited (EABL). EABL produces and distributes beer and spirits brands to a range of consumers in Kenya and Uganda, and owns a 51% equity in Serengeti Breweries Limited located in Tanzania. Within Africa Regional Markets, we have wholly owned subsidiaries in Cameroon, Ethiopia and Reunion and majority-owned subsidiaries in Ghana and the Seychelles. Angola is supplied via a third party distributor. In South Africa and Mozambique we sell spirits, beer, cider and ready to drink products through wholly owned subsidiaries, following the termination of the agreement with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited in December 2015. Diageo has agreements with the Castel Group who license, brew and distribute Guinness in the Democratic Republic of Congo, Gambia, Gabon, Ivory Coast, Togo, Benin, Burkina Faso, Chad, Mali and Guinea. Diageo sells spirits through distributors in the majority of other sub-Saharan countries.

 

67


Business review (continued)

 

Sustainability and responsibility

The issues we address differ between markets but a key issue in many is illicit alcohol. We work closely with governments and regulators on this significant public health issue and specific local issues, such as drink driving in South Africa or bringing in a minimum legal drinking age in Ghana. Our aim everywhere is to promote responsible drinking as part of a balanced lifestyle.

Our overall approach is to consider the broader context of our contribution as a local taxpayer, employer and member of the community. Our recent work to assess human rights impacts throughout the value chain was piloted in Kenya. We source 73% of agricultural materials locally and we work with more than 50,000 local farmers for our agricultural inputs. Fifteen of our production sites in Africa are in water-stressed areas, so we focus closely on managing water efficiently and enhancing access to clean water to surrounding communities through our pan-African Water of Life programme. This year we launched the Water Blueprint in East Africa, to address water stewardship in this water-stressed area. Our new Sustainable Agriculture Strategy will play an important part in strengthening our longstanding and mutually beneficial relationships with farmers and communities.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £1,401 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £14 million compared to net sales of £1,415 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by £102 million exchange rate movements primarily due to the weakness of the South African rand, Nigerian naira, South Sudanese pound and Kenyan schilling against sterling, partially offset by £54 million arising from the acquisition of the 50% of United National Breweries that the group did not own in South Africa and the restructuring of the South African operations and organic growth of £34 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £212 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £99 million compared to operating profit of £311 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was reduced because of exchange rate movements of £67 million driven by the weak South African rand, Nigerian naira, South Sudanese pound and Kenyan schilling. In addition operating profit declined by £12 million due to the acquisition of United National Breweries and the restructuring of the South African operations and an organic reduction of £27 million. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to £7 million restructuring costs in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Net sales increased 3% with growth in all markets except Nigeria where net sales declined 15%. In East Africa, the recovery of Senator in Kenya following the duty change and double digit growth in rum and vodka led to strong net sales growth. Net sales in Africa Regional Markets grew 9%, led by beer which was underpinned by the ‘Made of Black’ Guinness campaign, innovation with Guinness Africa Special, sustained growth of Malta Guinness and the roll out of Orijin in Ghana. Vodka, particularly Smirnoff 1818, continued to be the engine of growth in South Africa. Across the region, spirits net sales grew 4%, with reserve brands up 35% on the back of Cîroc and Johnnie Walker reserve brands which benefited from the enhanced route to consumer and the launch of Johnnie Walker Green Label. Operating margin decreased 252bps due primarily to the impact of adverse mix and volume decline in Nigeria as well as weaker mix in East Africa. This was partially offset by procurement savings delivered across the region.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Africa

     9        19        3        (1
        

Nigeria

     (11     (11     (15     (19

East Africa

     25        25        16        3   

Africa Regional Markets

     11        57        9        23   

South Africa

     1        5        5        (6
        

Spirits(i)

     2        2        4        (7

Beer

     20        39        11        9   

Ready to drink

     (37     (23     (43     (35

 

68


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Global giants and local stars(i):

     Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

        6        6        1   

Malta Guinness

        14        13        10   

Tusker

        (15     (11     (27

Senator

        151        157        134   

Harp

        (23     (26     (28

Johnnie Walker

        (10     1        (7

Smirnoff

        6        12        (4

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

  In Nigeria, net sales declined 15% due primarily to Orijin lapping the successful launch last year and now competing with ‘me too’ brands. The introduction of new formats at compelling price points, brand equity building through the ‘Live Orijinal’ campaign and the recruitment of new consumers with Orijin Zero have stabilised the brand. In beer, distribution expansion, higher brand equity driven by the ‘Made of Black’ campaign, robust activation during the broadcast sponsorship of Barclay’s Premier League and innovation with Guinness Africa Special led to the growth of Guinness. Malta Guinness also grew, with net sales up 15%, on the back of ‘You vs’ brand campaign and increased distribution particularly into the off-trade. The business continued to broaden its portfolio in the value lager segment with brands such as Satzenbrau offsetting the decline in Harp. Beer net sales grew 8%.
  In East Africa, net sales increased 16% driven by double digit growth in beer, spirits and ready to drink. Senator grew in Kenya following the roll back of the duty increase early in the year and momentum was sustained throughout the year. This more than offset the decline in Tusker, which was impacted by the duty increase in Kenya and currency volatility in the markets, resulting in 17% net sales growth in beer. Mainstream spirits grew 26% led by Kenya Cane and Kane Extra, together with innovation such as Kenya Cane Coconut and Chrome vodka. The improved route to consumer, with deepening mainstream outlet coverage, continued to drive growth in this segment. Reserve brands grew 24% following enhanced distribution and activation supported by brand ambassadors. Ready to drink was up 14% as Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana grew with positive gearing driven by price increase.
  In Africa Regional Markets, net sales grew 9% reflecting the strong growth in Cameroon, Ghana and Ethiopia. Ghana net sales growth accelerated to 30% due to the launch of Orijin Bitters and ready to drink variants. Beer, driven by Guinness, was up 9% as activation and promotion was stepped up behind the ‘Made of Black’ campaign and Guinness Africa Special was rolled out. In Cameroon, net sales growth of 12% was driven largely by good performance in beer coupled with double digit growth in spirits and ready to drink categories. In Ethiopia, net sales grew 8% with Malta Guinness up 71%. This more than offset the slight decline in Meta as competition intensified. A number of interventions were made, including relaunching Meta in November and introducing Azmera in April 2016 to recruit value oriented consumers. Markets continued to benefit from the enhanced route to consumer and capability builds, including the adoption of a sales force automation tool. Angola net sales declined 65% due to the macroeconomic headwinds and inventory reduction in view of weakening consumer demand and weaker currency.
  South Africa grew 5% driven by 13% growth in vodka led by Smirnoff 1818. Overall, scotch sales were flat reflecting the weaker performance of Bell’s, White Horse, J&B and Black and White due to increased competition in this price sensitive consumer segment. This was offset by 9% growth in Johnnie Walker across key variants such as Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Johnnie Walker Green Label which was launched in the second half of the year.
  Marketing was up 1% in the region with investment prioritised behind the biggest growth opportunities with proven sales drivers. In Nigeria, marketing declined in line with net sales, with spend focused on the Guinness and Orijin brands. East Africa up-weighted investment on mainstream spirits and value beer, notably in Kenya Cane and Senator. In Africa Regional Markets, the innovation, marketing campaigns and activation programmes behind Guinness and Malta Guinness contributed to the increase in marketing. South Africa maintained spend in Smirnoff to build scale and increased investment behind Johnnie Walker.

 

69


Business review (continued)

 

LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN

In Latin America and Caribbean the strategic priority is continued leadership in scotch, while broadening our category range through vodka, rum, liqueurs and local spirits. We continue to invest in routes to market and in the breadth and depth of our portfolio of leading brands. We are also enhancing our supply structure to enable the business to provide both the emerging middle class and an increasing number of wealthy consumers with the premium brands they aspire to. In this region’s changing regulatory landscape, our presence is supported by our reputation as a trusted and respected business, based on our stance on responsible drinking, and community development programmes like Learning for Life.

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) PUB Mexico Spirits RTDs Value Super premium Venezuela West LAC Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Colombia Other Wine Premium

 

                                                                                                                             

Key financials

  2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2016
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

    1,033        (134     (41     5        863        (16

Marketing

    194        (26     (1            167        (14

Operating profit before exceptional items

    263        (57     (5     (2     199        (24

Exceptional operating items(i)

    (5           (118  
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

    258              81        (69
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exceptional operating item of £118 million was in respect of the impairment of Ypióca.

Our markets

Our Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) business comprises five markets: PUB (Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil), Venezuela, Colombia, Mexico and West LAC (Central America and Caribbean, Argentina, Chile, Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia).

Supply operations

The majority of brands sold in the region are manufactured by our International Supply Centre in Europe. In recent years, we have acquired a number of supply operations and expanded our co-packer network across the region. In 2015 we acquired the remaining 50% equity interest in Tequila Don Julio in Mexico, which resulted in full ownership of the brand and its production facilities. In 2012 we acquired Ypióca in Brazil, including its cachaça production site, and in 2011 we acquired a controlling interest in Anejos de Altura (Guatemala) which produces Zacapa. We also have partnerships with over 12 brewers and over 20 co-packing partners.

Route to consumer

We sell our products through a combination of subsidiary companies and third party distributors. In Brazil, our in-market company sells directly to key accounts and distributors.

All products in Venezuela are sold through dedicated distributors. In Colombia we sell directly to key accounts, and serve all other retailers and channels through distributors.

In Mexico, Diageo sells directly to large retailers and wholesalers.

In selected markets in West LAC, we sell to wholesalers or distributors, while in key markets, such as Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Jamaica and Argentina we use exclusive distributors.

 

70


Business review (continued)

 

Sustainability and responsibility

Diageo is known throughout Latin America for our commitment to developing an industry that can bring economic and social value to society. Our work includes programmes to combat key issues such as underage drinking and drink driving – two of the five Global Producers’ Commitments – and illicit alcohol. Programmes such as Actuando Mejor in Mexico and Today I don’t drive in Brazil are making a tangible difference in reducing alcohol-related harm. In the Dominican Republic, we are also working closely with the industry and government to tackle drink driving. This social commitment is echoed in our focus throughout the region on employability, skills and empowerment. Our flagship community re-investment programme, Learning for Life, is providing skills and training – including responsible service – to more than 100,000 people across the region.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £863 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £170 million compared to net sales of £1,033 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Adverse exchange rate movements due to the weakening of the Brazilian real, Venezuelan bolivar, Mexican peso and Colombian peso negatively impacted net sales by £134 million and the disposals of the Jamaican operation and wines in Argentina, partially offset by the tequila Don Julio acquisition, reduced net sales by £41 million. Organic growth was £5 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £81 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £177 million compared to operating profit of £258 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was adversely impacted by exchange rate movements of £57 million mainly driven by the Brazilian real, Venezuelan bolivar, Mexican peso and Colombian peso. In addition, operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges of £118 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to operating charges of £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. In the year ended 30 June 2016 the group impaired the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit. Organic decline was £2 million.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Net sales grew 1% in LAC. Growth in Mexico, Colombia and the domestic markets of West LAC was partially offset by the decline in Brazil, travel retail and the export channels. In Brazil, performance was impacted by subdued consumer confidence, a tax increase and significant slowdown in the travel retail channel, which resulted in a 7% decline in net sales. Performance in Mexico and Colombia was strong with net sales up 10% and 28% respectively, led by scotch and vodka. Currency weakness and lower underlying demand continued to impact the West LAC export channels. Diageo’s strategy in LAC is to expand our leadership position in scotch and broaden our portfolio. Scotch net sales grew 2%, led by Buchanan’s and Black and White, with share gains in most markets. Net sales of Johnnie Walker declined with weakness in PUB and West LAC partially offset by strong growth in Mexico and Colombia. Vodka net sales grew 8% driven primarily by growth in Mexico, Colombia and the domestic markets in West LAC. Don Julio gained share supported by increased activity to build brand awareness and drive recruitment in Mexico. Gross margin improved, benefitting from mix as well as procurement savings across logistics and production. This was offset by higher overheads resulting in operating margin decline of 39bps.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Latin America and Caribbean

     (2     (5     1        (16
        

PUB

     (5     (5     (9     (27

Colombia

     9        9        28          

Mexico

     10        19        10        7   

West LAC

     (2     (17     (3     (20

Venezuela

     4        3        173        (69
        

Spirits(i)

     (2     (2     1        (12

Beer

     23        (41     14        (60

Ready to drink

     (11     (12            (20

 

71


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Global giants and local stars(i):

     Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

        (8     (4     (15

Buchanan’s

        (5     9        (7

Smirnoff

               6        (19

Old Parr

        (15     (1     (17

Baileys

        (3     (1     (14

Ypióca

        (6     (6     (28

Black and White

        48        63        34   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement except for Smirnoff 4%.

 

  In Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB), net sales declined 9%. In Brazil, net sales were down with declines in scotch, vodka and cachaça, driven primarily by the slowing economy, a tax increase in December 2015, currency volatility and a slowdown in the duty free channel. Despite the challenging operating environment, the business gained share in scotch, delivered through Johnnie Walker and Black and White marketing campaigns. The business continued to invest behind the Smirnoff trademark in music festivals and trade activations, as well as the rejuvenation of Ypióca. Net sales in Paraguay and Uruguay declined due to reduced demand in the export and travel retail channels given currency volatility.
  Colombia delivered 9% volume growth and 28% net sales increase, on the back of favourable mix and successive price increases following the currency devaluation. Scotch was the key growth driver, with double digit growth and share gains. The portfolio in Colombia continues to broaden with gin, vodka and tequila net sales growing double digit.
  Mexico net sales increased 10%. Scotch was a key growth driver with net sales up 17%, reflecting strong volume growth and price increase. Buchanan’s was up 20% following the relaunch of the brand with the ‘Good versus Great’ campaign, the introduction of new packaging and strong activations around Father’s Day with ‘A Great Father A Great Day’ campaign. Similarly, Johnnie Walker net sales grew double digit on the back of 8% volume growth across core variants such as Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker reserve brands including the newly launched Johnnie Walker Green Label. In mainstream scotch, Black and White net sales grew supported by expanded distribution and activation across the on and off-trade. Following the execution of the new Smirnoff strategy to build the brand’s credentials through participation in music festivals and increasing activation across the on-trade, Smirnoff net sales doubled and share increased in the last six months. Don Julio also gained share in the year reflecting the successful marketing campaign, activation and higher brand awareness.
  West LAC net sales declined 3% primarily due to weakness in the export channels. Domestic markets’ net sales were stable with growth in Peru, Chile and Jamaica offset by a decline in Central America and Caribbean. In Peru, net sales grew 16%, led by increases in Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and Old Parr, underpinned by the marketing campaigns and activations around gifting for Christmas and Father’s Day. Scotch was also a key engine behind Chile’s net sales growth of 9%. Johnnie Walker Red Label and mainstream scotch such as VAT 69, Old Parr and White Horse grew following distribution expansion as well as improved trade visibility. Central America and Caribbean net sales contracted 4% given currency volatility across the market.
  In Venezuela, volume increased 4% driven primarily by strong growth in rum as the business resumed production of local spirits following the stabilisation of glass supply. This was offset by the decline in scotch as access to foreign currency remains constrained. Net sales grew significantly faster as the business increased prices in a high inflation environment and transacted some scotch sales in sterling.
  Marketing increased broadly in line with net sales. Spend in Brazil was reduced in view of the weaker economic outlook. Mexico increased spend by 9%, investing behind Smirnoff and scotch to build brand equity and enhance activations. In Colombia, incremental spend was invested behind Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s and Smirnoff ready to drink to support the Smirnoff Ice Green Apple flavour launch.

 

72


Business review (continued)

 

ASIA PACIFIC

Our strategy in Asia Pacific, which encompasses both developed and emerging markets, is to operate across categories in international spirits, local spirits, ready to drink formats and beer. We focus on the highest growth categories and consumer opportunities, driving continued development of super and ultra premium scotch, and leveraging the emerging middle class opportunity through a combination of organic growth and selective acquisitions.

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) South East Asia Global Travel, Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium Greater China Asia East and Middle Beer Other Standard Ultra premium India Wine Premium Australia North Asia (i) excluding RTDs

 

(i)  excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                    

Key financials

  2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    Net sales
adjustment(ii)
    2016
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

    2,213        (21     (28     34        (122     2,076        (6

Marketing

    344               (1     (42            301        (13

Operating profit before exceptional items

    356        (5            44               395        11   

Exceptional operating items(i)

    (193             (49  
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

Operating profit

    163                346        112   
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exceptional operating items of £49 million was in respect of the disengagement agreement relating to USL (2015 - £146 million was in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities and £41 million in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company).
(ii) For further detail see page 54.

Our markets

Asia Pacific comprises South East Asia (Vietnam, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, Nepal and Sri Lanka), Greater China (China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau), India, Global Travel Asia and Middle East, Australia (including New Zealand), and North Asia (Korea and Japan).

Supply operations

We have distilleries at Chengdu, in China that produce Chinese white spirit and in Bundaberg, Australia that produce rum. United Spirits Limited (USL) operates 27 owned manufacturing facilities in India including one in Nepal, leases 13 facilities in India and further 34 are licensed to produce USL and Diageo brands. In addition, we have bottling plants in Korea, Thailand, Indonesia and Australia with ready to drink manufacturing capabilities.

Route to consumer

In South East Asia, spirits and beer are sold through a combination of Diageo companies, joint venture arrangements, and third party distributors. In Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore, we have joint venture arrangements with Moët Hennessy, sharing administrative and distribution costs. Diageo operates wholly owned subsidiaries in the Philippines and Vietnam. In Vietnam we own a 45.56% equity stake in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company. In Indonesia, Guinness is brewed by, and distributed through, third party arrangements.

In Greater China the majority of our brands are now sold through our wholly owned subsidiary. Some brands are distributed through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy. In addition, we are the sole distributor of Shui Jing Fang, a super premium Chinese white spirit, through our controlling 39.71% equity stake in a listed company. Diageo operates a wholly owned subsidiary in Taiwan.

 

73


Business review (continued)

 

In India, we manufacture, market and sell Indian whisky, rum, brandy and other spirits through our 54.78% shareholding in USL. Diageo also sells its own brands through USL.

In Australia, we manufacture, market and sell the Diageo products and in New Zealand we operate through third party distributors.

In North Asia, we have our own distribution company in South Korea, whilst in Japan, the majority of sales are through joint venture agreements with Moët Hennessy and Kirin.

Airport shops and airline operators are serviced through a dedicated Diageo sales and marketing organisation. In the Middle East, we sell our products through third party distributors.

Sustainability and responsibility

Asia Pacific is a region of many and varied markets, and our 21-market business model enables us to address key issues and opportunities by market. Within the context of the Global Producers’ Commitments, our responsible drinking programmes focus on the issues highest on the agenda in each country. For example, in Indonesia and Vietnam we focus particularly on illicit alcohol; in India on drink driving; in Australia on consumer information and preventing underage and binge drinking. Our new DRINKiQ site, launched in January 2016, was particularly well received in Australia.

Likewise we tailor our sustainability programmes to each market. Our operations in India have the highest concentration of sites in water-stressed areas, so water, and the wider ‘WASH’ agenda is a key focus there. In Thailand and China, female empowerment is a significant issue, which we address directly through our ‘Plan W’ programme.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £2,076 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £137 million compared to net sales of £2,213 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by exchange rate movements of £21 million due to weak Australian dollar and Indian rupee against sterling and a £28 million loss due to disposal of the Bouvet wine business and transition of a number of operations in India to a franchise or royalty model, partially offset by organic growth of £34 million (see further performance analysis below). The full year impact of an accounting change for USL to account for the excise duties paid by third party manufacturers reduced net sales by £122 million.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £346 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of by £183 million compared to operating profit of £163 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Organic growth improved operating profit by £44 million, partially offset by adverse exchange rate movements of £5 million mainly driven by the Australian dollar. Operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2016 was impacted by an exceptional operating charge of £49 million in respect of disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited. Exceptional operating charges of £193 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 included a charge in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable for imported products and an impairment charge in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company in Vietnam.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Net sales in Asia Pacific grew 2% as a result of growth in India, South East Asia and Australia. In China, Chinese white spirits grew while scotch declined and the shift towards lower ABV products in Korea led to a decline in net sales. Global Travel Asia and Middle East business declined primarily due to the geopolitical developments in the Middle East. The changes made to improve performance in USL led to net sales growth of 5% in India, largely driven by growth in IMFL whisky and scotch. Net sales in South East Asia grew 16% as the inventory reduction experienced last year ended. Australia net sales grew 2% driven by scotch and Guinness. Reserve brands net sales grew 4% largely driven by the strong performance of Shui Jing Fang in China and Johnnie Walker in South East Asia. Margin improved 176bps as a result of reducing marketing in India with the termination of USL related party agreements, and for Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker Blue Label in China. The sale by USL of United Breweries Limited shares also contributed to operating margin expansion.

 

74


Business review (continued)

 

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Asia Pacific

            (3     2        (6
        

India

            (4     5        (11

South East Asia

     3        3        16        15   

Greater China

     (5     (5     (2       

Global Travel Asia and Middle East

     (9     (9     (15     (14

Australia

     2        2        2        (5

North Asia

     6        6        (5     (6
        

Spirits(i)

            (3     1        (7

Beer

     8        8        7        4   

Ready to drink

     (3     (3     (3     (8

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

       (4     (2     (2

McDowell’s

       (2            (16

Windsor

       (4     (10     (12

Smirnoff

       (4     (7     (9

Guinness

       8        7        4   

Bundaberg

       (5     (3     (10

Shui Jing Fang

       55        20        22   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement except for McDowell’s 0%.

 

  South East Asia net sales were up 16% as it lapped the inventory reduction last year. In Thailand performance improved after a weak first half with net sales growing in the second half as the launch of Smirnoff Midnight 100 ready to drink offset the decline in scotch, which gained share in a declining category. In Indonesia net sales increased 1% as Guinness grew due to the focus on the on-trade post regulations restricting sale of alcohol in the off-trade were introduced last year. Vietnam was impacted by the special consumption tax on imported products introduced in January 2016 resulting in a net sales decline of 35%. Reserve brands performance was strong with net sales up 27% led by Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Johnnie Walker Blue Label.
  Greater China net sales were down 2%. In mainland China, scotch declined 42% as the continued weakness in premium scotch in the traditional on-trade channel resulted in distributors reducing inventory, although Diageo gained share in the super deluxe scotch segment. Chinese white spirits net sales grew 19% as growth in the second half was lower due to a tougher prior year comparison. In Taiwan net sales grew 8% driven by growth in Johnnie Walker.
  India net sales were up 5%, driven by the premiumisation strategy with good growth in prestige and above brands and popular brands net sales flat. Royal Challenge and McDowell’s No. 1 were relaunched during the year performed and contributed to growth with Royal Challenge net sales up 54%. Scotch grew 17% as Black Dog grew 23% and Johnnie Walker grew 22% with strong performance in Johnnie Walker Black Label, Johnnie Walker Red Label and Johnnie Walker Blue Label. The integration of Diageo’s brands into USL has created an exceptionally strong brand portfolio in India that participates across all price tiers in the IMFL and imported spirits segments. As a result of the focus on route to consumer, 20% of outlets are now meeting ‘perfect outlet’ standards driving recruitment and brand building. Gross margin improved 99bps with the growth of prestige and above brands driving positive mix and productivity initiatives that reduced the cost of goods sold. Operating margin improved 702bps as a result of gross margin improvement, lower marketing and the sale by USL of United Breweries Limited shares.
  Global Travel Asia and Middle East net sales declined 15% largely driven by the Middle East where net sales declined 20% as geopolitical developments led to weak performance in the domestic and travel retail business. Global Travel Asia net sales declined 7% as a result of lower spend by travellers and currency volatility.

 

75


Business review (continued)

 

  Australia net sales increased 2% with growth in scotch, vodka, liqueurs and gin offsetting the decline in the ready to drink business. In rum, strong growth of Captain Morgan both in ready to drink and spirits categories, offset the decline in Bundaberg. Reserve brands were up 7% largely driven by Johnnie Walker, as consumers continue to premiumise within the spirits category.
  North Asia net sales were down 5%. In Korea, net sales declined 10%, as Windsor suffered from increased competition in the traditional on-trade with net sales down 20% which offset growth from W-Ice, an innovation in the growing lower ABV premium whisky segment. In Japan, net sales were up 8% largely driven by scotch net sales growing 21% capitalising on the growth of the brown spirits segment.
  Marketing was 12% lower driven by reductions on Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker Blue Label in China and India where marketing reduced as a result of termination of USL related party agreements.

 

76


Business review (continued)

 

CATEGORY REVIEW

 

LOGO    Volume Net sales Marketing spend Scotch American North Rum Liqueurs Tequila to Ready drink Other Vodka Indian Made Gin Beer whisk(e)y Foreign Liquor (IMFL)

 

                                                                 

Key categories

   Reported
volume
movement(iii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Spirits(i)

     (1     3        (1

Scotch

     (3            (4

Vodka(ii)

            1        2   

North American whisk(e)y

     4        6        12   

Rum(ii)

     2        3        (3

Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) whisky

     (5     3        (11

Liqueurs

     1        3        2   

Gin(ii)

     3        8        6   

Tequila

     15        8        28   

Beer

     21        6        1   

Ready to drink

     (9     (11     (11

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Vodka, rum, gin including IMFL brands.
(iii) Reported equals organic volume movement except for IMFL whisky (1)%, tequila (17)%, beer 13% and ready to drink (13)%.

 

77


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Global giants, local stars and reserve(i):

   Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Global giants

      

Johnnie Walker

     (4     1        (3

Smirnoff

     1        2          

Baileys

     2        4        3   

Captain Morgan

     4        3        5   

Tanqueray

     11        12        15   

Guinness

     4        4        2   

Local stars

      

Crown Royal

     5        6        11   

Yenì Raki

     1        4        (9

Buchanan’s

     (2     10        1   

JeB

     (6     (9     (12

Windsor

     (4     (10     (12

Old Parr

     (13     1        (14

Bundaberg

     (6     (3     (10

Bell’s

            (1     (10

White Horse

     (11     6        (15

Ypióca

     (6     (6     (28

Cacique

     25        9        (24

McDowell’s

     (2            (16

Shui Jing Fang

     55        20        22   

Reserve

      

Scotch malts

     8        7        6   

Cîroc

     (2     (3     2   

Ketel One vodka

     4        4        10   

Don Julio

     25        18        40   

Bulleit

     27        29        36   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement except for White Horse (9)%, Don Julio (13)% and McDowell’s 0%.

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

 

  Scotch represents 24% of Diageo net sales and was flat in the year. Net sales grew in North America, Europe and Latin America and Caribbean driven by Johnnie Walker and Buchanan’s supported by new campaigns. Net sales declined in Africa; primarily in Angola, and in Asia Pacific driven by declines in China and Korea. The performance of Black and White was strong with net sales up 31%. Windsor net sales declined double digit in Korea due to the decline of the whisky category. Scotch reserve brands net sales grew 7% driven by strong growth in Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Blue Label and Johnnie Walker Green Label.
  Vodka represents 13% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 1%. Performance of Smirnoff, the largest brand in the category, improved growing 2%. Ketel One vodka returned to growth in the United States and Canada supported by a new campaign and pricing strategy. In addition, Cîroc performance improved from the first half driven by the success of Cîroc Apple in the United States.
  North American whisk(e)y represents 8% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 6%. Performance continued to be driven by strong growth in Crown Royal Regal Apple and Bulleit which continue to gain share in the United States.
  Rum represents 7% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. Captain Morgan grew 3% driven by the base variant Original Spiced rum growing 3% and the Cannon Blast launch going well in the United States. Kenya Cane, a mainstream rum in Kenya, and Zacapa also contributed to the growth.

 

78


Business review (continued)

 

  IMFL whisky represents 5% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. The relaunches of two of the biggest brands Royal Challenge and McDowell’s No.1 drove this growth with Royal Challenge net sales up 55% due to the relaunch.
  Liqueurs represents 5% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. Baileys, the leading brand in this category, grew 4% due to 9% growth in its biggest market, Europe. The key growth drivers were on premise visibility, focused media content and sampling.
  Gin represents 3% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 8%. Tanqueray was the largest contributor growing double digit, followed by Gordon’s.
  Tequila represents 1% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 8%. The performance was driven by continued double digit growth of Don Julio in its biggest market, the United States.
  Beer represents 18% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 6% driven by strong performance in Africa where net sales grew 11%. Key contributors were East Africa and Nigeria. Strong growth of Senator following the excise duty remission grew sales in East Africa. In Nigeria, Malta Guinness, Pilsner and value brand Satzenbrau delivered a strong performance. Europe grew 2% on Guinness driven by the effectiveness of the ‘Made of More’ advertising campaign, innovations like Hop House 13 lager from ‘The Brewers Project’ and strong activation around the Rugby World Cup.
  Ready to drink represents 6% of Diageo’s net sales and declined 11%. This was largely driven by the decline in Orijin in Nigeria. The decline was partially offset by a good performance in Smirnoff Ice flavours in the United States driven by new marketing programmes and the launch of Orijin in Ghana and Cameroon. In Thailand, the Smirnoff Midnight 100 launch continued to progress well.
  Global giants represent 40% of Diageo net sales and grew at 3%.
    Johnnie Walker net sales grew 1% due to reserve brands growing 10% driven by Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Blue Label and Johnnie Walker Green Label. Europe and North America were the largest contributors with 7% and 5% growth, respectively. In Latin America and Caribbean, double digit growth in Mexico and Colombia was more than offset by decline in Brazil. In Asia Pacific, double digit growth in India and South East Asia was offset by declines in the Middle East, Global Travel and China.
    Smirnoff net sales grew 2%, as it returned to growth in the United States, the biggest market, where net sales were up 2%. In Europe, performance improved versus the first half and net sales grew 1%. South Africa and Mexico also delivered strong growth on Smirnoff growing double digit.
    Baileys net sales grew 4%, driven by 9% growth in Europe with the brand growing double digit in Great Britain, Iberia, Germany and Austria.
    Captain Morgan net sales grew 3% due to a strong performance in Europe and Russia. In the United States net sales grew 2% and it gained share in the category driven by increased on premise activity and the launch of Captain Morgan Cannon Blast.
    Tanqueray net sales grew 12% with Europe and North America accounting for more than two thirds of the growth. All other regions also delivered strong growth.
    Guinness net sales grew 4%. In Nigeria net sales grew 3% driven by the success of the ‘Made of Black’ campaign and activation against the football viewing occasion. In Cameroon and Ghana net sales increased double digit. Guinness also gained share and increased net sales in Great Britain and Ireland supported by the ‘Brewers Project’ innovations.
  Local stars represent 19% of net sales and grew 3%, due to Crown Royal in North America growing 6% and Buchanan’s up 10%, largely in North America and Mexico. Growth in Yenì Raki in Turkey and Shui Jing Fang in China largely offset the declines in Windsor in Korea and JeB.
  Reserve brands represent 15% of net sales and grew 7%. The return to growth in the second half was a result of the improved performance of Cîroc driven by the success of Cîroc Apple in the United States. Scotch reserve brands grew 7% with Johnnie Walker driving the growth particularly in the United States where it grew 23% and scotch malts growing 7%. Bulleit continued its strong growth with net sales 29%. Net sales of Shui Jing Fang were up 20% and Tanqueray No. TEN grew 26%.
  In Africa there are four local beer brands Senator, Malta Guinness, Tusker and Harp. Their performance is covered in the Africa section.

 

79


Business review (continued)

 

Operating results 2015 compared with 2014

GROUP FINANCIAL REVIEW

The following comments were made by Deirdre Mahlan, Chief Financial Officer, in Diageo’s Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2015:

“Our performance this year reflected both the volatile global consumer and economic environment and the actions we took to strengthen the business. Reported net sales were up with the integration of USL and organic net sales flat driven by currency related challenges in specific emerging markets and embedding our sell out discipline. Our focus on cost delivered savings and drove margin expansion, prioritising cash resulted in a marked cash flow improvement and we continued to invest for the future.”

 

Net sales up 5% with full consolidation of United Spirits
Organic net sales flat
Net cash from operating activities of £2.6 billion up £0.8 billion
Free cash flow of £2 billion up £0.7 billion
9% final dividend increase, full year dividend was 56.4 pence
Operating margin down 52bps
Organic operating margin up 24bps
Shipment volume down 1%
Depletion volume was estimated to be up 1%
Basic eps 95.0 pence up 6%
Eps before exceptional items 88.8 pence due to adverse exchange and associates, offset by underlying improvements

 

LOGO    Volume Net sales(i) Operating before exceptional items(ii) Operating profit(iii) North America Europe Africa Latin America and Caribbean Asia Pacific

  

 

(i) Excluding corporate net sales of £80 million (2014 – £79 million).
(ii) Excluding exceptional operating charges of £269 (2014 – £427 million) and corporate and ISC costs before exceptional items of £123 million (2014 – £189 million).
(iii) Excluding corporate and ISC costs of £139 million (2014 – £130 million).

 

80


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Summary financial information

        2015     2014  

Volume

   EUm      246.2        156.1   

Net sales

   £ million      10,813        10,258   

Marketing

   £ million      1,629        1,620   

Operating profit before exceptional items

   £ million      3,066        3,134   

Exceptional operating items

   £ million      (269     (427

Operating profit

   £ million      2,797        2,707   

Share of associates and joint ventures profit after tax

   £ million      175        252   

Exceptional non-operating items

   £ million      373        140   

Net finance charges

   £ million      412        388   

Tax rate

   %      15.9        16.5   

Tax rate before exceptional items

   %      18.3        18.2   

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

   £ million      2,381        2,248   

Basic earnings per share

   pence      95.0        89.7   

Earnings per share before exceptional items

   pence      88.8        95.5   

Full year dividend

   pence      56.4        51.7   

 

                                                                                       
     Volume     Net sales     Marketing     Operating
profit
 

Growth by region

   %     %     %     %  

North America

     (4                     

Europe, Russia and Turkey

            (7     (6     (6

Africa

     7        (1     (3     (2

Latin America and Caribbean

     (6     (10     (4     (18

Asia Pacific

     622        64        13        2,229   

Diageo(i)

     58        5        1        3   
     Volume     Net sales     Marketing     Operating
profit(ii)
 

Organic growth by region

   %     %     %     %  

North America

     (3     (1     (4     (2

Europe, Russia and Turkey

                   2        3   

Africa

     7        6        4        10   

Latin America and Caribbean

     (7     (1     6        (3

Asia Pacific

     (3     (2     (8     7   

Diageo(i)

     (1            (1     1   

 

(i) Includes Corporate. In the year ended 30 June 2015 Corporate reported net sales, net operating charges before exceptional items and net operating charges were £90 million (2014 — £79 million), £123 million (2014 — £130 million) and £133 million (2014 — £142 million), respectively.
(ii) Before exceptional items

 

81


Business review (continued)

 

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Net sales (£ million)

The full consolidation of USL, partly offset by adverse exchange delivered reported net sales growth of 5%. Organic net sales flat.

 

LOGO

10,258 896 (337) Organic movement (127) 123 10,813 2014 2015 Acquisitions and disposals(i) Exchange Price/mix Volume

 

 

(i) Impact of acquisitions and disposals on 2014 and 2015. See page 89 for further details.

Reported net sales were up 5%, largely driven by the full consolidation of USL, which contributed £921 million of net sales. Currency weakness, other than the US dollar, had an adverse impact on net sales. Organic volume decline was largely driven by lower shipments in the United States, reduction in inventory levels in South East Asia and West LAC, and the impact of pricing in Venezuela and Brazil. While these price increases contributed to positive price, the main driver of organic price/mix was positive mix, led by growth of reserve and Crown Royal.

Operating profit (£ million)

 

LOGO

2,707 158 (161) 4 67 22 2,797 2014 2015 Exceptional operating items Acquisitions Exchange Organic movement Disposals

 

Reported operating profit increased by £90 million primarily due to lower impairment charges of £223 million, lower exceptional restructuring costs of £81 million and the benefit from acquisitions of £67 million partly offset by the exceptional charge of £146 million in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities in the year ended 30 June 2015 and adverse exchange rate movements of £161 million. Organic operating profit growth was £22 million (0.7%).

 

82


Business review (continued)

 

Operating margin (%)

Full consolidation of USL rebased operating margin by c200bps. Organic operating margin improved 24bps.

 

LOGO

26.39% 168bps (61)bps (183)bps Organic movement (64)bps 36bps 52bps 25.87% 2014 2015 Exceptional operating items Gross margin Exchange Marketing Acquisitions and disposals Other operating expenses

 

 

(i) Exchange impacts in respect of profit on intergroup sales of products and the intergroup recharges have been re-allocated to the respective income statement categories for the purposes of calculating margin impacts only.

Operating margin was 25.87% in the year ended 30 June 2015 (2014 – 26.39%). Excluding the impact of lower exceptional charges which benefited operating margin by 168bps, operating margin decreased 220bps from 30.55% to 28.35%).

The full consolidation of USL lowered reported operating margin for the group. The organic improvement in margin was largely as a result of cost savings and efficiencies, which more than offset the impact of cost inflation and negative market mix.

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Eps increased to 95.0 pence from 89.7 pence. Eps before exceptional items fell 6.7 pence.

 

LOGO

89.7 12 1.6 (6.4) (3.1) 1.4 1.5 (1.3) (0.4) 95.0 2014 2015 Exceptional items(i) Operating profit excluding FX Exchange on operating profit Associates and joint ventures Finance charges Tax Non-controlling interests Other including USL(ii)

 

 

(i) Exceptional items net of tax and non-controlling interests.
(ii) The organic impact of fully consolidating USL results is included in other. The movements for operating profit, finance charges, tax and non-controlling interests, all exclude USL.

Earnings per share was 95.0 pence in the year ended 30 June 2015 (2014 – 89.7 pence), with an exceptional gain after tax of £155 million, compared to an exceptional loss after tax of £271 million in the prior year, benefiting eps by 12 pence. Eps before exceptional items of 88.8 for the year ended 30 June 2015 fell 6.7 pence as compared to 95.5 pence for the year ended 30 June 2014 largely as a result of adverse exchange movements and lower income from associates and joint ventures. Organic growth in operating profit had a positive impact on eps. Net finance charges excluding acquired debt in USL reduced due to lower interest rates which benefited eps.

 

                     

Movement in net finance charges

   £ million  

2014

     388   

Net interest charge decrease

     (48

Consolidation of net borrowings acquired in USL

     60   

Movement in other finance charges

     12   
  

 

 

 

2015

     412   
  

 

 

 

 

83


Business review (continued)

 

                                           
                 2015               2014  

Average monthly net borrowings (£ million)

     10,459        9,174   

Effective interest rate(i)

     3.5     3.8

 

(i) For the calculation of the effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings. Average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

The increase in average net borrowings was principally the result of the acquisition of the controlling interest in USL, completed on 2 July 2014, and the consolidation of USL’s net borrowings. The effective interest rate decreased in the year ended 30 June 2015 as the negative impact of consolidating USL’s net borrowings was more than offset by lower interest rates on new debt issued and an increase in the proportion of floating rate debt through the use of swaps.

 

84


Business review (continued)

 

Net cash from operating activities and free cash flow (£ million)

Net cash from operating activities increased from £1,790 million to £2,551 million.

 

LOGO

1,790 (40) 76 (156) 734 79 68 2,551 2014 2015 USL OCF(i) Operating profit(ii) Exchange(iii) Working capital movement Interest tax Other operating items(iv)

 

(i) USL net cash from operating activities is shown separately and is excluded from the other line items shown above.
(ii) Operating profit after operating exceptional items adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation and amortisation, excluding exchange.
(iii) Includes £5 million relating to translation exchange impact of exceptional operating items.
(iv) Other operating items includes pension related payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures, and payments in respect of the settlement of Thalidomide

Free cash flow was £1,963 million in 2015 an increase of £728 million.

 

LOGO

1,235 (7) (57) Operating profit 76 (156) 734 (7) 79 59 1,963 2014 2015 USL free cash flow(i) Operating profit excluding exchange(ii) Exchange Working capital movement Net capex movement Interest and tax Other operating items(iii)

 

 

(i) USL free cash flow is shown separately and is excluded from the other line items shown above.
(ii) Operating profit adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation and amortisation.
(iii) Other operating items includes pension related payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures, and payments in respect of the settlement of Thalidomide.

The increase in net cash from operating activities was primarily driven by the positive working capital movement. This was largely due to lower debtors as a result of phasing of shipments, with days sales outstanding 6 days lower than last year. This compares with an increase in debtors in the prior year

 

85


Business review (continued)

 

Return on invested capital (%)

The return on closing invested capital of 26.7% for the year ended 30 June 2015, calculated as reported profit for the year divided by net assets as of 30 June 2015, decreased by 200bps compared to return on closing invested capital of 28.7%, for the year ended 30 June 2014 driven by the acquisition of USL, the partially offset by the impacts of exceptional gains on the sale of businesses in 2015 and lower exceptional operating charges.

The investment in USL has rebased return on average invested capital (ROIC)(i). Adverse exchange and lower income from associates reduced ROIC in the year

 

LOGO

14.1% (1.1)pps 0.2pps (0.4)pps (0.3)pps (0.2)pps 12.3% 2014(ii) 2015(ii) USL Operating profit after tax Exchange Associates and joint ventures including FX Other

 

 

 

(i) ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items.
(ii) For the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became an associate on 4 July 2013 and a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

The additional investment in USL and full consolidation of its results reduced ROIC by 1.1pps. Exchange movements reduced operating profit, but the impact on ROIC was partially offset by exchange reducing invested capital. Lower income from associates reduced ROIC in the year.

 

 

86


Business review (continued)

 

Income statement

 

                                                                                              
     2014
£ million
    Exchange
(a)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and disposals
(b)
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Sales

     13,980        (509     2,321        174        15,966   

Excise duties

     (3,722     172        (1,425     (178     (5,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     10,258        (337     896        (4     10,813   

Cost of sales(i)

     (4,006     61        (666     26        (4,585
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,252        (276     230        22        6,228   

Marketing

     (1,620     47        (74     18        (1,629

Other operating expenses(i)

     (1,498     68        (85     (18     (1,533
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     3,134        (161     71        22        3,066   

Exceptional operating items (c)

     (427         (269
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Operating profit

     2,707            2,797   

Non-operating items (c)

     140            373   

Net finance charges

     (388         (412

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     252            175   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,711            2,933   

Taxation

     (447         (466
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     2,264            2,467   

Discontinued operations (c)

     (83           
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,181            2,467   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(i) Before exceptional operating items

(a) Exchange

The impact of movements in exchange rates on reported figures was principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the euro, the Russian rouble and the US dollar.

In February 2015, the Central Bank of Venezuela opened a new mechanism (known as SIMADI) that allows private and public companies to trade foreign currency with fewer restrictions than other mechanisms in Venezuela. As a result, the group has

used the SIMADI exchange rate to consolidate its Venezuelan operations for the year ended 30 June 2015. For the year ended 30 June 2014, the group applied the Sicad II exchange rate to consolidate its operations in Venezuela.

Applying the SIMADI consolidation rate of $1 = VEF197.30 (£1 = VEF309.76) compared to the Sicad II rate of $1 = VEF49.98 (£1 = VEF85.47) would have reduced net assets and cash and cash equivalents as at 1 July 2014 by £60 million and £52 million, respectively, and would have reduced the previously reported net sales and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2014 by £57 million and £36 million, respectively.

 

87


Business review (continued)

 

The effect of movements in exchange rate and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 2015 is set out in the table below.

                     
     Gains/
(losses)

£ million
 

Translation impact

     (72

Transaction impact

     (89
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     (161
  

 

 

 

Net finance charges — translation impact

     (7

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

     8   

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on net other finance charges

     1   
  

 

 

 

Interest and other finance charges

     2   

Associates — translation impact

     (20
  

 

 

 

Profit before exceptional items and taxation

     (179
  

 

 

 

 

                                           
     Year
ended
30 June
2015
     Year
ended
30 June
2014
 

Exchange rates

     

Translation   £1 =

     $1.57         $1.63   

Transaction   £1 =

     $1.58         $1.59   

Translation   £1 =

     €1.31         €1.20   

Transaction   £1 =

     €1.23         €1.26   

 

88


Business review (continued)

 

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

The impact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the full consolidation of United Spirits Limited (USL) from 2 July 2014 and the acquisition of the Mexican distribution rights of Don Julio, partially offset by the disposal of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited on 27 February 2015 and Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional operating charges of £269 million (2014 — £427 million) in the year ended 30 June 2015 comprised:

 

    £47 million (2014 — £98) in respect of the Global efficiency programme announced in January 2014;
    £35 million (2014 — £35 million) in respect of the Supply excellence restructuring programme;
    £41 million in respect of the impairment of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company; and
    £146 million in respect of settlement of several related disputes with the Korean customs authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable to imported products. Total payments to settle these disputes in the year were £74 million as £87 million was paid to the customs authorities prior to 30 June 2014, and was previously accounted for as a receivable from Korean customs.

In the year ended 30 June 2014 exceptional impairment loss of £260 million in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and £4 million in respect of tangible fixed assets was charged to other operating expenses.

Non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2015 include a gain of £103 million (2014 – £140 million) following the acquisition of additional equity shares in USL which increased the group’s investment in USL from 25.02% to 54.78%, excluding

the 2.38% interest owned by the USL Benefit Trust (2014 – 10.04% to 25.02%). On 2 July 2014 when USL became a subsidiary of the group a gain was recognised on the difference between the book value of the 25.02% investment and the fair value. The gain is net of a £79 million cumulative exchange loss recycled from other comprehensive income and £10 million transaction costs.

On 27 February 2015, the group completed the purchase of the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own (giving Diageo 100% ownership of the brand and production facility) and the Mexican distribution business of Don Julio. As a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £63 million arose, being the difference between the book value of the joint venture on the date of the transaction and the fair value. In addition, the group reacquired the production and distribution for Smirnoff and Popov in Mexico. As part of the transaction, Diageo also agreed to sell 100% of the equity share capital in The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited resulting in an exceptional gain of £174 million.

On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited to the Ennismore group resulting in an exceptional gain of £73 million.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 a provision of £30 million was charged to non-operating items in respect of a guarantee provided to a third party financial institution.

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (£91 million less tax of £8 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

Cash payments in the year ended 30 June 2015 for exceptional restructuring items, the legal settlement in Korea, the guarantee and thalidomide were £117 million (2014 – £104 million), £74 million (2014 – £nil), £30 million (2014 – £nil) and £19 million (2014 – £59 million), respectively.

Dividend

The final dividend was 34.9 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2014. The full dividend was therefore 56.4 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2014. Following the approval by shareholders, the final dividend was paid on 8 October 2015 to shareholders on the register on 14 August 2015. The ex-dividend date was 13 August 2015. Payment to US ADR holders was made on 14 October 2015.

 

89


Business review (continued)

 

MOVEMENTS IN NET BORROWINGS AND EQUITY

 

                                           

Movement in net borrowings

   2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

     (8,850     (8,403

Free cash flow (a)

     1,963        1,235   

Acquisition and sale of businesses (b)

     (306     (534

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

     (8     (113

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (72     (88

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (d)

            (37

Net movements in bonds and other borrowings

     (315     (157

Equity dividends paid

     (1,341     (1,228

Other movements

     2        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (77     (921

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

     315        157   

Exchange differences (e)

     (7     349   

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

     (869       

Other non-cash items

     (39     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at the end of the year

     (9,527     (8,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) See page 85 for the analysis of free cash flow.

(b) On 2 July 2014 the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL for INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million). On 31 October 2014 the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group by USL resulted in a net cash receipt of £391 million. On 27 February 2015, Diageo paid $293 million (£192 million) for the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own and for the Mexican distribution rights for Don Julio. As part of the transaction, Diageo also agreed to sell the equity share capital in The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited. The net cash consideration received for Bushmills amounted to $709 million (£456 million).

In the year ended 30 June 2014 cash payments primarily comprised £474 million in respect of the acquisition of a 18.74% investment in USL.

(c) Net purchase of own shares comprised purchase of treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes of £75 million (2014 – £208 million) less receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £67 million (2014 – £95 million).

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2014 Diageo purchased the remaining 7% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd.

(e) Exchange differences primarily arose on US dollar and euro denominated borrowings partially offset by the favourable change on foreign exchange swaps and forwards.

 

90


Business review (continued)

 

                                           

Movement in equity

   2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Equity at the beginning of the year

     7,590        8,088   

Profit for the year

     2,467        2,181   

Exchange adjustments (a)

     (225     (1,133

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

     113        (167

Exchange recycled to the income statement (b)

     88          

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments (b)

     20        (85

Non-controlling interests acquired

     641        8   

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

            (37

Dividends to non-controlling interests

     (72     (88

Dividends paid

     (1,341     (1,228

Other reserve movements

     (25     51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity at the end of the year

     9,256        7,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Movement in the year ended 30 June 2015 primarily arose from the exchange loss on Turkish lira, Brazilian real and euro denominated net investments.

(b) Following the acquisition of majority equity stakes in USL, 50% equity interest in Don Julio and one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own exchange losses of £88 million were recycled to the income statement.

On the acquisition of USL on 2 July 2014 a 43.91% (£641 million) non-controlling interest was recognised. In the year ended 30 June 2014 a gain of £85 million, in respect of USL, was recycled to the income statement reflecting the step up from available-for-sale investment to associate.

Post employment plans

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £216 million from £475 million at 30 June 2014 to £259 million at 30 June 2015. The reduction was primarily due to strong asset return and a reduction in long term inflation rates partially offset by a decrease in returns from AA-rated corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on the liabilities of the post employment plans (United Kingdom reduced from 4.2% to 3.8% and Ireland from 3.0% to 2.6%).

 

91


Business review (continued)

 

NORTH AMERICA

Performance

 

LOGO    Netsalesbymarkets(%)Netsalesbycategories(%)Netsalesbypricepoints(%)USSpiritsCanadaandWinesOtherDGUSASpiritsWineOtherBeerRTDsValueSuperpremiumStandardUltrapremiumPremium

 

                                                                                                                 

Key financials

  2014
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2015
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

    3,444        97        (37     (49     3,455          

Marketing

    540        16        7        (21     542          

Operating profit before exceptional items

    1,460        27        (2     (37     1,448        (1

Exceptional operating items

    (35           (28  
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

    1,425              1,420          
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Net sales

Net sales were £3,455 million in the year ended 30 June 2015, flat compared to net sales of £3,444 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Net sales were impacted by favourable exchange rate movements of £97 million primarily due to the strength of the US dollar against sterling, offset by the loss of the net sales of £37 million on termination of the transitional arrangements in respect of Jose Cuervo and the disposal of Bushmills in February 2015 and organic net sales decline of £49 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £1,420 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £5 million compared to operating profit of £1,425 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit benefitted from favourable exchange rate movements of £27 million (primarily due to the strength of the US dollar partially offset by the euro) offset by an organic decline of £37 million. Operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges of £28 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £7 million compared to £35 million in the year ended 30 June 2014, as a result of lower of restructuring costs.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

In North America, US Spirits has delivered improved depletion performance through the year with the value of distributor depletions, up 3% in the first half and up 4% for the full year. Shipments were broadly in line with depletions and therefore net sales were down 2% year on year as last year shipments were higher than depletions mainly driven by innovation launches. Beer net sales were in line with last year, ready to drink and wine were down slightly and in Canada net sales grew 2%. Volume growth of the reserve portfolio was the main driver of the 1.5pps of increased price/mix as price premiums against the competition, for brands such as Smirnoff and Captain Morgan, were narrowed. This led to lower achieved price year on year but did drive improved share positions. Our innovation agenda continued to lead the industry in North America and this year was a key driver of our net sales. Advertising spend was down as we drove procurement savings on media and agency fees in marketing while maintaining our share of voice. Adjusting for these savings, marketing as a percentage of net sales was roughly flat. Overheads were flat but operating margin declined 47 basis points driven by soft volume and lower net sales of spirits in the United States.

 

92


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
      movement
%
    Reported
volume
      movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement

%
    Reported
net sales
      movement
%
 

North America

     (3     (4     (1       
        

US Spirits and Wines

     (3     (5     (2     1   

DGUSA

     (3     (3     (1     3   

Canada

     3        3        2        (4
        

Spirits(i)

     (3     (3     (1     1   

Beer

                   (1     1   

Wine

     (2     (2     (2     2   

Ready to drink

     (3     (25     (1     (14

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
      movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
      movement
%
    Reported
net sales
      movement
%
 

Smirnoff

       (2     (3     (1

Captain Morgan

       (10     (12     (10

Johnnie Walker

       (8     (15     (12

Guinness

       2        2        4   

Baileys

       (5     (5     (3

Tanqueray

       (2     (2     1   

Crown Royal

       13        12        15   

Cîroc

       4        4        8   

Ketel One vodka

       (2     (2     1   

Bulleit

       32        36        41   

Don Julio

       5        9        13   

Buchanan’s

       17        18        23   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

93


Business review (continued)

 

  Net sales in US Spirits and Wines declined 2% while the value of distributor depletions was up 4%. Diageo’s North American whisk(e)y performance was very strong with the portfolio outpacing category growth and net sales up 13%. Crown Royal was the primary driver as Crown Royal Regal Apple, the top selling innovation according to Nielsen, gained share as it recruited new consumers to the brand, driving double digit top line growth for the trademark. Bulleit, the fastest growing unflavoured North American whisk(e)y, drove one third of that category’s growth with net sales up 35%. Both Bulleit Bourbon and Bulleit Rye led their respective segments through increased distribution, consumer experience marketing, and the engagement of key trade influencers. In scotch, Buchanan’s was the fastest growing brand in the United States, with net sales up over 20%. Buchanan’s resonates particularly well with the growing Hispanic population, and this year added sponsorship of the Latin Grammy Awards to its full suite of marketing activities. Johnnie Walker did not perform well, partly as a result of lapping the strong launch of Platinum and Gold Label Reserve last year but also due to a reduction in promotional activities for Red, Black, and Blue Label. Cîroc net sales growth of 4% was driven by the notable success of Cîroc Pineapple, the latest addition to the flavour range. Despite an improved performance trajectory, net sales of Smirnoff declined 4% as the flavour portfolio, confections in particular, continued to be a drag on performance. The launch of Captain Morgan White Flavours partially offset the effect of lapping the prior year’s launch of Captain Morgan White which, together with weakness on Original Spiced, drove double digit net sales decline for the brand. Net sales of tequila were up double digit, driven by 10% growth of Don Julio, which was supported by marketing campaigns focused on the heritage and craftsmanship of the brand, and the launch of new DeLeón variants, which broadened the price range and contributed to increased distribution of the brand.
  Guinness net sales were up 3% on the strong performance of Blonde American Lager. Guinness Draught was weak given competition in the craft beer segment, particularly in the on trade. Net sales of ready to drink declined slightly, bringing net sales of DGUSA down 1%. Stronger execution and competitive pricing on Smirnoff Ice stabilised the core and flavoured variants but the brand’s growth still lags the category.
  In Canada the new distribution system helped drive net sales growth of 2%. Spirits growth of 3% was driven by Johnnie Walker and vodka. Ready to drink net sales growth was principally due to Smirnoff variants, with beer down and wine down double digit. Tactical price reductions resulted in share improvement, with a marginally negative impact on price/mix.
  Marketing investment in North America reduced 4% driven by US Spirits and Wines, which delivered significant savings on media and agency fees and procurement efficiencies. Advertising remained focused on Cîroc, Crown Royal, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan and Johnnie Walker, and increased on Don Julio and Bulleit to support new programmes. Marketing investment in DGUSA supported the launch of Guinness Blonde American Lager and in Canada, a 1% increase went behind innovation launches.

 

94


Business review (continued)

 

EUROPE, RUSSIA AND TURKEY

Performance

 

LOGO

   Net sales by markets (%) Net sales by categories (%) Net sales by price points Europe Turkey Russia Other Spirits RTDs Wine Beer Other Value Super premium Premium Standard Ultra premium

 

                                                                                                                 

Key financials

   2014
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement

£ million
     2015
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     2,814        (186     (13     2         2,617        (7

Marketing

     413        (30     (1     6         388        (6

Operating profit before exceptional items

     853        (67     (2     20         804        (6

Exceptional operating items

     (20            (20  
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Operating profit

     833               784        (6
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Net sales

Net sales were £2,617 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £197 million compared to net sales of £2,814 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Net sales were impacted by adverse exchange rate movements of £186 million, principally because of the weakness of the euro, Russian rouble and Turkish lira and the loss of net sales of £13 million on the disposal of Bushmills in February 2015. Organic growth improved net sales by £2 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £784 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £49 million compared to operating profit of £833 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit was impacted by adverse exchange rate movements of £67 million because of the weakness of the euro, Russian rouble and Turkish lira partially offset by organic growth of £20 million. Operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges in respect of restructuring costs of £20 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 and the year ended 30 June 2014.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Europe, Russia and Turkey’s performance reflected a flat performance in Europe, growth in Turkey and a challenging environment in Russia. In Europe, although performance improved in half of our markets. Reserve brands delivered another strong performance with net sales up 20% and growing double digit even in the more challenging economies in Southern Europe. Innovation remained a key performance driver with net sales up 30% driven by successes such as ‘The Brewers Project’ which helped put Guinness back in growth in both Great Britain and Ireland. We continued to invest in our route to consumer, increasing the number of sales people by 30% and the number of outlets we cover by 60%. In Russia, which continued to be impacted by economic volatility, consumers traded down and customers reduced inventory levels while Diageo gained share in scotch and rum. Turkey net sales were up 3% driving premiumisation in the raki category and gained share in scotch and vodka. Total operating margin for the region improved 75bps largely driven by gross margin improvement in Turkey, and overhead cost reduction in Europe, which was partially reinvested in marketing and route to consumer.

 

95


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

                          (7
        

Europe

     (1     (1            (5

Russia

     (12     (12     (14     (42

Turkey

                   3        (5
        

Spirits(i)

     (1     (1     1        (8

Beer

     1        1        1        (4

Wine

                   (1     (4

Ready to drink

     (6     (6     (2     (5

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales

movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

       1        2        (2

Smirnoff

       (2     (4     (7

Johnnie Walker

       (5     (7     (15

Baileys

       (3     (4     (10

Captain Morgan

       9        10        1   

Yenì Raki

       (4     4        (6

JeB

       (1     (3     (10

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

96


Business review (continued)

 

  In Europe net sales were flat:

 

    In Great Britain net sales were up 3%, with spirits, beer, and ready to drink all in growth. Reserve net sales were up 47% driven by Cîroc and the successful launch of Haig Club. Captain Morgan net sales were up 15%, with investment focused on increased activation in outlets and Smirnoff was back in growth with net sales up 1%, supported by the new ‘We’re Open’ campaign. Beer net sales were up 2% driven by innovation on Guinness. Ready to drink net sales were up 8% supported by strong growth in pre-mix. The only weakness was in Baileys where net sales were down 1%, however Baileys Original was in growth.
    In Ireland net sales were down 1%, or flat after accounting for the transfer of wine sales to Diageo Wines Europe. Guinness sustained its positive momentum with net sales up 2%, supported by successful innovations launched through ‘The Brewers Project at St James’s Gate’. Net sales in spirits were down 2% as the category continued to be affected by last year’s duty increase.
    Within Continental Europe, Southern Europe net sales were down 1%. Net sales in Iberia were flat, after accounting for a transfer of sales of one customer to Africa Regional Markets, but showing positive momentum with growth from Tanqueray and Gordon’s in a vibrant gin category and declines in JeB and Cacique. Double digit growth of reserve was the main driver behind the 1% net sales growth in Italy, where Zacapa was up 10% and Cîroc more than trebled net sales. In Greece, performance was impacted by the deterioration of economic environment in the last quarter, which resulted in a 4% net sales decline. In Germany and Austria, net sales declined 2%. In Germany net sales were up 5%. Underlying performance was strong with net sales of Baileys, Captain Morgan and Johnnie Walker Red Label all up double digit. In Austria, net sales were down 53% against the buy in ahead of the excise duty increase in January 2014. In Benelux performance continued to be impacted by the decision to realign prices in the first half on premium core brands which resulted in a net sales decline of 10%. In Poland, net sales of Johnnie Walker Red Label declined 15% and the brand lost share, as some competitors did not follow Diageo price increases to cover last year’s excise duty increase.
    In a challenging trading environment in France net sales increased 2% largely driven by growth in scotch, with Scotch malts up 6%, and the strong performance of Captain Morgan which, in its third year, more than doubled net sales.
    Net sales in Diageo Wines Europe were up 3% largely driven by the transfer of wine net sales from Diageo Ireland and the strong performance of [yellow tail].
  In Russia, net sales declined 14%, driven by both destocking amongst distributors and consumers trading down. This impacted Johnnie Walker, however Diageo extended its leadership in whisky and rum, and gained share with brands such as White Horse, Black & White and Captain Morgan.
  In Turkey net sales grew 3% despite an excise duty increase in January and the earlier start to Ramadan. Net sales in raki were up 5% with Yenì Raki and the super premium variant Tekirdağ Raki premiumising the category. Good underlying performance of international spirits resulted in share gains for Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff and Baileys.
  Marketing investment in Europe, Russia and Turkey increased 2% largely driven by Europe where spend was up 3%. The increased investment was focused on the biggest growth opportunities such as reserve and innovation to support the launches of Haig Club and the Guinness Brewers project.

 

97


Business review (continued)

 

AFRICA

Performance

 

LOGO    Netsalesbymarkets(%)Netsalesbycategories(%)Netsalesbypricepoints(%)NigeriaSouthAfricaEastAfricaOtherAfricaRegionalMarketsSpiritsWineOtherBeerRTDsValueSuperpremiumStandardUltrapremiumPremium

 

                                                                                                                                   

Key financials

   2014
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
     Organic
movement

£ million
     2015
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,430        (100             85         1,415        (1

Marketing

     152        (10             5         147        (3

Operating profit before exceptional items

     340        (52     1         29         318        (6

Exceptional operating items

     (23             (7  
  

 

 

           

 

 

   

Operating profit

     317                311        (2
  

 

 

           

 

 

   

Net sales

Net sales were £1,415 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £15 million compared to net sales of £1,430 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Net sales were impacted by adverse exchange rate movements of £100 million primarily driven by the weak Nigerian naira, Ghana cedi and South African rand mainly offset by organic growth of £85 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £311 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £6 million compared to operating profit of £317 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit was adversely impacted by £52 million exchange rate movements driven by the weak Nigerian naira, Ghana cedi and South African rand partially offset by organic growth of £29 million. Operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges in respect of restructuring costs of £7 million in the year ended 30 June 2015, compared to £23 million for the year ended 30 June 2014.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Good performances in both beer and spirits led to net sales up 6% in Africa. Investments in route to consumer together with innovation drove an 8% increase in beer and led to double digit growth in spirits. The mainstream beer market in Nigeria remained challenged as consumers moved towards more value products, impacting the performance of Guinness and Harp. However the national rollout of Orijin and renovation of Satzenbrau drove an increase in beer net sales of 9%. Investment in Guinness marketing has stabilised volume share in the brand. Good progress in route to consumer led to strong net sales growth in Ghana, and in Cameroon, strong marketing campaigns delivered net sales and share gains in Guinness. In South Africa, spirits growth was underpinned by the continued strong performances of Smirnoff 1818, which is now a two million case brand, and Johnnie Walker, while overall growth was impacted by a decline in ready to drink. Reserve brands grew 26% with double digit increases in South Africa, East Africa and Nigeria. Increased sales of mainstream brands, which have lower costs per case, together with procurement and supply efficiencies were partially offset by an increase in marketing and route to consumer investments leading to organic operating margin improvement of 75 basis points.

 

98


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Africa

     7        7        6        (1
        

Nigeria

     13        13        6        (3

East Africa

     7        7        9        6   

Africa Regional Markets

     14        14        15        1   

South Africa

     (2     (2     (7     (12
        

Spirits(i)

     17        17        13        7   

Beer

     4        4        8        (1

Ready to drink

     (34     (34     (28     (33

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

       (5     (7     (15

Johnnie Walker

       3        7        2   

Smirnoff

       22        22        16   

Tusker

       (6     3        1   

Malta

       (8     (5     (17

Senator

       (11     (16     (20

Harp

       (40     (46     (50

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

  Nigeria delivered double digit volume growth driven primarily by the national rollout of Orijin, while net sales grew 6%. The weak consumer environment led to a move to value lager which resulted in a strong performance of Satzenbrau and a weak performance of Harp. Similarly net sales of Guinness declined although the brand’s performance improved in the second half and volume share stabilised. Spirits net sales were up 19% as inventory reductions on Johnnie Walker and Baileys were offset by the strong performance of local mainstream spirits.
  In East Africa, where net sales grew 9%, Guinness volume and net sales grew strong double digits supported by the ‘Made of More’ campaign. Innovation in value beer, in particular, Balozi lager in Kenya, a no added sugar offering, and in Tanzania Kibo Gold, positioned to capture consumers trading down, offset a decline in Senator due to excise duty changes in Kenya in the first half last year. In spirits, growth was led by mainstream spirits brands and good performances from Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff. Success in mainstream spirits was driven by Kane Extra and Liberty in Kenya, which benefited from improvements in route to consumer, including the introduction of motorcycles to increase sales coverage of mainstream outlets. Johnnie Walker net sales grew 60% driven by recruitment activities, while the launch of Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana also contributed to East Africa’s growth.
  In Africa Regional Markets, net sales grew strongly, up 15%. In Ghana, net sales grew 32%. Investment in route to consumer, together with price increases, led to 28% net sales growth of beer, and spirits grew strongly driven by the growth of Johnnie Walker and the introduction of Orijin Bitters. In Cameroon, net sales grew 10% driven by growth of Guinness, which benefited from increased awareness through the ‘Made of Black’ campaign, together with outperformance of Harp and growth of Johnnie Walker and Baileys. In Angola, spirits net sales doubled following route to consumer investments and the appointment of a new distributor. This led to strong performances from Johnnie Walker, White Horse, and Gordon’s gin. While the performance of Meta beer in Ethiopia was impacted by increased competitive pricing, this was mostly offset by strong net sales of Malta and the introduction of Zemen, a lower-price beer innovation, along with a good performance of spirits.

 

99


Business review (continued)

 

  Net sales in South Africa were down 7% driven by a decline in Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana, which lapped strong replenishment sales and high inventories in the last financial year. Spirits net sales increased 8% driven by Smirnoff 1818, with net sales up 27% based on competitive pricing and following a packaging upgrade. Net sales of Johnnie Walker increased 10% with marketing focused on the brand’s quality credentials. Its contribution to total scotch performance was partially offset by a weaker performance of JeB and Bell’s. Reserve brands continued to benefit from investments in route to consumer.
  Marketing investment in Africa increased 4%. In Nigeria spend on beer was refocused from Harp to support the growth of Orijin(i) and value beers, while in East Africa, the decline in Senator volume also led to a reduction in spend. Spend increased behind vodka, notably Smirnoff 1818 in South Africa in support of pack innovations and promotional activity and investment behind Johnnie Walker grew in South Africa and East Africa. Ready to drink investment increased as Smirnoff Ice Double Black & Guarana launched in East Africa and Nigeria.

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2015 Orijin was reported as beer while in the year ended 30 June 2016 as ready to drink.

 

100


Business review (continued)

 

LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN

Performance

 

LOGO    Netsalesbymarkets(%)Netsalesbycategories(%)Netsalesbypricepoints(%)Paraguay,MexicoUruguayandBrazilWestLACVenezuelaOtherColombiaSpiritsWineOtherBeerRTDsValueSuperpremiumStandardUltrapremiumPremium

 

Key financials

   2014
     £ million
        Exchange
£ million
        Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
     Organic
    movement

£ million
    2015
     £ million
    Reported
    movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,144        (123     23         (11     1,033        (10

Marketing

     203        (22     3         10        194        (4

Operating profit before exceptional items

     328        (60     2         (7     263        (20

Exceptional operating items

     (14            (5  
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Operating profit

     314               258        (18
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Net sales

Net sales were £1,033 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £111 million compared to net sales of £1,144 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Net sales reduced by £123 million due to adverse exchange rate movements primarily in respect of the decline in value of the Venezuelan bolivar and Brazilian real and an organic decline of £11 million (see further performance analysis below). These impacts were partially mitigated by additional net sales of £23 million attributable to the acquisition of a 50% equity interest in Don Julio that the group did not already own.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £258 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £56 million compared to operating profit of £314 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit was impacted by adverse exchange rate movements of £60 million primarily due to the Venezuelan bolivar, Brazilian real and Mexican peso and an organic decline of £7 million. Operating profit was impacted by exceptional restructuring costs of £5 million for the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £9 million compared to a £14 million in the year ended 30 June 2014.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Good performances in the domestic markets in LAC were offset by a significant net sales decline in export channels due to currency volatility. The levels of stock held by these customers has reduced, which together with lower depletions, impacted growth in the region by five percentage points. Net sales in domestic markets increased 5% as we expanded our leading positions in scotch and broadened our business into other categories. In Brazil, performance has been affected by a weaker economy and a tougher competitive environment, but we have invested in route to consumer and recruited new consumers into our portfolio through innovation. In Venezuela, there was good growth in local spirits and scotch. Performance in Colombia benefited from investments in route to consumer and innovation, while our strength in scotch drove good net sales growth in Mexico. In Peru and Jamaica, we delivered good growth from our investments in route to consumer and, while net sales were down in Argentina, we moved quickly to offset import levies with local production driving share gains. While significant cost efficiencies were achieved, especially in Brazil, negative market mix and increased marketing investment led to a decrease of 41 basis points in organic operating margin.

 

101


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Latin America and Caribbean

     (7     (6     (1     (10
        

PUB

     (8     (8     (2     (12

Venezuela

     (38     (38     41        (60

Colombia

     10        9        10        (2

Mexico

     14        29        13        19   

West LAC

     (5     (5     (9     (12
        

Spirits(i)

     (8     (7     (3     (12

Beer

     5        5        17        11   

Wine

     1        1        17        (1

Ready to drink

     (7     (7     9        (6

Global giants and local stars(ii):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

       (6     (5     (11

Smirnoff

       (12     5        (7

Bailey’s

       (4     8          

Buchanan’s

       (17     (12     (24

Old Parr

       (9     (10     (22

Ypióca

       (5     (3     (14

Black & White

       17        27        6   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

  Net sales in Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) declined 2% as currency weakness and a slower Brazilian economy impacted consumer spending. In Brazil, volume declined mainly as a result of changes in the route to consumer and the harmonisation of interstate pricing, which led to a reduction in inventories held by distributors. In PUB, price increases and a reduction in commercial discounts led to 6pps of positive price/mix. Scotch net sales declined 2% driven by Johnnie Walker, which was down 9% as intense competitor promotional activity amplified the price premium of Johnnie Walker Red Label. In premium scotch, Old Parr and Johnnie Walker Double Black had strong net sales growth and share gains, and in standard scotch, White Horse grew net sales supported by a new media campaign. Smirnoff strengthened its leadership position in vodka, growing net sales 6% driven by price increases and the launch of Smirnoff Peach. Net sales of Ypióca were affected by the transfer from net sales to overheads of tax credits from local production incentives. On a like for like basis, net sales of Ypióca increased high single digit driven by price increases and continued strong performance in the North East.
  In Venezuela, while volume declined, net sales increased 41% to £32 million. Access to currency allowed for the importation of some scotch leading to strong comparative performances of Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s, and Ye Monks. Increased focus on developing local spirits led to strong performances of Cacique, which doubled net sales, despite glass supply constraints, and Gordon’s vodka net sales increased 185%.
  In Colombia, investments in the route to consumer increased share across key categories and drove 10% net sales growth. The launch of Old Parr Tribute and the introduction of Buchanan’s Special Reserve, together with double digit growth of Johnnie Walker, led to an 11% increase in the net sales of scotch. Innovations contributed to a 22% increase in Baileys net sales.
  In Mexico, the breadth of Diageo’s scotch portfolio was the main driver of a 13% increase in net sales. Selective price increases along with strong trade executions delivered growth across all price segments of scotch other than value. Johnnie Walker net sales increased 15% with growth across all variants and a particularly strong contribution from Johnnie Walker Red Label. Diageo gained share in the fast-growing but competitive standard scotch segment with the introduction of Black & White, which increased net sales over 80%. There was a good contribution to net sales growth from Smirnoff, since Diageo took direct control over marketing and distribution of the brand in December 2014.

 

102


Business review (continued)

 

  In West LAC, net sales were down 9%, driven by inventory reductions in the export channels where net sales declined 51%. This impacted the performance of Johnnie Walker, Old Parr, and Buchanan’s. In domestic markets, strong performances in Peru and Jamaica led to a 3% increase in net sales. In Peru, net sales increased 26% with scotch driving growth together with Baileys, while growth in Red Stripe, pack renovations on Guinness and the strong consumer appeal of Dragon Stout helped deliver 15% growth in net sales in Jamaica. Price realignments in Chile and Caribbean & Central America led to some negative price/mix but delivered share gains in key categories. In Argentina, restrictions on imports affected overall performance but a shift to locally bottled spirits including VAT 69, White Horse, and Smirnoff drove share gains.
  An increase in marketing investment of 6% supported broader participation within spirits. Spend on scotch was focused on increasing brand equity across price points in Mexico and on supporting the launch of Old Parr Tribute in Colombia. In Jamaica, investment also increased to support the growth of beer and there was growth in spend on Smirnoff to maintain its leadership position in Brazil and in Mexico as Diageo regained distribution of the brand.

 

103


Business review (continued)

 

ASIA PACIFIC

Performance

 

LOGO    Netsalesbymarkets(%)Netsalesbycategories(%)Netsalesbypricepoints(%)SouthEastAsiaGlobalTravel,AsiaGreaterChinaandMiddleEastIndiaAustraliaNorthAsiaSpiritsWineOtherBeerRTDsValueSuperpremiumStandardUltrapremiumPremium

 

                                                                                                                 

Key financials

   2014
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
     Organic
movement

£ million
    2015
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,347        (22     920         (32     2,213        64   

Marketing

     305        (1     65         (25     344        13   

Operating profit before exceptional items

     283        (13     66         20        356        26   

Exceptional operating items

     (276            (193  
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Operating profit

     7               163        2,229   
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Net sales

Net sales were £2,213 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 an increase of £866 million compared to net sales of £1,347 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. The acquisition of a controlling interest in USL on 2 July 2014 contributed £920 million to net sales, partially offset by adverse exchange rate movements of £22 million mainly driven by the Australian dollar and an organic net sales reduction of £32 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £163 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 an increase of £156 million compared to operating profit of £7 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit growth was driven by the acquisition of USL which contributed £66 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 and an organic increase of £20 million partially offset by adverse exchange movements of £13 million mainly driven by Australian dollar. Exceptional operating charges decreased by £83 million from £276 million in the year ended 30 June 2014 to £193 million in the year ended 30 June 2015, principally due to lower impairment charges (£41 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 compared with £264 million in the year ended 30 June 2014) and a charge in the year ended 30 June 2015 of £146 million in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable for imported products.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Asia Pacific performance reflects inventory reductions in South East Asia, and disruptions in Indonesia due to new restrictions on the sale of beer and ready to drink in some channels. All other markets delivered growth, including China led by Chinese white spirits. Reserve sales were up 30%, led by Scotch malts, with particularly strong performance from The Singleton. Innovation responding to changing trends played an important role, with the launch of Haig Club, W ICE by Windsor in Korea, Guinness Zero in Indonesia, and new ready to drink offerings. We reduced marketing investment, largely in China and South East Asia, where the consumer environment was challenged. Performance, primarily the reduction in stock levels, in South East Asia resulted in a significant operating loss for that market. Our Chinese white spirits business regained profitability after a loss last year. This return to profitability, along with cost savings, resulted in an overall margin improvement for Asia Pacific of two percentage points. The full consolidation of USL added £921m of net sales and £53m of operating profit to reported performance for the region.

 

104


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Asia Pacific

     (3     622        (2     64   
        

South East Asia

     (24     (24     (28     (28

Greater China

     3        3        15        17   

India

     5        6,347        3        1,732   

Global Travel, Asia and Middle East

     5        5        4        3   

Australia

     1        1        2        (5

North Asia

     1        1        1        (1
        

Spirits(i)

     (3     710        (3     83   

Beer

     (13     (13     (12     (16

Ready to drink

     (2     (2     1        (5

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

       (10     (14     (14

Smirnoff

       (3     (7     (9

Guinness

       (13     (12     (16

Captain Morgan

              11        8   

Baileys

       (4     (13     (16

Windsor

       (10     (10     (8

Bundaberg

       (5     (7     (13

Shui Jing Fang

       275        239        245   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

  In South East Asia, net sales declined 28% given an inventory level reduction in specific wholesale channels, with Johnnie Walker Red and Black Label most impacted. Performance in these channels was also impacted by transferring sales from some Indian travel retail customers to Global Travel Asia. New regulations in Indonesia caused major disruptions, and Guinness net sales declined 30%. In Thailand, price repositioning on Johnnie Walker Red Label and Smirnoff led to negative price/mix, however, Johnnie Walker Red Label volume was up double digit in the second half, while Smirnoff gained share.
  In Greater China, net sales were up 15%. Taiwan net sales increased 6%, driven by continued success of The Singleton, which was up significantly and has become the largest malt brand in Taiwan. Mainland China was up 26% including an 11pps benefit from an additional quarter of Shuijingfang to align financial year end timing. Shuijingfang grew significantly through innovation, strengthened route to consumer, and a soft prior year comparable. Shuijingfang also generated profit and drove margin improvement for Greater China, due to a significant reduction in the underlying business loss and benefiting from provision releases. While scotch in mainland China was down 17%, due to increased competition for on trade contracts and a reduction in wholesaler inventory levels, The Singleton and Haig Club drove growth and share gains.
  Despite shipment disruptions due to new food safety labelling requirements, Diageo India volume was up 5% and net sales up 3%, and all key priority brands grew depletions. Investment in Johnnie Walker and VAT 69 campaigns, and a Black & White packaging relaunch drove continued premiumisation. The Smirnoff Black launch helped increase Smirnoff share by 5pps over the past three months to 56% of vodka. The integration of Diageo and USL completed, and from June, USL started selling Diageo brands.

 

105


Business review (continued)

 

  Global Travel, Asia and Middle East net sales were up 4% including 6pps of benefit from transferring sales from some Indian travel retail customers from South East Asia. Middle East performance slowed in the second half due to geopolitical tensions and increased pricing pressure on scotch, with second half sales down 16%. Across GTME, Diageo brands gained share particularly in whisky, led by Johnnie Walker in Global Travel Asia, where premium and above variants drove the brand’s net sales growth.
  Net sales in Australia improved 2%, reversing a first half decline. Spirits were up 2%, driven by super premium scotch, spiced rum, and North American whisk(e)y. Captain Morgan net sales grew nearly 50% and it is now the second largest rum brand behind Bundaberg. While pricing pressure impacted Bundaberg and Smirnoff, depletions improved in the last quarter. Ready to drink growth continued in the second half driven by Captain Morgan variants and pack format innovations from several brands.
  North Asia net sales were up 1% with Japan up 10% and Korea down 2%, as second half performance slowed following an increase in import duties after a Customs settlement in January. In Korea, whisky contraction decelerated, and the launch of lower ABV offering W ICE by Windsor stabilised Windsor share in the fourth quarter. While Windsor was down, whisky sales in Korea benefited from strong growth of Johnnie Walker Blue and Black Label. Guinness was up 41%, driven by a campaign and price promotion. In Japan, performance improved due to scotch growth, with depletions up high single digit, and increased distribution and new flavours of Smirnoff Ice.
  Marketing investment decreased 8%, due to Johnnie Walker reductions, particularly in Black Label, in China and South East Asia. In China, investment declined in the competitive on trade and was reinvested in testing new at home and with meal off trade campaigns. In Thailand and the Philippines, Johnnie Walker investment focused on recruiting consumers and maintaining Gold and Blue Label sponsorships. Many markets also supported Haig Club’s launch.

 

106


Business review (continued)

 

CATEGORY REVIEW

 

LOGO    VolumeNetsalesMarketingspendScotchNorthumVodkaAmericanUqueurswhisk(e)yGinBeerReadyTequilaWinetodrinkIndianMadeForeignliquor(IMFL)Other

 

                                                                                       

Key categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Spirits(i)

     (2     72        (1     10   

Scotch

     (4     (4     (5     (9

Vodka

                   1        1   

North American whisk(e)y

     10        10        12        15   

Rum

     (3     (3     (3     (6

Liqueurs

     (1     (1     (4     (8

Gin

     4        4        5        3   

Tequila

     10        25        14        38   

Beer

     3        3        4        (2

Ready to drink

     (11     (18     (4     (13

Wine

     (1     (1     (1     (1

Total

     (1     58               5   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

107


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Global giants, local stars and reserve(i):

   Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Global giants

      

Johnnie Walker

     (6     (9     (12

Smirnoff

     (1     (2     (3

Captain Morgan

     (4     (6     (7

Baileys

     (4     (4     (8

Tanqueray

     6        (5     5   

Guinness

     (2            (5

Local stars

      

Crown Royal

     13        12        15   

Yenì Raki

     (4     4        (6

JeB

     (2     (4     (9

Buchanan’s

     (9     (3     (12

Windsor

     (10     (10     (8

Old Parr

     (13     (14     (24

Bundaberg

     (5     (7     (13

Bell’s

     (3     (5     (14

White Horse

     (5     (7     (26

Ypióca

     (5     (3     (14

Cacique

     (37     3        (32

Shui Jing Fang

     268        235        241   

Reserve

      

Scotch malts

     11        16        12   

Cîroc

     6        6        9   

Ketel One vodka

     (3     (2     1   

Don Julio

     98        12        43   

Bulleit

     34        38        42   

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic movement for volume, except for Don Julio where organic volume growth is 8%.

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

 

  Global giants represent 39% of Diageo net sales
    Johnnie Walker, with nearly 70% of its net sales in the emerging markets, was impacted by currency weakness and inventory reductions in South East Asia and export channels in Latin America. In the United States, the brand lapped the shipment of two big innovations, Gold Label Reserve and Platinum Label in the prior year; Red and Black Label were negatively impacted by reduced promotional activities. In China, the government’s anti extravagance measures drove continued closure of traditional on trade outlets, leading to increased competition in the modern on trade negatively impacting the whole scotch category. Many other markets delivered strong performance, including Cameroon, Angola, Ghana, and East Africa with net sales up more than 50% and Mexico, Venezuela, and Colombia which all delivered double digit sales growth. In the developed markets in Asia Pacific, Johnnie Walker performed strongly and net sales grew high single digit.
    Smirnoff net sales declined 2%, largely driven by the United States, and the weakness in flavoured vodka there. The relaunch of the brand with the ‘Exclusively for Everybody’ marketing campaign, new packaging and targeted price promotions drove improved depletions momentum and share gains on Smirnoff Red. In Europe, a number of countries, notably Great Britain, delivered growth. Net sales were up in Latin America, with Brazil growing 8% following the national ‘Cheers to Real Life’ campaign launch. Smirnoff had a very strong year in South Africa with Smirnoff 1818 sales growing 27%.
    Captain Morgan net sales were down 6% due to the performance of the brand in the United States, where Captain Morgan held share in a flat rum category that is facing heightened competition from other categories. The decline in shipments was driven by weakness on Original Spiced Rum, and Captain Morgan White Rum which lapped its launch last year. The launch of Captain Morgan White Flavours partially offset the shipments decline on the core variants. Elsewhere, the brand’s performance continued to be strong with double digit growth in Great Britain, Germany, Southern Europe, Australia, India, and East Africa.

 

108


Business review (continued)

 

    Baileys net sales declined 4% having started the year with high inventory levels. It experienced softer depletions this year in the United States and Nigeria. In China, after weakness in the first half, specific interventions to drive consumer conversion resulted in stronger second half depletions, up mid single digit. In Europe performance was impacted by lapping the launch of Chocolat Luxe in the prior year, but the Baileys brand achieved share gains in the key markets of Great Britain and Germany. The brand continued to expand its footprint in emerging markets, with double digit growth in Colombia, West LAC, and Africa Regional Markets.
    Tanqueray gin benefited from a strong focus on increased visibility and distribution in the on trade, supported by the highly effective ‘Tonight We Tanqueray’ campaign. This drove strong double digit growth in Europe, particularly in Spain and Great Britain, with accelerating growth in Germany and Benelux. Net sales for the gin brand grew 6%, with Tanqueray No. TEN up double digit in every region.
    Guinness net sales were flat, reflecting a strong performance in both the United States and Europe, where the brand grew 3% and 2% respectively. This was achieved through a combination of acclaimed innovations such as Blonde American Lager and Dublin Porter that built on the Guinness brewing heritage, a drive to increase presence and distribution in bars, and a series of award winning marketing campaigns built under the ‘Made of More’ platform. In Nigeria, sales declined but performance improved over the course of the year and volume share stabilised. Sales declined in Indonesia due to adverse regulatory changes.
  Local stars represent 16% of Diageo net sales. Overall performance was good with net sales growth of 4%. In developed markets, there was double digit growth on certain premium brands that have resonance with particular consumer groups, such as Buchanan’s in the United States with the Hispanic community, and Crown Royal Regal Apple with millennial consumers in high energy occasions. In China, Shui Jing Fang showed significant growth due to innovation, a strengthened route to consumer, and a soft prior year comparable. In emerging markets more broadly, there was good performance from local and secondary imported brands as certain consumer segments traded down, particularly where local production protected pricing from currency volatility. The net result is that whilst premium imported brands such as Windsor and Old Parr have seen sales decline, there was strong growth on brands such as Yenì Raki in Turkey, Cacique in Venezuela and White Horse in Brazil.
  Reserve brands represent 13% of Diageo net sales, and continued to perform well with net sales growth of 8%. During the economic volatility of recent years, the wealthy consumer base that underpins reserve has been resilient. The slight deceleration in overall reserve growth was driven by lapping strong innovation shipments on Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Platinum Label in the United States. Ketel One vodka faced increased competitive pressure from both within and outside the category. Across the wider portfolio, performance was strong. Scotch malts grew double digit, led by The Singleton which was the fastest growing of the top 5 global malt whisky brands last year. The very strong performance of Bulleit continued with sales up 38%, benefiting from high advocacy amongst the bartender community. Zacapa rum and tequila Don Julio also delivered double digit growth globally, reflecting the quality and heritage of these products, and the strength of the reserve business model. Cîroc continues to expand its footprint outside of North America with strong growth in Europe, particularly Great Britain, where it rapidly gained share from the market leader and is now the number two ultra premium vodka.
  Within whisk(e)y, scotch represents 24% of Diageo net sales and declined by 5%. Approximately 80% of this decline was due to inventory reductions in South East Asia and export channels in Latin America on Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s, and Old Parr. Other brands including Haig Club, The Singleton, and scotch malts globally, and Buchanan’s in the United States performed well, with many growing double digit.
  Also within whisk(e)y, North American whisk(e)y, which represents 7% of Diageo net sales, grew 12% this year with over 2pps of positive price/mix. This strong performance was driven by the successful launch of Crown Royal Regal Apple, the continued strong growth of Bulleit, and the acclaimed range of rare bourbons in the Orphan Barrel series.
  Vodka represents 12% of Diageo net sales and grew 1%. The growth of Cîroc in Europe and North America, as well as Smirnoff in Africa and Latin America was partially offset by the decline of Smirnoff in developed markets.
  Beer represents 18% of Diageo net sales, grew 4% and delivered 1.1pps of positive price/mix. Beer in Africa grew 8%, led by double digit growth in Africa Regional Markets. In Nigeria, the success of Orijin and Satzenbrau more than offset declines in Guinness and Harp. East Africa delivered double digit growth on Guinness and a good performance with Tusker. Performance of Guinness in developed markets was good, driven by the successful launch of Brewer’s Project innovations and Blonde American Lager.
  Ready to drink represents 5% of Diageo net sales and declined 4% this year. The main driver of this decline was in South Africa with Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana where the brand lapped a strong performance in the previous year and an increase in inventories ahead of its transition to DHN Drinks. Elsewhere there was growth in ready to drink, including East Africa, West LAC, and Australia. In Great Britain, ready to drink cans underpinned sales growth of 7% in the category.
  Wine represents 4% of Diageo sales and declined 1%. In the United States, a decline of 1% was driven by depletion softness as the business lapped one off programming in the prior year on core brands. In Europe, commercial challenges on Blossom Hill were offset by the strong performance of [yellow tail].

 

109


Business review (continued)

 

Liquidity and capital resources

1. ANALYSIS OF CASH FLOW AND BALANCE SHEET

The primary source of the group’s liquidity over the last three financial years has been cash generated from operations. These funds have generally been used to pay interest, taxes and dividends, and to fund capital expenditure and acquisitions, and are expected to continue to fund future operating and capital needs.

a) 2016 compared with 2015

Net cash from operating activities — see page 52

Movement in net borrowings — see page 58

Movement in equity — see page 59

Post employment deficit — see page 59

b) 2015 compared with 2014

Net cash from operating activities — see page 85

Movement in net borrowings — see page 90

Movement in equity — see page 91

Post employment deficit — see page 91

2. ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS

a) Gross borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments) will mature as follows:

 

                                                                                   
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Within one year

     2,058        1,921        1,576   

Between one and three years

     2,896        2,607        1,894   

Between three and five years

     537        970        1,972   

Beyond five years

     4,638        4,340        3,772   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,129        9,838        9,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
b) During the year the following bonds were issued and repaid:   
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Issued

      

€ denominated

            791        1,378   

US$ denominated

                     

Repaid

      

€ denominated

            (792     (983

US$ denominated

     (1,003     (330     (488

£ denominated(i)

            (370       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,003     (701     (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2015 a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

 

110


Business review (continued)

 

c) The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 

                                                       
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Expiring within one year(i)

             688   

Expiring between one and two years

     470           

Expiring after two years

     2,072         1,541   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,542         2,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper programmes.

There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect of its material short and long term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

3. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net borrowing to EBITDA leverage of 2.5 – 3.0 times, this range for Diageo being currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the range of 2.5 – 3.0 times. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. For this calculation net borrowings are adjusted by the net post employment deficit whilst EBITDA equals operating profit excluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures.

4. CAPITAL REPAYMENTS

Authorisation was given by shareholders on 23 September 2015 to purchase a maximum of 251,514,000 shares at a minimum price of 28 101/108 pence and a maximum price of the higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting or on 22 December 2016, if earlier.

During the year ended 30 June 2016, the company purchased 2 million ordinary shares (including shares acquired through call option exercises), nominal value of £1 million (2015 – 4 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £1 million; 2014 – 14 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £4 million), representing approximately 0.1% (2015 – 0.1%; 2014 – 0.5%) of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares).

Shares were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to employees during the course of the year.

 

111


Business review (continued)

 

The aggregate consideration paid for purchase of own shares was £53 million (excluding expenses) in the year ended 30 June 2016. The annual purchase includes 617,840 shares for £11 million purchased at an average price of 1713 pence for the purpose of satisfying share awards made under the company’s share incentive plans, the cost of which was charged directly to the consolidated

income statement. The monthly breakdown of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

                                                                 

Calendar month

   Number
of shares
purchased
     Average
price paid
pence
     Authorised
purchases
unutilised at
month end
 

September 2015

     2,719,851         1,737         248,794,149   

March 2016

     295,510         1,872         248,498,639   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,015,361         1,750         248,498,639   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contractual obligations and other commitments

 

                                                                                                             
     Payments due by period  

As at 30 June 2016

   Less than
1 year

£ million
     1-3 years
£ million
     3-5 years
£ million
     More than
5 years
£ million
     Total
£ million
 

Long term debt obligations

     1,639         2,854         558         4,620         9,671   

Interest obligations

     358         449         360         1,415         2,582   

Purchase obligations

     831         800         183         45         1,859   

Operating leases

     92         175         133         407         807   

Post employment benefits(i)

     47         95         95         215         452   

Provisions and other non-current payables

     149         116         49         132         446   

Finance leases

     42         78         82         140         342   

Credit support obligations

     139                                 139   

Capital commitments

     81         6                         87   

Other financial liabilities

     13         18         159                 190   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,391         4,591         1,619         6,974         16,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) For further information see note 13(d) to the consolidated financial statements.

Long term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings. Credit support obligations represent liabilities to counterparty banks in respect of cash received as collateral under credit support agreements. Purchase obligations include various long term purchase contracts entered into for the supply of raw materials, principally bulk whisk(e)y, cereals, cans and glass bottles. Contracts are used to guarantee the supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable a more accurate prediction of costs of raw materials in the future. Provisions and other non-current payables exclude £2 million in respect of vacant properties.

Corporate tax payable of 340 million and deferred tax liabilities are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of

settlement cannot be reasonably estimated.

Management believe that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.

Post employment contractual obligations comprise committed deficit contributions but exclude future service cost contributions.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Neither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material future effect on the group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

 

112


Business review (continued)

 

Risk management

The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency, interest rate risks, financial credit risk and commodity price risk are conducted within a framework of board approved policies and guidelines. The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains some insurable risk where external insurance is not considered to be an economic means of mitigating this risk. Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are established as deemed appropriate for the customer.

For a detailed analysis of the group’s exposure to foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity price, credit and liquidity risks see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 245-253.

Critical accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Diageo’s accounting policies are set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies, the directors are required to make estimates and subjective judgements that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported profit for the year. The directors base these on a combination of past experience and any other evidence that is relevant to the particular circumstance. The actual outcome could differ from those estimates.

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgements, are set out in detail in the relevant notes:

 

    Exceptional items — page 213
    Taxation — page 220
    Brands, goodwill and other intangibles — page 228
    Post employment benefits — page 235
    Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings — page 261

New accounting standards

A number of accounting standards, amendments and interpretations have recently been issued by the IASB and IFRIC. Those that are of relevance to the group are discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 204-206.

 

113


Business review (continued)

 

OUR ROLE IN SOCIETY

Sustainability & Responsibility review

In a year which has seen unprecedented international focus on the developmental and climate challenges facing the world, we began a new chapter in our approach to sustainability and responsibility. Building on our long tradition of contributing to society as a company with strong governance and ethics, our new 2020 targets focus on the issues that matter most: creating a positive role for alcohol in society; building thriving communities; and reducing our environmental impact.

Our 2020 sustainability and responsibility targets enable us to make a positive contribution to society – and support our ambition to be one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world. They were developed to help us support the UN’s Global Goals and World Health Organization (WHO) programmes on health, such as the Global Action Plan for the Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases.

Put into action this year, the targets underpin our commitment to addressing the issues most material to our stakeholders, and to us as a business:

 

    Creating a positive role for alcohol in society by marketing responsibly, putting our resources and skills into programmes that prevent and reduce harmful drinking, working with others to raise awareness and change people’s attitudes and behaviour, and providing the information consumers need to make informed decisions about drinking as part of a balanced lifestyle, or choosing not to drink

 

    Building thriving communities by empowering people throughout our value chain, including our employees – increasing their access to opportunity, to resources and to skills

 

    Reducing our environmental impact by using natural resources responsibly in our operations and throughout our supply chain, with a particular emphasis on water.

We see these priorities as interdependent. We recognise that we will only succeed in playing a positive role if we take a holistic approach to addressing all three, while continuing to act as a good corporate citizen with exemplary governance and ethics.

Making a positive contribution

We’re proud of the brands we make and the enjoyment our products give to millions of people. And we create value in many other ways as well.

We directly employ around 32,000 people. Our partners employ many more, supporting our global manufacturing, distribution, sales and marketing operations. This year we paid over £4 billion in taxes and other duties to governments. Our manufacturing sites play crucial roles in their local communities.

We have interdependent relationships throughout our value chain, from the farmers who grow our ingredients, to our employees and contractors, to the consumers who buy our brands. We want to make sure that throughout that chain – wherever we source, make and sell – we are making a positive contribution which is aligned with the UN Global Goals and supports our core business.

Focus on impact and execution

Our 2020 targets are designed to create shared value and contribute broadly to the UN’s Global Goals. Metrics for each target evaluate the impacts of our initiatives. This reflects a renewed focus on co-ordinating our efforts to achieve outcomes that bring the maximum possible value for our stakeholders, and for us. Our new Social Impact Framework is a critical tool for evaluating impact and focusing investment, described further in the ‘Building thriving communities’ section on page 117.

Focus on partnership

A key way to achieve greater impact is to work with partners who add value to our programmes and initiatives. This year we have developed new partnerships with UNITAR, USAID, and the NGO WaterAid, among others, details of which can be found in the relevant sections below.

 

114


Business review (continued)

 

Focus on human rights

Our commitment to human rights throughout our value chain is fundamental to who we are and how we do business. In the expanded ‘Human rights’ section on page 117, we describe our work to assess our human rights impact.

Focus on diversity and inclusion

Diversity and inclusion have always been a priority for us, and this year we have gone further than ever to ensure that we are an open, fair, and welcoming business. Details are in the ‘Diversity and inclusion’ section on pages 120-121.

Focus on water and sustainable agriculture

The first full year of our Water Blueprint (see page 125) and the development of our new Sustainable Agriculture Strategy (see pages 123-124) are significant milestones in our efforts to evaluate and reduce our impacts along our entire value chain and to build thriving communities.

Beyond 2020

While our targets are set for 2020, our strategy is designed to support Diageo’s overall growth and performance for many years to come. It aims to help grow our brands’ relationships with consumers and others, strengthen our supply chain, reduce our costs, and mitigate long-term risk.

In the year that saw the launch of the UN’s Global Goals for sustainable development and the Paris Agreement on climate change, our strategy helps prepare us for a future in which the only successful business models will be those that can demonstrate a positive contribution to people and the planet.

CREATING A POSITIVE ROLE FOR ALCOHOL IN SOCIETY

We’re proud of what we do – and fully aware of our responsibilities. Ensuring that alcohol plays a positive role in society matters to everyone at Diageo – and as a business it is our most material issue, at the heart of our licence to operate, and essential to our performance.

We work to reduce harmful drinking, promote rigorous company and industry standards for responsible marketing, and provide consumers with information to help them make responsible choices.

Reducing harmful drinking

We seek to raise awareness and shift attitudes and behaviour to encourage informed choices around drinking – or not drinking. Our programmes cover a wide range of issues depending on local concerns and include initiatives to prevent drink driving, underage drinking, binge drinking and drinking during pregnancy. Diageo shares the goal set by the WHO of reducing harmful drinking by 10% across the world by 2025 in an effort to reduce non-communicable diseases.

Working with others is essential to this effort. Our partnerships with international organisations, governments, law enforcement agents, educators, parents and civil society allow us to gain important insights and to reach more people.

This year Diageo entered into a two-year partnership with the UN Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR) to contribute to reducing death and injuries from traffic accidents. The project will target more than 60 countries with a focus on those with the highest road traffic death rates.

In 2016, we supported 335 programmes to reduce harmful drinking in 55 countries. Highlights include the Diageo-supported industry campaign in Spain, ‘Minors Not a Single Drop’, which won the White Cross of the Order of Merit granted by the Minister of Health, and Diageo India’s road safety programme, which received the Prince Michael International Road Safety Award.

Giving consumers information

Diageo believes that responsible and moderate drinking can be part of a balanced lifestyle, and we want to provide our consumers with the information, tools and resources to make informed choices.

 

115


Business review (continued)

 

Our Diageo Consumer Information Standards, launched in June 2016, provide mandatory minimum standards for the information that must be included on labels and packaging on all Diageo-owned brands in all geographies (where legally permitted). Labels and packaging must include alcohol content and nutrition information per serve, alcohol content by volume, at least one and up to three responsible drinking symbols, a reference to our global responsible drinking website, DRINKiQ.com, a list of allergens, and recycling and sustainability symbols. We are the first in our industry to put this level of information in the hands of consumers, demonstrating our desire to be a true leader in helping consumers make informed decisions.

In January 2016 we relaunched DRINKiQ.com, which now has 25 specific country sites and is available in 12 languages. The refreshed site is making more information available to more people, especially via mobile.

 

Complaints about advertising upheld by industry bodies that report publicly

(2015)

   Industry
complaints
upheld
     Complaints
upheld about
Diageo brands
 

Australia

   Alcohol Beverage Code      10         0   

Ireland

   Advertising Standards Authority for Ireland (ASAI)      7         1   

United Kingdom

   The Portman Group      1         0   
   Advertising Standards Authority (ASA)      5         1   

United States

   Distilled Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS)      1         0   

Our 2020 target

Industry collaboration

Implement Global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments to reduce Harmful Drinking, including actions on:

 

    Reducing underage drinking

 

    Strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice

 

    Providing consumer information and responsible product innovation

 

    Reducing drink driving

 

    Enlisting the support of retailers to reduce harmful drinking.

KPI:

Accenture has developed 19 KPIs for all signatories to the Commitments, published in the annual Commitments report and assured by KPMG.

The 2015 (latest available) annual report on the Commitments shows progress against all action areas particularly underage drinking. For example, there was a 50% increase in the number of underage education initiatives, which are now available in 86 countries, compared with just 57 in 2014. These programmes directly engaged nearly 30 million unique adult influencers such as parents, teachers, and community leaders on the importance of respecting legal age limits on buying alcohol. Producers also worked with key stakeholders to enforce legal purchase age laws where they exist and to implement laws where they do not.

Responsible marketing

The Diageo Marketing Code and Digital Code are our mandatory minimum standards for responsible marketing, and we review them every 12–18 months to ensure they represent best practice. The Diageo Marketing Code was refreshed this year.

Five industry bodies publicly report breaches of their self-regulatory codes. This year, Diageo was found in breach by the ASA in the UK for a Smirnoff television advertisement on the grounds that the social occasion depicted depended on the presence of alcohol. We were also found in breach by the ASAI in Ireland for a post on the Guinness Facebook page on the grounds that it suggested that drinking may have therapeutic benefits. In both cases, the marketing material was immediately withdrawn.

 

116


Business review (continued)

 

Our 2020 target

Impactful programmes

 

    Going beyond industry commitments, we will work in partnership to support programmes to address harmful drinking in our top 19* countries. We will evaluate these initiatives for efficacy and impact and report on the results.

 

* Number of countries reduced from 20 to 19 following the sale of our Jamaican Red Stripe business (Jamaica having been one of our top countries).

KPI:

Number of countries that evaluate responsible drinking programmes.

This year, 84% of our top 19 countries assessed the effectiveness of their programmes, measuring increases in awareness or shifts in attitudes or behaviour. While evaluating our projects to determine reach is important, we continue to work with markets to create impact and to put in place robust mechanisms to evaluate that impact. We have developed and rolled out a measurement and evaluation toolkit supporting these efforts.

For examples of our evaluation in action, please see the ‘Our role in society’ section of our website.

Our 2020 target

Training

 

    Reach 1 million adults with training materials that will enable them to become responsible drinking (RD) ambassadors.

KPI:

Number of adults, above legal drinking age, who have completed interactive training (face-to-face or online) on responsible drinking, serving, selling, and marketing.

This year we reached 380,622 people, through training programmes such as DRINKiQ, Learning for Life, Diageo Bar Academy, Plan W and others. We are well on our way to meeting our 1 million target, with more than 700,000 RD ambassadors created in the past two years. Our training programmes reach a broad audience including consumers, retail and hospitality industry workers, police and government agency personnel, and members of the medical profession. This year, we also launched an interactive version of DRINKiQ as part of the overall visitor experience at the Guinness Storehouse in Dublin. It will deliver DRINKiQ training on responsible drinking to around 300,000 visitors from across the world each year. In the first two months since launch, we have reached 21,000 people.

BUILDING THRIVING COMMUNITIES

We create value for millions of people as a buyer of goods and services, as an employer, as corporate citizens, and as producers of some of the world’s best-loved brands.

We want to continue to help the communities we live and work in thrive: by making Diageo a great, safe, and diverse place to work; by building sustainable supply chains; and through programmes that empower communities and individuals and increase their access to opportunity.

Human rights

Our commitment to, and respect for, human rights throughout our value chain is fundamental to who we are and how we do business. Our business is built on long-term relationships based on trust and shared value.

We have a clear policy which sets out our commitment to human rights. We do not tolerate discrimination, harassment, bullying or abuse; we comply with wage and working time laws; we respect our employees’ decisions to join or not join a trade union; and we do not tolerate forced or compulsory labour. We will not work with anyone, including any supplier, who does not adopt these values.

 

117


Business review (continued)

 

Our 2020 target

 

    Act in accordance with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

We are signatories to the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP). These set clear expectations around monitoring and management of human rights. In 2015 we partnered with Business for Social Responsibility, a global not-for-profit consultancy, to help articulate our human rights vision and strategy. We conducted a corporate level assessment, which included mapping all our existing policies, processes, and procedures against the UNGP requirements.

Based on this, during the year, we developed a robust and comprehensive human rights impact assessment (HRIA) with a toolkit to support markets through a systematic review of their businesses to identify and assess potential human rights impacts. The HRIA considers our entire value chain from sourcing to selling, and helps us focus our activities on any areas of concern.

We conducted our first HRIA in Kenya in February, and as a result we are strengthening our processes to prevent risks in areas such as land rights and labour standards in agriculture. We also used the Kenya process as a pilot, and are now developing our approach for conducting HRIAs in other markets.

Empowering and enabling communities through our programmes

We have a long history of direct investment in long-term, actively-managed programmes that address the developmental challenges facing the communities where we source, make, and sell our products. Our programmes support the three main strands of our strategy, which align with the UN Global Goals:

 

    Enabling entrepreneurship, employability and skills

 

    Improving health and wellbeing, including through access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene

 

    Helping to empower women.

Delivering impact

This year Diageo invested £16.3 million or 0.6% (2015 – 0.6%) of operating profit to charitable projects that help serve critical local need.

We want our programmes to have impact – it is how we will drive change. Working with partners magnifies our impact. For example, our new partnership with WaterAid helps support access to clean water and sanitation, and we have also announced a partnership with USAID on a joint programme in Colombia, building skills for veterans to support the country’s transition and growth, and on farmer training in South Sudan.

Our partners have welcomed our new Social Impact Framework (SIF), launched this year, because it enables them and us to measure and evaluate the impact of our programmes. The SIF, which we developed with input from three of our partner NGOs in 11 countries, provides a clear guide for the consistent implementation of programmes within our overall strategy. It uses key performance indicators to quantify the impacts of programmes, allowing us to identify and measure potential benefits and make a stronger case for investment. Our SIF is also helping us to ensure we quantify the full value of each of our existing programmes which have hitherto concentrated on a particular area.

Our 2020 target

 

  Our community programmes enable those who live and work in our communities, particularly women, to have the skills and resources to build a better future for themselves. We will evaluate and report on the tangible impacts of our programmes.

KPI:

As part of the SIF we developed detailed impact metrics, and are currently working to determine appropriate KPIs for each of our programmes, which will report in 2017.

 

118


Business review (continued)

 

Our programmes include:

 

    Water of Life – this programme has reached more than 10 million people in 18 countries in Africa since 2006. It is focused on access to water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) in line with UN Global Goal 6: ‘Clean water and sanitation’, and is increasingly active in rural areas that supply raw materials to our business. This year we provided access to safe water and sanitation to 351,700 more beneficiaries.

 

    Plan W – this programme aims to empower women, both our employees and those in our wider value chain, and enable them to play a greater role in the economy – this contributes to UN Global Goal 5: ‘Gender Equality’. To date this programme has empowered 260,000 women. However, we have revised the target set in 2013 to empower 2 million women by 2016 because we realised that to achieve meaningful change we needed to focus on impact rather than simply reach.

 

    Learning for Life – this supports vocational and life-skills training which enable entrepreneurship, employability and skills, in line with UN Global Goal 4: ‘Ensure inclusive and quality education for all and promote lifelong learning’. It also strengthens our value chain through its emphasis on hospitality, retail, and entrepreneurship. Learning for Life currently operates over 90 initiatives a year in more than 40 countries. Since we launched the programme in 2008, more than 115,000 young people have taken part.

 

LOGO    LOGO   Community investment by focus area1 Community aspects of responsible drinking projects2 46% Brand-led and local community spend3 21% Learning for Life 20% Water of Life 7% Plan W 6% 1 This excludes our legacy commitment to the Thalidomide Trust and the Thalidomide Foundation Ltd of L10.2 million which in prior years we included as part of our community investment data. 2 This is a sub-section of the total responsible drinking budget. 3 Category includes cause-related brand campaigns, local market giving and disaster relief. Community investment by region1 North America 38% Europe and global functions 26% Asia Pacific and GTME 14% Latin America and Caribbean 14% Africa 8%

 

 

1  This excludes our legacy commitment to the Thalidomide Trust and the Thalidomide Foundation Ltd of £10.2 million which in prior years we included as part of our community investment data.
2  This is a sub-section of the total responsible drinking budget.
3  Category includes cause-related brand campaigns, local market giving and disaster relief.

 

119


Business review (continued)

 

Our people

We want our people to reach their full potential, and to play their part in Diageo reaching its full potential as a business. We aim to create a diverse, inclusive, and welcoming culture, where people are proud of their work, empowered to succeed, and know that their safety and other human rights are respected.

Health and safety

Our global Zero Harm programme is designed to ensure that all our people go home safe, every day – and our Health and Safety strategy aims for a business in which no-one is hurt, anywhere.

To reach that end we have set ourselves increasingly challenging milestones, with our current target being less than one lost-time accident (LTA) per 1,000 employees and no fatalities.

Sadly, in December 2015, a contractor fell to his death at our Ogba facility in Nigeria while carrying out maintenance work at height. We have long recognised our responsibility to contractors and visitors to our sites, and include them in our Severe and Fatal Incident Prevention (SFIP) programme, which is designed to identify and eliminate severe and fatal risks in our operations, and has significantly reduced the number of severe accidents. However, it is under constant review and, since this tragedy, we have conducted an in-depth review of SFIP compliance across Africa, in particular of contractors working at heights, to prevent accidents like this happening elsewhere.

Our 2020 target

Keep our people safe by achieving less than one LTA per 1,000 employees and no fatalities.

KPI:

Number of LTAs; number of fatalities.

This year we continued to drive significant improvement across the business through our Zero Harm programme, with a 13% reduction in LTAs, resulting in an LTA rate of 1.44. We focused particularly on embedding our programme in the recently acquired USL business in India. We also focused on our non-manufacturing sites to bring their safety record closer to that of our manufacturing sites, many of which are recording record low levels of safety incidents. Some of our locations, such as South East Asia and Venezuela, achieved zero LTAs this year, while two of our regions, North America and Africa, achieved less than one accident per 1,000 employees. With results like these, we are confident that Zero Harm is no longer just an aspiration, but a very real and achievable goal.

During the coming year we will continue to focus on practical programmes supported by behavioural change, in an effort to make Zero Harm a reality across Diageo.

Diversity and inclusion

We celebrate diversity and strive to create an inclusive culture that provides all individuals the freedom to succeed, irrespective of their gender, race, religion, disability, age or sexual orientation.

With 47% of our Executive Committee being women, we are proud of the progress we have made in developing female leaders, but there is more to do. We are also committed to building local talent, with our general managers representing over 25 different nationalities.

 

120


Business review (continued)

 

Our focus over the past year has been on broadening and deepening our approach to diversity and inclusion. Each market has developed a detailed multi-year plan to achieve stretching goals, and their performance is regularly tracked and benchmarked. Examples of market activities undertaken as a result include leadership sessions on unconscious bias in Europe, North America and India, a ‘Women in Supply’ leadership programme delivered to over 390 participants globally, and our commitment to ensuring that 50% of hires to our global graduate programme are women.

Our 2020 target

Build diversity, with 30% of leadership positions held by women and measures implemented to help female employees attain and develop in leadership roles.

KPI:

% of leadership positions held by women.

This year, 28% of leadership roles were held by women. At the most senior level, 42% of our Board members and 47% of our Executive Committee members are women.

Engaged and empowered employees

Our people are at the heart of our business, and we trust them to use their passion for our brands and pride in what we do to deliver our performance.

We support our people through clear policies, competitive reward programmes, coaching and development opportunities, and health and wellbeing initiatives. We aim to engage and communicate with them through collaborative campaigns and activities, such as #proudofwhatwedo, and to give them the freedom to succeed by fostering a culture of open communication in which best practice is shared and there is a two-way channel to and from our leadership.

We want our people to be engaged: passionate about our strategy, connected to our values, and motivated to be and perform at their best. The importance of this to our business is reflected in the fact that we measure employee engagement as one of our overarching KPIs, as set out on pages 23-27. Our annual Values Survey helps us measure how we are engaging our people and enabling them to perform.

 

                                                                                                             

Lost-time accident

frequency rate per 1,000 full-time employees(i)

   2012      2013      2014      2015(ii)      2016  

North America

     4.15         1.64         0.84         1.83         0.37   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     2.41         2.12         2.08         2.51         1.28   

Africa

     1.82         2.55         0.56         1.20         0.77   

Latin America and Caribbean

     1.44         10.88         4.7         0.66         2.27   

Asia Pacific

     0.0         1.26         1.62         1.21         2.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     2.14         2.97         1.66         1.66         1.44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Number of accidents per 1,000 employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.
(ii) 2015 data has not been restated to include USL, so this comparison does not include the additional improvements within USL that we have seen in 2016. For further detail and the reporting methodologies, see our Sustainability & Responsibility Performance Addendum 2016.

 

                                                                                               

Number of days lost to accidents per 1,000 full-time employees

   2012      2013             2014      2015      2016  

Diageo (total)

     106.6         66.0            49.7         89.4         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fatalities

   2012      2013             2014      2015      2016  

Diageo (total)

     1         4            1         1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

121


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Average number of employees by region by gender(i)

   Men      Women      Total  

North America

     1,729         1,166         2,895   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     6,555         4,197         10,752   

Africa

     4,110         1,166         5,276   

Latin America and Caribbean

     2,015         1,140         3,155   

Asia Pacific

     8,178         1,822         10,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     22,587         9,491         32,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average number of employees by role by gender

   Men      Women      Total  

Senior manager(ii)

     493         193         686   

Line manager(iii)

     3,798         1,650         5,448   

Supervised employee(iv)

     18,296         7,648         25,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22,587         9,491         32,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                                                                                       

New hires by region by gender(i)

   Men      Women      Total      % of regional
headcount
 

North America

     175         130         305         10.5   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     859         785         1,644         15.3   

Africa

     352         203         555         10.5   

Latin America and Caribbean

     484         270         754         23.9   

Asia Pacific

     548         317         865         8.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Diageo (total)

     2,418         1,705         4,123         12.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Percentage of total new hires

     58.6         41.4         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Leavers by region by gender(i)

   Men      Women      Total      % of regional
headcount
 

North America

     568         342         910         31.4   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     828         579         1,407         13.1   

Africa

     899         254         1,153         21.9   

Latin America and Caribbean

     646         374         1,020         32.3   

Asia Pacific

     817         294         1,111         11.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Diageo (total)

     3,758         1,843         5,601         17.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Percentage of total leavers

     67.1         32.9         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(i) Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside.
(ii) Top leadership positions in Diageo, excluding Executive Committee.
(iii) All Diageo employees (non-senior managers), with one or more direct reports.
(iv) All Diageo employees (non-senior managers) who have no direct reports.

 

122


Business review (continued)

 

Our 2020 targets

 

    Increase employee engagement to 80%, becoming a top quartile performer on measures such as employee satisfaction, pride and loyalty.

 

    Raise our performance enablement score, which measures a link between engagement and performance commitment, to 83%.

KPI:

Employee satisfaction, loyalty, advocacy and pride, measured through our Values Survey.

This year, 97% of our people participated in the Values Survey* (24,843 out of the 25,712 able to participate), with 77% identified as engaged, and 80% feeling they were ‘enabled to perform’. They confirmed that our core strengths continue to be our pride and sense of ownership in our business, a passion for our brands, and belief in our strategy.

Gratifyingly our survey scores continue to improve year on year and we are on our way to achieving our 2020 objective of reaching top quartile scores for the key metrics of engagement and performance enablement.

 

* In 2014, we reviewed our overall approach to measuring engagement, and adopted a revised index. The new index allows us to compare our results with other best-in-class organisations, and sets us a more stretching benchmark for employee engagement.

Sustainable supply chains

Our direct suppliers – around 28,000 from more than 100 countries – who provide us with raw materials, expertise, and other resources are essential to our business. We believe that we create value in return, by supporting and building capability among our supplier communities and by strengthening environmental practices, alongside the economic value from trade.

As a minimum, we’re committed to responsible sourcing, which complies with legal and regulatory requirements, including those related to human rights and working conditions. With sustainable sourcing, we’re going beyond compliance to tackle risks and maximise opportunities for us and the people throughout our supply chain, contributing to reducing poverty and inequality, addressing environmental challenges, increasing wellbeing, and improving livelihoods in line with the UN Global Goals.

Sustainable agriculture

Our new Sustainable Agriculture Strategy (due to be launched in summer 2016) is designed to build on our long and mutually beneficial relationships with farmers and suppliers. Our vision is to make our agricultural supply chains environmentally, socially and economically sustainable. That means:

 

    Respecting human rights (including land rights), building capacity and creating shared value with farming communities

 

    Using resources efficiently and safeguarding future crops and ecosystems

 

    Securing a supply for our business, while contributing to economic and wider growth.

Our 2020 targets

 

    Establish partnerships with farmers to develop sustainable agricultural supplies of key raw materials.

KPI:

As part of our work on the Sustainable Agriculture Strategy, we are in the process of developing metrics to help us drive progress and measure our performance.

By giving farmers the tools they need to increase yields, we can help them improve livelihoods and increase capacity. We do this through a variety of programmes, including: training; enhancing access to inputs that support better yields, such as seeds and fertiliser; providing access to capital through micro-loans; supporting farmers’ groups; and encouraging sustainable practices that protect natural resources.

 

123


Business review (continued)

 

    Source 80% of our agricultural raw materials locally in Africa by 2020.

KPI:

% agricultural raw materials sourced locally in Africa.

We sourced 73% of agricultural materials locally within Africa for use by our African markets, compared to 70% in 2015. We are on track, and believe that our work building farmer capacity in Africa, combined with our long history of engagement in the region, will help us continue to make progress.

 

    Deliver our responsible sourcing commitments with suppliers to improve labour standards and human rights in our supply chains.

KPI:

% of potential high risk supplier sites audited.

We continued to work through SEDEX, a not-for-profit organisation that enables suppliers to share assessments and audits of ethical and responsible practices with multiple customers, and AIM-PROGRESS, a forum of over 40 leading consumer goods companies which promote responsible sourcing practices and sustainable supply chains. We also have an internal Know Your Business Partner programme to assess third parties against the risk of bribery and corruption.

To date, 1,061 of Diageo’s supplier sites assessed as a potential risk have completed a SEDEX self-assessment questionnaire. Of the 318 supplier sites assessed as a potential high risk, 47% (150) were independently audited during the last three years. Of these, 70 were commissioned by Diageo and 80 were accessed through SEDEX or AIM-PROGRESS.

 

LOGO    LOGO    Global raw materials by volume 2016 (Total 1.4 million tonnes) Barley1 43% Maize2 13% Wheat 9% Molasses 9% Sorghum 6% Sugar 6% Grapes 6% Agave 3% Rice 1% Dairy 1% Rye 1% Other 2% (including raisins, cassava, hops and aniseed) Global packaging materials3 by volume 2016 (Total 1.3 million tonnes) Glass 83% Corrugate 8% Cartons 2% PET 1% Closures 1% Cans 1% Bags 1% Labels and sleeves 1% Crowns 1% Beverage cartons 1%

 

1 Includes malted barley.
2 Excludes maize used to make the neutral spirit we purchase in North America to ensure our figures represent only raw materials we buy directly; maize therefore represents 13% of raw materials by volume this year, compared with 22% in 2015.
3 Excludes promotional materials.

 

124


Business review (continued)

 

REDUCING OUR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

Performance against 2020 targets

 

                                                                 

2020 target

    

KPI

   2016
performance
    Cumulative
performance
vs baseline1
 
Reduce water use through a 50% improvement in water use efficiency      % improvement in litres of water use per litre of packaged product      12.5     37.7
Return 100% of wastewater from our operations to the environment safely      % reduction in wastewater polluting power, measured in BOD (‘000 tonnes)      37.7     38.6
Replenish the amount of water used in our final product in water-stressed areas      % of water replenished in water- stressed locations      21.0     21.0
Reduce absolute GHG emissions from direct operations by 50%      % reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2 e)      7.7     36.2
Achieve a 30% reduction in absolute GHG emissions along the total supply chain      % reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2 e)      4.0     18.2
Reduce total packaging by 15%, while increasing recycled content to      % of total packaging by weight      0.8     8.0
     % of recycled content by weight      1.0     40.0
45% and making 100% of packaging recyclable      % of recyclable packaging by weight      0.1     98.7
Achieve zero waste to landfill      % reduction in total waste to landfill (tonnes)      41.4     90.1

 

(i) Baseline year is 2007, except for packaging which is 2009 and water replenishment which is 2015.

We aim to be a business which uses natural resources efficiently, reduces our impact on climate change, causes no lasting damage to habitats or biodiversity and, where possible, improves the environment we operate in.

We are committed to minimising our environmental impact across all our operations, and we have continued to extend our environmental programmes into the broader supply chain. This will help ensure the sustainability and security of our supply chain, supporting the resilience and growth of our business.

Action on climate change

This year saw an unprecedented international focus on climate action, with the COP21 conference in December resulting in the Paris Agreement on climate change.

We have long advocated the reduction of carbon emissions by business in response to climate change. As members of the We Mean Business Coalition, we committed to carbon emissions reduction targets, eliminating commodity-driven deforestation, and providing climate change information in corporate filings. We are also committed to procuring 100% of our electricity from renewable sources by 2030 and reducing emissions from short-lived climate pollutants. During COP21, we confirmed our membership of the Business Alliance for Water and Climate Change.

Focus on water

Water remains one of our most material environmental issues: as a drinks company, water is an essential resource, and its careful management is a business priority.

Water is also a shared resource, with complex interdependencies between different users, which means that its use, especially in water-stressed areas, can have impacts on communities and the wider environment. The map on page 37 shows the number of our sites located in water-stressed areas. These account for approximately a third of our total production by volume. Our strategic aim is to reduce our overall impact, especially in water-stressed areas such as Africa, India and Brazil which this year saw severe droughts. During the year we developed specific local strategies to address water stewardship in East Africa and India.

Our Water Blueprint, launched in April 2015, outlines how we will protect and manage our water resources globally, particularly in relation to emerging markets. The strategy incorporates our global supply chain, which will enable better understanding and management of our total impact on water.

 

125


Business review (continued)

 

A year of progress in all areas

This year we have made progress against all our 2020 environmental targets while broadening our scope and ambition. New acquisitions have been fully integrated into the business, including United National Breweries (UNB) in South Africa and Don Julio in Mexico, and are included in our independent environmental auditing and associated limited assurance statement.

Our 2020 targets

Water stewardship

 

    Reduce water use through a 50% improvement in water use efficiency.

KPI:

% improvement in litres of water used per litre of packaged product.

This year our water efficiency improved by 12.5% compared with 2015 and by 37.7% compared with our baseline. In our operations, this was driven by improvements in East Africa, where our Tusker Brewery in Nairobi improved water efficiency by 27%, and in Canada, where our Gimli distillery improved by 35%.

26,682 cubic metres of water were used for agricultural purposes on land under Diageo’s operational control. This is reported separately from water used in our direct operations.

 

    Return 100% of wastewater from our operations to the environment safely.

 

126


Business review (continued)

 

KPI:

% reduction of wastewater polluting power measured in 1,000t BOD.

We reduced the polluting power of the wastewater we returned to the environment by 37.7% this year.

This year’s performance was driven predominantly by maintaining excellent progress at our breweries in Africa and India, and reducing production (and consequently wastewater volume) from our Cameronbridge distillery in Scotland.

 

    Equip our suppliers with tools to protect water resources in our most water-stressed locations.

KPI:

% of key suppliers engaged in water management practices.

Since joining the CDP’s Water Programme last year, we have made progress in developing ways to qualitatively evaluate our suppliers’ use of water in future years and to encourage and support suppliers to protect water resources.

We engaged around 40 of our largest suppliers to disclose their water management practices through this programme. Of the 62% of suppliers that responded, 79% reported having a reduction target in place. In the coming year we will scale up this programme to over 100 of our key suppliers and third-party operators.

 

    Replenish the amount of water used in our final product in water-stressed areas.

KPI:

% of water replenished in water-stressed locations.

This year, 21% of total water used in final product in water-stressed areas was replenished.

This new target commits us to replenishing approximately 1,000,000 cubic metres of water by 2020, or 200,000 cubic metres each year. In the first year, we have replenished 215,000 cubic metres through reforestation, desilting of dams, water storage, and safe water and sanitation projects. The majority of these projects are near our sites located in acutely water-stressed areas in India and East Africa.

In addition, the volume of water recycled or reused in our own production was 1,797,985 cubic metres, representing 8.4% of total water withdrawals.

 

                                                                                       

Water efficiency by region, by year (l/l)(i), (ii)

   2007      2014      2015      2016  

North America

     6.79         5.41         5.35         5.20   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     7.89         7.02         6.73         5.78   

Africa

     8.48         5.60         5.14         4.53   

Latin America and Caribbean

     34.66         31.20         6.26         4.58   

Asia Pacific

     7.09         7.10         5.68         4.98   

Diageo (total)

     8.21         6.75         5.84         5.11   

 

127


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Wastewater polluting power by region, by year (BOD/t)(i)

   2007      2014      2015      2016  

North America

     242         15         13         101   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     22,927         35,851         31,543         19,494   

Africa

     9,970         2,727         670         460   

Latin America and Caribbean

     11         22         50         48   

Asia Pacific

     92         489         489         298   

Corporate

     0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     33,242         39,104         32,765         20,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total under direct control

     32,412         38,867         32,535         20,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) 2007 baseline data and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2015 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.
(ii) In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.

Our 2020 targets

Carbon

 

    Reduce absolute GHG emissions from direct operations by 50%.

KPI:

% reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2 e).

We use the World Resources Institute/ World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol as a basis for reporting our emissions, and we include all facilities over which we have operational control for the full fiscal year.

We reduced GHG emissions in our direct operations this year by 7.7% through a range of measures and initiatives, including a reduction in coal use in India, energy improvements at our US Virgin Islands business, and the transition to hydro-powered grid electricity in Cameroon.

Diageo’s total direct and indirect carbon emissions (location/gross) were 845,000 tonnes (direct emissions (scope 1) 656,000 tonnes and indirect emissions (scope 2) 189,000 tonnes). In 2015, total direct and indirect carbon emissions (location/gross) were 903,000 tonnes (direct emissions 710,000 and indirect emissions 193,000 tonnes). The intensity ratio this year was 203 grams per litre packaged, compared to 227 grams per litre in 2015.

This year, approximately 52.1% of electricity at our production sites came from low-carbon sources such as wind, hydro and nuclear, compared to 57.6% in 2015. The divestment of the wines business and acquisition of UNB are the principal drivers of this year-on-year change. In the United Kingdom, 99.5% of our electricity came from low-carbon sources.

 

128


Business review (continued)

 

    Achieve a 30% reduction in absolute GHG emissions along the total supply chain.

KPI:

% reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2e).

This new target underpins our commitment to reduce carbon emissions, including collaborating with our suppliers, distributors and customers to reduce emissions along the total supply chain. This year, we established the total supply chain carbon footprint of our 2007 baseline year as 4.09 million tonnes. In 2016, our total supply chain carbon footprint was 3.34 million tonnes, a reduction of 18.2% versus the baseline and a 4% reduction since 2015. The key drivers are lower emission factors attributed to fertiliser use and consequently agricultural raw materials; reduced emissions from our packaging materials; and the reduced carbon footprint of our direct operations.

In our supply chain we engaged 145 key suppliers on measuring and managing their carbon emissions through the CDP. Of the 85% that responded to the CDP questionnaire, 48% reported having an emissions reduction target in place.

 

    Ensure all our new refrigeration equipment in trade is HFC-free, with a reduction in associated GHG emissions from 2015.

KPI:

% of equipment sourced HFC-free from 1 July 2015.

This year, 99% of the more than 17,000 fridges we purchased were sourced as HFC-free equipment.

 

Direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (1,000 tonnes CO2e)1,2 (market-/net-based) 878 739 658 595 190 84 80 86 2007 2014 2015 2016 Direct Indirect

LOGO

 

1 CO2e figures are calculated using the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol guidance available at the beginning of our financial year, the kWh/CO2e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation, or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.
2 2007 baseline data, and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2015, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

 

                                                                                       

Carbon emissions by weight by region (1,000 tonnes CO2 e)(i), (ii)

   2007      2014      2015      2016  

North America

     214         55         53         45   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     406         355         329         285   

Africa

     271         235         248         250   

Latin America and Caribbean

     7         15         15         15   

Asia Pacific

     151         152         81         73   

Corporate

     19         11         12         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     1,068         823         738         681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) CO2e figures (market/net) are calculated using the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol guidance available at the beginning of our financial year, the kWh/CO2 e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation, or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.
(ii) 2007 baseline data, and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2015, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

 

129


Business review (continued)

 

Our 2020 targets

Packaging

 

    Reduce total packaging by 15%, while increasing recycled content to 45% and making 100% of packaging recyclable.

KPI:

% of total packaging by weight.

KPI: % of recycled content by weight.

KPI: % of recyclable packaging by weight.

This year we achieved a 0.8% reduction in packaging weight vs 2015 (8.0% vs 2009 baseline); a 1.0% increase in recycled content vs 2015 (40% vs 2009 baseline); and increased packaging recyclability by 0.1% vs 2015 (98.7% vs 2009 baseline).

Our Sustainable Packaging Commitments are used by brands and technical teams as well as suppliers and support our on-going programme to produce packaging with the lowest environmental impact. They were refreshed in 2016 to, among other things, introduce new guidance to support a circular economy approach.

 

    Sustainably source all of our paper and board packaging to ensure zero net deforestation.

KPI:

% sustainably sourced paper and board packaging.

We define sustainably sourced as Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) or Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC) certified, or recycled fibre. This year we established a strategic process for managing and reporting the volume of sustainably sourced paper and board packaging. To date we have engaged close to 100 suppliers to establish a baseline, and are embedding our sustainable sourcing criteria in how we work with our suppliers.

Our 2020 target

Waste

 

    Achieve zero waste to landfill.

KPI:

% reduction in total waste to landfill (tonnes).

We achieved a 41.4% reduction in waste to landfill compared to last year. A key driver was achieving approval for new ways to use organic waste from our Turkish operations, particularly reusing by-products from wastewater treatment facilities and using aniseed residues as fertiliser.

 

130


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Total waste to landfill by region (tonnes)(i)

   2007      2014      2015      2016  

North America

     40,154         174         123         148   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     22,464         6,525         7,207         2,974   

Africa

     37,062         12,699         7,507         6,080   

Latin America and Caribbean

     246         285         218         155   

Asia Pacific

     8,583         13,766         2,984         703   

Corporate

     591         687         687         894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     109,100         34,136         18,726         10,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) 2007 baseline data and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2014 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

GOVERNANCE AND ETHICS

In a volatile political and commercial environment, governance and ethics grow ever more important. People want to trust the company behind the brands they love.

The global risk and compliance team provide rigorous oversight of our risk management, controls and compliance and ethics programme. As our business grows, so does our investment in improving our productivity and performance through increasing levels of automation and more efficient and effective systems and processes.

Communications and compliance training

KPI:

Number of eligible employees completing the Annual Certification of Compliance (ACC).

This year, 100% of manager level and above employees completed the ACC.

We have placed a renewed emphasis on building compliance capability across the business and are working hard to engage our employees.

We launched our refreshed Code of Business Conduct (our Code) to every employee in every market in July 2015, and we have continued to engage our employees through impactful communications.

Each market has its own training plan for our Code and key policies which they deliver through locally organised, risk-based training. We have strengthened our communication on good practice through annual market engagement events like the Pathway of Pride programme, Ethics Day in Asia Pacific and Compliance Awareness Day in Latin America.

We require all new employees to complete our Code training within 30 days of joining the business. We regularly review our training and communications material – and methods for delivery – to ensure they remain relevant to the risks our employees face in their roles.

Our ACC certifies that each employee at manager level and above fully understands what is expected of them. In 2016, the ACC was completed by all 9,668 eligible managers.

USL, which updated its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in 2015, rolled out its first ACC to all eligible managers – 2,540 of USL employees, or approximately 44% of all employees (of which 3,238 work in a non-office environment with no access to computers or email).

Risk management

Following the launch of the new risk management global standard in 2015, we continue to evolve our risk management programme. This year we standardised our scenario planning methodologies and risk management training, and made it mandatory for a wider group within the business, in order to address the increased risk of volatility. Our global standard requires all markets and functions to perform risk assessments at least annually and to consider risks concerning human rights, bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering and all other relevant laws and regulation.

 

131


Business review (continued)

 

Controls and automation

The principles of our strong control programme remain unchanged and this year we worked on automating many of our manual control processes as part of our Next Generation Controls programme. Changes are carefully managed to ensure our control environment and assurance programme are robust, but also delivered in an efficient and effective manner.

Due diligence

Continuing to ensure that we do not expose ourselves to additional compliance risk from third-party business partners remains a priority. This year we introduced a globally automated system that carries out real-time sanctions due diligence, checking third parties for bribery and corruption risks.

Monitoring, auditing and reporting

We aim to create a culture in which employees feel comfortable raising concerns about potential breaches of our Code or policies. We expect anyone who comes across a breach to report it immediately, either through our confidential whistleblowing helpline SpeakUp, to their manager, or to a member of the global risk and compliance, human resources or legal teams. SpeakUp is also available to our business partners.

There were 752 suspected breaches reported this year, of which 340 were subsequently substantiated. Of the suspected breaches, 311 were reported through SpeakUp, compared with 386 in 2015.1 All allegations are taken seriously and those that require action are investigated. Our response to proven breaches varies depending on the severity of the matter, and we monitor breaches to identify trends or common areas where further action may be required. This year, 94 people exited the business as a result of breaches of our Code or policies, compared with 131 in 2015.1

Our overall case volumes have fallen by 10% since last year and the number of employees exiting our business as a result of breaches has fallen by 28%. We believe this is a positive indication that our compliance programme is maturing. Our employees better understand what constitutes a breach and what doesn’t, and our training and enforcement is having an impact.

 

1 2015 numbers restated to include USL.

 

LOGO

 

1 Reported through SpeakUp – 311; 2015 – 386.

 

132


Business review (continued)

 

DEFINITIONS AND RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP MEASURES TO GAAP MEASURES

Diageo’s strategic planning process is based on the following non-GAAP measures. They are chosen for planning and reporting, and some of them are used for incentive purposes. The group’s management believes these measures provide valuable additional information for users of the financial statements in understanding the group’s performance. These non-GAAP measures should be viewed as complementary to, and not replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures and reported movements therein.

Volume

Volume is a non-GAAP measure that is measured on an equivalent units basis to nine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres, divide by 0.9; wine in nine-litre cases, divide by five; ready to drink in nine-litre cases, divide by 10; and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases, divide by five.

Organic movements

In the discussion of the performance of the business, ‘organic’ information is presented using pounds sterling amounts on a constant currency basis excluding the impact of exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals. Organic measures enable users to focus on the performance of the business which is common to both years and which represents those measures that local managers are most directly able to influence.

Calculation of organic movements

The organic movement percentage is the amount in the row titled ‘Organic movement’ in the tables below, expressed as a percentage of the amount in the row titled ‘2015 adjusted’. Organic operating margin is calculated by dividing operating profit before exceptional items by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.

(a) Exchange rates

‘Exchange’ in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to recalculate the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year’s exchange rates.

Exchange impacts in respect of the external hedging of intergroup sales of products and the intergroup recharging of third party services are allocated to the geographical segment to which they relate. Residual exchange impacts are reported in Corporate.

Exchange impacts in respect of profit on intergroup sales of products and intergroup recharges are reported in ‘other operating expenses’.

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

For acquisitions in the current year, the post acquisition results are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior year, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior year but are included in the organic movement calculation from the anniversary of the acquisition date in the current year. The acquisition row also eliminates the impact of transaction costs that have been charged to operating profit in the current or prior year in respect of acquisitions that, in management’s judgement, are expected to complete.

Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed of, or terminated, in the period up to the date of the external results announcement, the group, in the organic movement calculations, excludes the results for that business from the current and prior year. In the calculation of operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management. In addition, disposals include the elimination of the results (for volume, sales, net sales and marketing only) of operations in India where United Spirits Limited (USL) previously fully consolidated the results but which are now operated on a royalty or franchise model where USL now receives royalties only for sales made by that operation.

 

133


Business review (continued)

 

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those which, in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and are excluded from the organic movement calculations.

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                    
     North
America
million
    Europe, Russia
and Turkey
million
    Africa
million
    Latin America
and
Caribbean
million
    Asia
Pacific
million
    Corporate
million
     Total
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

               

2015 reported

     47.3        44.1        26.2        21.6        107.0                246.2   

Disposals(iii)

     (1.3     (2.3     (0.2     (1.3     (3.3             (8.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

     46.0        41.8        26.0        20.3        103.7                237.8   

Acquisitions and
disposals(iii)

     0.5        1.3        3.0        0.7                       5.5   

Organic movement

     0.5        0.8        2.3        (0.4     (0.1             3.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2016 reported

     47.0        43.9        31.3        20.6        103.6                246.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     1        2        9        (2            n/a         1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

134


Business review (continued)

 

    North
America
£ million
    Europe, Russia
and Turkey

£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Sales

             

2015 reported

    3,909        4,683        1,868        1,297        4,129        80        15,966   

Exchange(i)

    199        (181     (143     (181     (54            (360

Disposals(iii)

    (283     (247     (31     (119     (48     (48     (776
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

    3,825        4,255        1,694        997        4,027        32        14,830   

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

    117        124        89        76        8               414   

Organic movement

    95        214        92        5        (13     4        397   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

    4,037        4,593        1,875        1,078        4,022        36        15,641   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    2        5        5        1               13        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

             

2015 reported

    3,455        2,617        1,415        1,033        2,213        80        10,813   

Exchange(i)

    172        (87     (102     (134     (21            (172

Disposals(iii)

    (272     (184     (18     (98     (35     (48     (655
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

    3,355        2,346        1,295        801        2,157        32        9,986   

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

    113        96        72        57        7               345   

Organic movement

    97        102        34        5        34        4        276   

Reclassification(ii)

                                (122            (122
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

    3,565        2,544        1,401        863        2,076        36        10,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    3        4        3        1        2        13        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketing

             

2015 reported

    542        388        147        194        344        14        1,629   

Exchange(i)

    23        1        (11     (26                   (13

Disposals(iii)

    (22     (7            (11     (1     (2     (43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

    543        382        136        157        343        12        1,573   

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

    8        2        6        10                      26   

Organic movement

    (10     20        1               (42     (6     (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

    541        404        143        167        301        6        1,562   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    (2     5        1               (12     (50     (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

             

2015 reported

    1,448        804        318        263        356        (123     3,066   

Exchange(i)

    77        (24     (67     (57     (5     (7     (83

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

    (55     (34     (5     (17     (1     (2     (114
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

    1,470        746        246        189        350        (132     2,869   

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

    25        10        (7     12        1        (1     40   

Organic movement

    56        45        (27     (2     44        (17     99   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

    1,551        801        212        199        395        (150     3,008   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    4        6        (11     (1     13        (13     3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

             

2016

    44.2     32.3     16.5     23.2     18.0     n/a        28.9

2015

    43.8     31.8     19.0     23.6     16.2     n/a        28.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Margin improvement/(decline) (bps)

    39        51        (252     (39     176        n/a        19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

135


Business review (continued)

 

 

(1) For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 54 and page 207.
(2) Percentages and margin improvement/(decline) are calculated on rounded figures.

Notes: Information in respect of the organic movement calculations

(i) The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the Brazilian real and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the US dollar.
(ii) Following a review of the third party production arrangements in India it was determined to be more appropriate to ensure consistent reporting by reclassifying the excise duties payable by the third party production companies as excise duties. This change was implemented by USL in its first three months of its financial year ended 30 June 2016, and resulted in net sales for the year ended 30 June 2016 reducing by £122 million with a corresponding decrease in cost of sales. There was no impact on gross or operating profit.
(iii) In the year ended 30 June 2016 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

 

136


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                                             
     Volume
equ. units million
    Sales
£ million
    Net sales
£ million
    Marketing
£ million
    Operating
profit
£ million
 

Year ended 30 June 2015

          

Acquisitions

          

Integration costs

                                 7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                                 7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

North America Wines and Percy Fox

     (2.2     (386     (343     (18     (58

Grand Marnier

     (0.2     (26     (20            (2

Bouvet

     (0.1     (16     (16     (1     (2

Argentina

     (0.6     (38     (33     (3     (4

South Africa

     (0.2     (27     (15            (3

Jamaica and Red Stripe

     (1.1     (133     (107     (11     (23

Bushmills

     (0.7     (65     (50     (8     (23

USL owned to franchise

     (3.2     (29     (17              

Gleneagles

            (48     (48     (2     (4

Other

     (0.1     (8     (6            (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (8.4     (776     (655     (43     (121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     (8.4     (776     (655     (43     (114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2016

          

Acquisitions

          

Don Julio

     0.3        34        22        6        23   

United National Breweries

     2.6        44        44        1        4   

South Africa

     0.3        35        23        5        (11

Argentina

            1        1                 

Transaction costs

                                 (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3.2        114        90        12        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

North America Wines and Percy Fox

     1.1        181        161        8        12   

Grand Marnier

     0.3        28        22               3   

Bouvet

            7        7               1   

Argentina

     0.3        19        16        2          

South Africa

     0.1        9        4               (1

Jamaica and Red Stripe

     0.5        52        41        4        7   

Bushmills

            3        2               1   

Other

            1        2               2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2.3        300        255        14        25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     5.5        414        345        26        40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

Earnings per share before exceptional items is calculated by dividing profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company before exceptional items by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

 

137


Business review (continued)

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 are set out in the table below.

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     2,244        2,381   

Exceptional operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     171        268   

Non-operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     (115     (373

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     (58     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,242        2,225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares

    

Shares in issue excluding own shares (million)

     2,508        2,505   

Dilutive potential ordinary shares (million)

     10        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,518        2,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

     89.4        88.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

     89.0        88.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net cash received/paid for loans receivable and other investments and the net cash cost paid for property, plant and equipment and computer software that are included in net cash flow from investing activities.

The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group’s management, are in respect of the acquisition and sale of businesses.

The group’s management regards the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant, machinery and technology is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas acquisitions and sales of businesses are discretionary.

Where appropriate, separate explanations are given for the impacts of acquisitions and sale of businesses, dividends paid and the purchase of own shares, each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.

Free cash flow reconciliations for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 are set out in the table below:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Net cash from operating activities

     2,548        2,551   

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     57        52   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     (506     (638

Movements in loans and other investments

     (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

     2,097        1,963   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

138


Business review (continued)

 

Operating cash conversion

Operating cash conversion is calculated by dividing cash generated from operations excluding cash inflows/outflows in respect of exceptional items, dividends received from associates, maturing inventories, other items and post-employment payments in excess of the amount charged to operating profit by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment and exceptional operating items.

The ratio is stated at the budgeted exchange rate for the respective year in line with management reporting and is expressed as a percentage.

Operating cash conversion for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Operating profit

     2,841        2,797   

Exceptional operating items

     167        269   

Depreciation and amortisation(i)

     355        371   

Retranslation to budgeted exchange rates

     18        146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,381        3,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     3,360        3,456   

Cash payments in respect of exceptional items

     80        221   

Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit(i)

     58        67   

Net movement in maturing inventories

     144        247   

Dividends received from associates

     (173     (183

Other items(i)

     15        (21

Retranslation to budgeted exchange rates

     75        148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,559        3,935   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash conversion

     105.3     109.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) excluding exceptional items.

Return on average total invested capital

Return on average total invested capital is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base and is calculated to aid evaluation of the performance of the business.

The profit used in assessing the return on average total invested capital reflects operating profit before exceptional items attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent company plus share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures after applying the tax rate before exceptional items for the year. Average total invested capital is calculated using the average derived from the consolidated balance sheets at the beginning, middle and end of the year. Average capital employed comprises average net assets attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company for the year, excluding post employment benefit net liabilities (net of deferred tax) and average net borrowings. This average capital employed is then aggregated with the average restructuring and integration costs net of tax, and goodwill written off to reserves at 1 July 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, to obtain the average total invested capital.

 

 

139


Business review (continued)

 

Calculations for the return on average total invested capital for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 are set out in the table below.

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Operating profit

     2,841        2,797   

Exceptional operating items

     167        269   

Profit before exceptional operating items attributable to non-controlling interests

     (108     (87

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     221        175   

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 19.0% (2015 – 18.3%)

     (593     (577
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,528        2,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average net assets (excluding net post employment liabilities)

     10,202        8,910   

Average non-controlling interest

     (1,558     (1,240

Average net borrowings

     9,130        9,682   

Average integration and restructuring costs (net of tax)

     1,639        1,604   

Goodwill at 1 July 2004

     1,562        1,562   

Adjustment in respect of acquisition of USL(i)

            493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total invested capital

     20,975        21,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

     12.1     12.3 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) For the year ended 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

 

140


Business review (continued)

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

Tax rate before exceptional items is calculated by dividing the total tax charge on continuing operations before tax charges and credits, classified as or in respect of exceptional items, by profit before taxation adjusted to exclude the impact of exceptional operating and non-operating items, expressed as a percentage. The measure is used by management to assess the rate of tax applied to the group’s continuing operations before tax on exceptional items.

The tax rates from operations before exceptional and after exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016 are set out in the table below.

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Tax before exceptional items (a)

     552        517   

Tax in respect of exceptional items

     (56     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from operations (b)

     496        466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations before taxation and exceptional items (c)

     2,902        2,829   

Non-operating items

     123        373   

Exceptional operating items

     (167     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation (d)

     2,858        2,933   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items (a/c)

     19.0     18.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate after exceptional items (b/d)

     17.4     15.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other definitions

Volume share is a brand’s retail volume expressed as a percentage of the retail volume of all brands in its segment.

Value share is a brand’s retail sales value expressed as a percentage of the retail sales value of all brands in its segment. Unless otherwise stated, share refers to value share.

Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales differs to the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants/markets or as price changes are implemented.

Depletion is the estimated volume of the first onward sales from our direct customers, measured on an equivalent units basis.

References to emerging markets include Russia, Eastern Europe, Turkey, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, and Asia Pacific (excluding Australia, Korea and Japan).

References to reserve brands include Johnnie Walker Blue Label, Johnnie Walker Green Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label 18 year old, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Platinum Label 18 year old, John Walker & Sons Collection, Johnnie Walker The Gold Route, Johnnie Walker The Royal Route and other Johnnie Walker super premium brands; The Singleton, Cardhu, Talisker, Lagavulin and other malt brands; Buchanan’s Special Reserve, Buchanan’s Red Seal; Bulleit Bourbon, Bulleit Rye; Tanqueray No. TEN, Tanqueray Malacca Gin; Cîroc, Ketel One vodka; Don Julio, Zacapa, Bundaberg SDlx, Shui Jing Fang, Jinzu gin, Haig Club whisky, Orphan Barrel whiskey and DeLeón Tequila.

References to global giants include the following brand families: Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan, Baileys, Tanqueray and Guinness. Local stars spirits include, but are not limited to, Bell’s, Buchanan’s, Bundaberg, Bulleit, Cacique, Crown Royal, Don Julio, JeB, McDowell’s, Old Parr, Yenì Raki, Ketel One vodka, scotch malts, White Horse, Windsor and Ypióca. Global giants and local stars exclude ready to drink.

References to ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as pre-mix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.

References to beer include non-alcoholic products such as Malta Guinness.

References to the group include Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

141


Business review (continued)

 

Reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures — 2015 compared with 2014

Organic movements

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

                                                                                                               
    North
America
million
    Europe,
Russia and
Turkey
million
    Africa
million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
million
    Asia
Pacific
million
    Corporate
million
    Total
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

             

2014 reported

    49.3        44.6        24.4        23.0        14.8               156.1   

Disposals(ii)

    (0.9     (0.7                                 (1.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

    48.4        43.9        24.4        23.0        14.8               154.5   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

    0.3        0.4               0.3        92.7               93.7   

Organic movement

    (1.4     (0.2     1.8        (1.7     (0.5            (2.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

    47.3        44.1        26.2        21.6        107.0               246.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    (3            7        (7     (3     n/a        (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    North
America
£ million
    Europe,
Russia and
Turkey
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Sales

             

2014 reported

    3,915        4,935        1,846        1,404        1,801        79        13,980   

Exchange(i)

    115        (307     (123     (152     (39     (3     (509

Disposals(ii)

    (75     (63     (1     (1     (2     (45     (187
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

    3,955        4,565        1,722        1,251        1,760        31        13,284   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

    28        45               29        2,358        48        2,508   

Organic movement

    (74     73        146        17        11        1        174   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

    3,909        4,683        1,868        1,297        4,129        80        15,966   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    (2     2        8        1        1        3        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

             

2014 reported

    3,444        2,814        1,430        1,144        1,347        79        10,258   

Exchange(i)

    97        (186     (100     (123     (22     (3     (337

Disposals(ii)

    (62     (44     (1     (1     (2     (45     (155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

    3,479        2,584        1,329        1,020        1,323        31        9,766   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

    25        31        1        24        922        48        1,051   

Organic movement

    (49     2        85        (11     (32     1        (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

    3,455        2,617        1,415        1,033        2,213        80        10,813   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    (1            6        (1     (2     3          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

142


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                                               
     North
America
£ million
    Europe,
Russia
and
Turkey
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Marketing

              

2014 reported

     540        413        152        203        305        7        1,620   

Exchange(i)

     16        (30     (10     (22     (1            (47

Disposals(ii)

     (4     (5                          (3     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     552        378        142        181        304        4        1,561   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     11        4               3        65        3        86   

Organic movement

     (21     6        5        10        (25     7        (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

     542        388        147        194        344        14        1,629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     (4     2        4        6        (8     175        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

              

2014 reported

     1,460        853        340        328        283        (130     3,134   

Exchange(i)

     27        (67     (52     (60     (13     4        (161

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     (2     (15            (1     18        2        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     1,485        771        288        267        288        (124     2,975   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

            13        1        3        48        4        69   

Organic movement

     (37     20        29        (7     20        (3     22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

     1,448        804        318        263        356        (123     3,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     (2     3        10        (3     7        (2     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

              

2015

     42.2     30.6     22.4     25.8     23.9     n/a        30.7

2014

     42.7     29.8     21.7     26.2     21.8     n/a        30.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

     (47     75        75        (41     209        n/a        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 87 and pages 208-209.
(2) Percentages and margin improvement are calculated on rounded figures.

Notes: Information relating to the organic movement calculations

(i) The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the euro, the Russian rouble and the US dollar.
(ii) In the year ended 30 June 2015 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

 

 

143


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                                             
     Volume
equ. units million
    Sales
£ million
    Net sales
£ million
    Marketing
£ million
    Operating
profit
£ million
 

Year ended 30 June 2014

          

Acquisitions

          

Transaction costs

                                 12   

Integration costs

                                 12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                                 24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

Jose Cuervo

     (0.7     (54     (44            9   

Bushmills

     (0.8     (79     (60     (10     (28

Gleneagles

            (45     (45     (2     (2

Other disposals

     (0.1     (9     (6            (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1.6     (187     (155     (12     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     (1.6     (187     (155     (12     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2015

          

Acquisitions

          

United Spirits Limited

     92.7        2,356        921        65        53   

DeLeón

            5        5        8        (8

Don Julio

     0.3        28        23        3        6   

Transaction costs

                                 (1

Integration costs

                                 (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     93.0        2,389        949        76        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

Bushmills

     0.7        66        50        8        22   

Gleneagles

            48        48        2        4   

Other disposals

            5        4                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0.7        119        102        10        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     93.7        2,508        1,051        86        69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

144


Business review (continued)

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

Earnings per share before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 were as follows:

 

                                                       
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     2,381        2,248   

Exceptional operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     268        261   

Non-operating items

     (373     (140

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items

     (51     (58

Discontinued operations

            83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,225        2,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares in issue (million)

     2,505        2,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

     88.8        95.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

     88.4        95.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow reconciliation for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 were as follows:

 

                                                       
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Net cash from operating activities

     2,551        1,790   

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     52        80   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     (638     (642

Movements in loans and other investments

     (2     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

     1,963        1,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

Calculations for the return on average total invested capital for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 were as follows:

 

                                                       
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Operating profit

     2,797        2,707   

Exceptional operating items

     269        427   

Profit for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

     (87     (58

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     175        252   

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 18.3% (2014 — 18.2%)

     (577     (606
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,577        2,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average net assets (excluding net post employment liabilities)

     8,910        8,300   

Average non-controlling interests

     (1,240     (924

Average net borrowings

     9,682        8,783   

Average integration and restructuring costs (net of tax)

     1,604        1,498   

Goodwill at 1 July 2004

     1,562        1,562   

Adjusted in respect of acquisition of USL(i)

     493        114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total invested capital

     21,011        19,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

     12.3     14.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) For the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became an associate on 4 July 2013 and a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

 

145


Business review (continued)

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

The tax rates from continuing operations before and after exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 were calculated as follows:

 

     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Tax before exceptional items

     517        546   

Tax in respect of exceptional items

     (51     (99
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

     466        447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation and exceptional items

     2,829        2,998   

Exceptional non-operating items

     373        140   

Exceptional operating items

     (269     (427
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,933        2,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

     18.3     18.2

Tax rate from continuing operation after exceptional items

     15.9     16.5

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2014

Organic movement calculations for net sales, operating profit before exceptional items and operating margin for the group for the year ended 30 June 2014 were as follows:

 

                           
     £ million  

Net sales

  

2013 reported

     11,303   

Exchange

     (797

Disposals

     (339
  

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

     10,167   

Acquisitions and disposals

     49   

Organic movement

     42   
  

 

 

 

2014 reported

     10,258   
  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

       
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

  

2013 reported

     3,479   

Exchange

     (336

Acquisitions and disposals

     (65
  

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

     3,078   

Acquisitions and disposals

     (35

Organic movement

     91   
  

 

 

 

2014 reported

     3,134   
  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     3   
  

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

  

2014

     31.04

2013

     30.27
  

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

     77   
  

 

 

 

 

146


Governance

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMPANY SECRETARY

Dr Franz B Humer (70)

Chairman, Non-Executive Director (3)*

Nationality: Swiss/Austrian

Appointed Chairman July 2008 (Appointed Non-Executive Director April 2005). He will retire from the Diageo Board on 1 January 2017

Current external appointments: Member, LetterOne Health Investment Advisory Board; Non-Executive Director, Chugai Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd, CitiGroup Inc., Emil Frey SA and Kite Pharma Inc.; Adviser, Tamasek Holdings (Private) Limited and WISeKey SA

Previous relevant experience: Chairman, INSEAD Board of Directors; Chairman, F. Hoffman-La Roche Ltd; Chief Operating Director, Glaxo Holdings plc

Javier Ferrán (59)

Chairman Designate, Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: Spanish

Appointed Chairman Designate, Non-Executive Director July 2016

Current external appointments: Partner, Lion Capital LLP; Non-Executive Director, Associated British Foods plc, Coca-Cola European Partners, Desigual; Member, Advisory Board of Agrolimen, ESADE Business School

Previous relevant experience: President and CEO, Bacardi Limited; Non-Executive Director, SAB Miller plc

Ivan Menezes (57)

Chief Executive, Executive Director (2)*

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Executive July 2013 (Appointed Executive Director July 2012)

Current external appointments: Member of the Council, Scotch Whisky Association; Non-Executive Director, Coach Inc; Member of the Global Advisory Board, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University

Previous Diageo roles: Chief Operating Officer; President, North America; Chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific; Chairman, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean; senior management positions, Guinness and then Diageo

Previous relevant experience: marketing and strategy roles, Nestlé, Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. and Whirlpool

Kathryn Mikells (50)

Executive Director (2)

Nationality: American

Appointed Executive Director November 2015

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.

Previous relevant experience: Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Xerox Corporation; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, ADT Corporation; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Nalco Holding Company and UAL Corporation

Lord Davies of Abersoch (63)

Senior Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)*

Nationality: British

Appointed Senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee October 2011 (Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2010)

Current external appointments: Partner and Chairman, Corsair Capital LLC; Chairman, Jack Wills; Chair of Trustees, Royal Academy of Arts; Vice Chairman, LetterOne Holdings S.A.

Previous relevant experience: Chairman, Chime Communications PLC; Minister for Trade, Investment and Small Business for the UK Government; Group Chief Executive, Standard Chartered PLC

Peggy B Bruzelius (66)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: Swedish

Appointed Non-Executive Director April 2009

Current external appointments: Chairman, Lancelot Asset Management; Non-Executive Director, Akzo Nobel NV, Lundin Petroleum AB and Skandia Liv AB

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Axfood AB, Husgvarna; Syngenta AG, Scania AB; Managing Director, ABB Financial Services AB; Vice Chairman, Electrolux AB; Executive Vice President, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB

 

147


Governance (continued)

 

Ho KwonPing (63)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: Singaporean

Appointed Non-Executive Director October 2012

Current external appointments: Executive Chairman and Founder, Banyan Tree Holdings Limited; Chairman, Laguna Resorts & Hotels Public Company Limited, Thai Wah Public Company Limited and Singapore Management University; Governor, London Business School; Chairman of School Advisory Committee, School of Hotel and Tourism Management of the Hong Kong Polytechnic University

Previous relevant experience: Member, Global Advisory Board of Moelis & Company; Chairman, MediaCorp Pte. Ltd, Non-Executive Director, Singapore Airlines Limited, Standard Chartered PLC and Singapore Power Limited

Betsy D Holden (60)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: American

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2009

Current external appointments: Senior Advisor, McKinsey & Company; Non-Executive Director Time Inc and Western Union Company; Member of the Board of Trustees, Duke University; Member of the Executive Committee, Kellogg School of Management Global Advisory Board

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Catamaran Corporation, Tribune Company and MediaBank LLC; President, Global Marketing and Category Development and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Kraft Foods, Inc; Member of the North American Advisory Board, Schneider Electric

Nicola S Mendelsohn (44)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2014

Current external appointments: Vice president, Facebook EMEA; Director, Women’s Prize for Fiction; Co-Chair, Creative Industries Council

Previous relevant experience: Executive Chairman, Karmarama; Deputy Chairman, Grey London; Board Director, BBH and Fragrance Foundation; President, Institute of Practitioners in Advertising; Board Member, CEW; Trustee, White Ribbon Alliance; Chair of the Corporate Board, Women’s Aid

Philip G Scott (62)

Non-Executive Director (1)*,(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee October 2007

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc; President, Institute and Faculty of Actuaries; Chief Financial Officer, Aviva plc

Alan JH Stewart (56)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2014

Current external appointments: Chief Financial Officer, Tesco plc; Member of the Advisory Board, Chartered Institute of Management Accountants; Member of the Main Committee & Chairman of Pension Committee, the 100 Group of Finance Directors

Previous relevant experience: Chief Financial Officer, Marks & Spencer and AWAS; Non-Executive Director, Games Workshop plc; Group Finance Director, WH Smith plc; Chief Executive, Thomas Cook UK

Emma Walmsley (46)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director January 2016

Current external appointments: Chief Executive Officer and Director, GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited

Previous relevant experience: President, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare; Senior marketing and general manager roles, L’Oreal

 

148


Governance (continued)

 

David Harlock (55)

Company Secretary and General Counsel Corporate Centre

Nationality: British

Appointed Company Secretary and General Counsel Corporate Centre July 2016

Previous Diageo roles: General Counsel Corporate, Africa, Russia, Turkey; General Counsel Africa, Turkey, Russia & Eastern Europe; General Counsel M&A and Global Functions; Regional Counsel International; Counsel International

Previous relevant experience: Hogan Lovells

Laurence M Danon ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 23 September 2015

Paul D Tunnacliffe ceased to be Company Secretary on 30 June 2016

 

Key to committees

(1) Audit

(2) Executive (comprising senior management)

(3) Nomination

(4) Remuneration

* Chairman of committee

 

149


Governance (continued)

 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

David Cutter (48)

President, Global Supply and Procurement

Nationality: Australian

Appointed President, Global Supply and Procurement July 2014

Previous Diageo roles: Supply Director, International Supply Centre; President, Supply Americas; Supply Director, Asia Pacific

Previous relevant experience: leadership roles, Frito-Lay and SC Johnson

Current external appointments: Member of the Council, Scotch Whisky Association

Sam Fischer (48)

President, Diageo Greater China and Asia

Nationality: Australian

Appointed President, Greater China and Asia September 2014

Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, Diageo Greater China; Managing Director of South East Asia, Diageo Asia Pacific; General Manager, Diageo IndoChina and Vietnam

Previous relevant experience: Senior management roles across Central Europe and Indochina, Colgate Palmolive

Brian Franz (51)

Chief Productivity Officer

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Productivity Officer August 2015

Previous Diageo roles: CIO and Head of GDBS, IS Services

Previous relevant experience: Senior Vice President and CIO, PepsiCo International; Commercial CIO, various CIO and management roles, General Electric

Alberto Gavazzi (50)

President, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean

Nationality: Brazilian/Italian

Appointed President, Latin America and Caribbean July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, West Latin America and Caribbean; Global Category Director Whiskey, Gins and Reserve Brands; General Manager Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay; Vice President Consumer Marketing, Chicago; Marketing Director, Brazil

Previous relevant experience: Colgate Palmolive; Unilever PLC

John Kennedy (51)

President, Diageo Europe, Russia and Turkey

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Diageo Europe, Russia and Turkey July 2015

Previous Diageo roles: President, Europe and Western Europe; Chief Operating Officer, Western Europe; Marketing Director, Australia; General Manager for Innovation, North America; President and Chief Executive Officer, Diageo Canada; Managing Director, Diageo Ireland

Previous relevant experience: brand management roles, GlaxoSmithKline and Quaker Oats

Anand Kripalu (57)

CEO, United Spirits Limited

Nationality: Indian

Appointed CEO, United Spirits Limited September 2014

Previous Diageo roles: CEO-designate, United Spirits Limited

Previous relevant experience: Various management roles at Mondelēz International, Cadbury and Unilever

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Marico

Charlotte Lambkin (44)

Corporate Relations Director

Nationality: British

Appointed Corporate Relations Director January 2014

Previous relevant experience: Group Communications Director, BAE Systems; Director, Bell Pottinger Corporate

& Financial

 

150


Governance (continued)

 

Deirdre Mahlan (54)

President, Diageo North America

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Diageo North America December 2015

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Experian plc

Previous Diageo roles: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director; Deputy Chief Financial Officer; Head of Tax and Treasury

Previous relevant experience: Member, Main Committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors; senior finance positions, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, Inc.; Senior manager, PricewaterhouseCoopers

Anna Manz (43)

Group Strategy Director

Nationality: British

Appointed Group Strategy Director July 2013. She will be leaving Diageo on 30 September 2016

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, ITV PLC

Previous Diageo roles: Regional Finance Director, Diageo Asia Pacific; Group Treasurer; Finance Director, Global Marketing, Sales and Innovation; Finance Director Ireland; Vice President Finance, Diageo North America

Previous relevant experience: Unilever PLC and ICI PLC

Siobhan Moriarty (54)

General Counsel

Nationality: Irish

Appointed General Counsel July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: General Counsel Designate; Corporate M&A Counsel; Regional Counsel Ireland; General Counsel Europe

Previous relevant experience: various positions in law firm private practice, Dublin and London

Mairéad Nayager (41)

Human Resources Director

Nationality: Irish

Appointed Human Resources Director October 2015

Previous Diageo roles: HR Director, Diageo Europe; HR Director, Brandhouse, South Africa; HR Director, Diageo Africa Regional Markets; Talent & Organisational Effectiveness Director, Diageo Africa; Employee Relations Manager, Diageo Ireland

Previous relevant experience: Irish Business and Employers’ Confederation (IBEC)

John O’Keeffe (44)

President, Diageo Africa

Nationality: Irish

Appointed President Africa July 2015

Previous Diageo roles: CEO and Managing Director, Guinness Nigeria; Global Head of Innovation and Beer and Baileys; Managing Director Russia and Eastern Europe; various management and marketing positions, Diageo

Syl Saller (59)

Chief Marketing Officer

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Marketing Officer July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Global Innovation Director; Marketing Director, Diageo Great Britain

Previous relevant experience: brand management and marketing roles, Allied Domecq PLC, Gillette Company and Holson Burnes Group, Inc; Non-Executive Director, Dominos Pizza Group plc

Nick Blazquez, formerly President, Diageo Africa and Asia Pacific, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 30 June 2016. Larry Schwartz, formerly President, Diageo North America, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 31 December 2015. Leanne Wood, formerly Human Resources Director, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 5 October 2015.

 

151


Governance (continued)

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Letter from the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Company Secretary

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, we are pleased to present the corporate governance report for the year ended 30 June 2016.

Boards of Directors are ultimately responsible for the corporate governance of their companies, that is to say, the way in which companies are directed and controlled. The responsibilities of the Board include: setting the company’s strategic aims and its values; providing the leadership to put them into effect; supervising and constructively challenging management who are responsible for the day to day operational running of the business; and reporting to shareholders on their stewardship. We continue to believe that Diageo’s Board has the appropriate diversity and balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the company to enable it to discharge these responsibilities effectively. The description in this report of Diageo’s corporate governance structures and procedures and of the work of the Board, its committees and the Executive Committee is intended to give a sense of how this is carried out.

The principal corporate governance rules applying to Diageo (as a UK company listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE)) for the year ended 30 June 2016 are contained in The UK Corporate Governance Code as updated and published by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in September 2014 (the Code) and the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules, which require us to describe, in our Annual Report, our corporate governance from two points of view: the first dealing generally with our application of the Code’s main principles and the second dealing specifically with non-compliance with any of the Code’s provisions. The two descriptions together are designed to give shareholders a picture of governance arrangements in relation to the Code as a criterion of good practice.

Throughout the year, Diageo has complied with all relevant provisions set out in the Code (with the exception that two directors were unable to attend the 2015 AGM), which is publicly available under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’ at the website of the FRC, www.frc.org.uk.

Diageo must also comply with corporate governance rules contained in the FCA Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules as well as certain related provisions in the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).

As well as being subject to UK legislation and practice, as a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), Diageo is subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), as it applies to foreign private issuers, is continually monitored. As Diageo follows UK corporate governance practice, differences from the NYSE corporate governance standards are summarised in Diageo’s 20-F filing and on our website at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Dr Franz B Humer

Chairman

David Harlock

Company Secretary

 

152


Governance (continued)

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Membership of the Board and Board Committees

The Chairman, Senior Non-Executive Director and other members of the Board, Audit Committee, Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee are as set out in this Annual Report in the biographies of Directors and members of the Executive Committee.

There is a clear separation of the roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive. The Chairman, Dr Franz B Humer, is responsible for the running of the Board and for ensuring all Directors are fully informed of matters, sufficient to make informed judgements. As Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes has responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the company and the group. He is supported in this role by the Executive Committee.

The Non-Executive Directors, all of whom the Board has determined are independent, are experienced and influential individuals from a range of industries, backgrounds and countries. No individual or group dominates the Board’s decision-making processes.

On 19 May 2016, it was announced that Javier Ferrán would be appointed to the Board on 22 July 2016 and would succeed Dr Humer as Chairman on 1 January 2017.

A summary of the terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors is available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Activities and duties of the Board

The Board manages overall control of the company’s affairs with reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board for decision. The schedule was last reviewed in July 2015 and is available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

The Board has agreed an approach and adopted guidelines for dealing with conflicts of interest and responsibility for authorising conflicts of interest is included in the schedule of matters reserved for the Board. The Board confirmed that it was aware of no situations that may or did give rise to conflicts with the interests of the company other than those that may arise from Directors’ other appointments as disclosed in their biographies.

In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for Directors to seek both independent advice and the advice and services of the Company Secretary who is responsible for advising the Board, through the Chairman, on all governance matters. The Non-Executive Directors meet without the Chairman present, and also meet with the Chairman without management present, on a regular basis.

The terms of reference of Board Committees are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Induction, training and business engagement

There is a formal induction programme for new Directors, which was followed during the year for Emma Walmsley. This included meeting with Executive Committee members and other senior executives individually and visiting a number of operations and sites around the group.

Following the initial induction for Non-Executive Directors, a continuing understanding of the business is developed through appropriate business engagements. Visits to customers, engagements with employees, and brand events were arranged during the year.

In addition, Executive Committee members and other senior executives are invited, as appropriate, to Board and strategy meetings to make presentations on their areas of responsibility.

All Directors are also provided with the opportunity, and encouraged, to attend regular training to ensure they are kept up to date on relevant legal developments or changes and best practice and changing commercial and other risks.

 

153


Governance (continued)

 

Performance evaluation

During the year an evaluation of the Board’s effectiveness, including the effectiveness of the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee was undertaken internally by way of written questionnaire followed by the Chairman of the Board meeting individually with all Directors.

A report was prepared and presented, with the conclusion that the Board and its Committees continued to operate effectively, meeting the requirements and spirit of the Code. The climate within the Board, its capability and the diversity of Board members, were again seen as significant factors which contributed to the Board’s effectiveness during the year.

There were, nevertheless, areas identified as being of a particular focus: executive engagement, aimed at building the relationship between the Board and the executive team; understanding consumer insights and trends and the competitive performance; and investor relations, including the communication strategy and execution. A further objective was succession to the Board, in particular finding a successor to the Chairman, which has been successfully executed, as highlighted above, with the appointment of Javier Ferrán to the Board.

In conclusion, and without being complacent, the Board was considered to be in good shape to deal with the areas identified as being of particular focus and to support management in its aspirations to deliver the Performance Ambition.

A similar, internal, exercise building on this evaluation and covering the evaluation of the Board and its Committees will start in the subsequent financial year. A report will be prepared for the Board to consider. The results of the evaluation will be reported in next year’s report.

The Chairman has confirmed that the Non-Executive Directors standing for re-election at this year’s AGM continue to perform effectively, both individually and collectively as a Board, and that each demonstrate commitment to their roles. The senior Non-Executive Director led a performance evaluation of the Chairman. Feedback was discussed in a meeting with the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and then privately with the Chairman.

It is the Board’s intention to continue to review annually its performance and that of its committees and individual directors. It is anticipated that the evaluation in 2017 will be externally facilitated and the results reported in a subsequent Annual Report.

Nomination Committee

Role of the Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee is responsible for keeping under review the composition of the Board and succession to it, and succession planning for senior leadership positions. It makes recommendations to the Board concerning appointments to the Board.

Any new Directors are appointed by the Board and, in accordance with the company’s articles of association, they must be elected at the next AGM to continue in office. All existing Directors retire by rotation every year.

Activities of the Nomination Committee

The principal activities of the Nomination Committee during the year were: the consideration of potential new Non-Executive Directors, in light of the review of the structure and composition of the Board and, in particular, the focus on finding a successor to the Chairman; the review of individual Director performance; a review of the Executive Committee membership and succession planning for it and for senior leadership positions, in addition to a review of diversity within the group.

In respect of the appointment of Emma Walmsley the recruitment process included the development of a candidate profile and the engagement of MWM Consulting, a professional search agency (which has no other connection with the Company) specialising in the recruitment of high calibre Non-Executive Directors. Reports on potential appointees were provided to the committee, which, after careful consideration, made a recommendation to the Board.

A similar but more focused search was undertaken for a successor to the Chairman, with an alternative professional search agency (JCA Group) used (again with no other connection with the Company). This search resulted in the Nomination Committee meeting on a number of separate occasions before making a recommendation to the Board that Javier Ferrán be appointed as the designated successor to the Chairman.

 

154


Governance (continued)

 

Diversity

Diageo supports diversity within its Board of Directors, including gender diversity. Further information is given in the section of this Annual Report on sustainability and responsibility, our people.

Remuneration Committee

Role of the Remuneration Committee

The role of the Remuneration Committee and details of how the company applies the principles of the Code in respect of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration report.

The Chairman and the Chief Executive may, by invitation, attend Remuneration Committee meetings, except when their own remuneration is discussed. No Director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTION AND CONTROL

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee, appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive, supports him in discharging his responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the company and the group.

It consists of the individuals responsible for the key components of the business: North America, Europe, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, Asia Pacific, International Supply Centre and Corporate and other.

The Executive Committee focuses its time and agenda to align with the Performance Ambition and how to achieve Diageo’s financial and non-financial performance objectives. Performance metrics have been developed to measure progress and a further designated focus is on the company’s reputation. In support, monthly performance delivery calls, involving the senior leadership group, focus on progress against the six performance drivers.

To support the market visits made by the presidents in the ordinary course of their business, a small group led by the Chief Executive makes regular market visits focused on the execution of strategy and designed to assist in continuing the development of strategy and in the delivery of performance against the Performance Ambition.

Committees appointed by the Chief Executive and intended to have an ongoing remit, including the Audit & Risk Committee, Finance Committee and Filings Assurance Committee are shown (with their remits) at

www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Filings Assurance Committee

The Filings Assurance Committee of the company, which is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and includes the Chief Executive, is responsible for implementing and monitoring the processes which are designed to ensure that the company complies with relevant UK, US and other regulatory reporting and filing provisions, including those imposed by the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or derived from it. As at the end of the period covered by the Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2016, the Filings Assurance Committee of the company, with the participation of the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined as those controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports of the company is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of the date of the evaluation, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the management of the company, including the company’s Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

 

155


Governance (continued)

 

Additional information

Internal control and risk management

An ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and up to the date the financial statements were approved and accords with the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council in September 2014, Guidance on Risk management, Internal Control and related Financial and Business Reporting. The Board confirms that, through the activities of the Audit Committee described below, a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the company, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity has been carried out. These risks and mitigations are set out above in the Risk factors section of this Annual Report.

The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company’s systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing their effectiveness. The Board confirms that, through the activities of the Audit Committee described below, it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk management.

During the year, in line with the Code, the Board considered the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and reviewed the existing internal statement of risk appetite (which was considered and recommended to the Board by both the Audit & Risk Committee and the Audit Committee). In accordance with the Code, the Board has also considered the company’s longer term viability, based on a robust assessment of its principal risks. This was done through the work of the Audit Committee which recommended the viability statement required pursuant to UK Rules (the Viability Statement) to the Board.

The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and the group’s process for preparation of consolidated accounts. Further, a review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein.

Compliance and ethics programme

Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities are subject. We hold ourselves to the principles in our Code of Business Conduct, which is embedded through a comprehensive training and education programme for all employees.

Our Code of Business Conduct, an updated version of which was launched during the financial year, and other Diageo global policies are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

 

156


Governance (continued)

 

In accordance with the requirements of SOX (and related SEC rules), Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering its Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer, presidents and other identifiable persons in the group, including those performing senior accounting and controller functions. No amendments to, or waivers in respect of, the code of ethics were made during the year.

The full text of the code of ethics is available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Both the Audit & Risk Committee and the Audit Committee regularly review the strategy and operation of the compliance and ethics programme through the year.

Further information is given in the section of this Annual Report on sustainability and responsibility, governance and ethics.

Relations with shareholders

The Board’s primary contact with institutional shareholders is through the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer are supported by the investor relations department, who are in regular contact with institutional shareholders and sell-side analysts. A monthly investor relations report, including coverage of the company by sell-side analysts, is circulated to the Board.

The Board also ensures that all Directors develop an understanding of the views of major institutional shareholders through an independent survey of shareholder opinion. In addition, major shareholders are invited to raise any company matters of interest to them at meetings with the chairman of the Board and the chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Reports on any meetings are made to the Board.

Private shareholders are invited to write to the chairman or any other Director and express their views on any issues of concern at any time and the AGM provides an opportunity for private shareholders to put their questions in person.

Political donations

During the year, Diageo Great Britain Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) helped, with others, defray the costs of an economists’ dialogue (and associated report) hosted by the independent Centre for European Reform think-tank, in the EU referendum context. These costs totalled £2,500 (2015: nil). During the year also, Diageo Germany GmbH (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) helped, with others, to support a dialogue between key German media and influencers called ‘CDU Media Night’ hosted by the political party CDU. These costs totalled approximately £1,000 (2015: nil). Otherwise, the group has not given any money for political purposes in the United Kingdom and made no donations to EU political organisations and incurred no EU political expenditure during the year.

The group made contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.4 million during the year (2015: £0.5 million). These contributions were made exclusively to federal and state candidates and committees in North America (consistent with applicable laws), where it is common practice to make political contributions. No particular political persuasion was supported and contributions were made with the aim of promoting a better understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as well as a generally improved business environment.

Going concern

The Directors confirm that, after making appropriate enquiries, they have reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. Further information on going concern is given in this Annual Report under note 1 Accounting information and policies – going concern. Although not assessed over the same period as the going concern, the viability of the group has been assessed in the Viability Statement.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over the group’s financial reporting.

 

157


Governance (continued)

 

Diageo’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the EU and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of any unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) based on the framework in ‘Internal Control – Integrated Framework’, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as at 30 June 2016, internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the group’s consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of the group’s internal control over financial reporting, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which is included on page 197 of this document.

Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Responsibility statement

Each of the Directors, whose names are set out in the Board of Directors and Executive Committee section of this Annual Report, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

 

  the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2016, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s position and performance, business model and strategy;

 

  the consolidated financial statements contained in the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2016, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted for use in the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the group; and

 

  the management report represented by the Directors’ Report contained in the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2016 includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the group faces.

The responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors on 27 July 2016.

 

158


Governance (continued)

 

New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules

Under applicable SEC rules and the NYSE’s corporate governance rules for listed companies, Diageo must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under NYSE listing standards.

Diageo believes the following to be the significant areas in which there are differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies. This information is also provided on the company’s website at www.diageo.com.

 

  Basis of regulation: UK listed companies are required to include in their annual report a narrative statement of (i) how they have applied the principles of the Code and (ii) whether or not they have complied with the best practice provisions of the Code. NYSE listed companies must adopt and disclose their corporate governance guidelines. Diageo complied throughout the year with the best practice provisions of the Code (with the exception that two directors were unable to attend the 2015 AGM).

 

  Director independence: the Code requires at least half the Board (excluding the Chairman) to be independent Non-Executive Directors, as determined by affirmatively concluding that a Director is independent in character and judgement and determining whether there are relationships and circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the Director’s judgement. The Code requires the Board to state its reasons if it determines that a director is independent notwithstanding the existence of relationships or circumstances which may appear relevant to its determination. NYSE rules require a majority of independent directors, according to the NYSE’s own ‘brightline’ tests and an affirmative determination by the Board that the Director has no material relationship with the listed company. Diageo’s Board has determined that, in its judgement and without taking into account the NYSE brightline tests, all of the Non-Executive Directors (excluding the Chairman) are independent. As such, currently nine of Diageo’s twelve directors are independent.

 

  Chairman and Chief Executive: the Code requires these roles to be separate. There is no corresponding requirement for US companies. Diageo has a separate chairman and chief executive.

 

  Non-Executive Director meetings: NYSE rules require Non-Management Directors to meet regularly without management and independent directors to meet separately at least once a year. The Code requires Non-Executive Directors to meet without the Chairman present at least annually to appraise the Chairman’s performance. During the year, Diageo’s Chairman and Non-Executive Directors met six times as a group without Executive Directors being present, and the independent Directors met once without the Chairman.

 

  Board committees: Diageo has a number of Board committees that are similar in purpose and constitution to those required by NYSE rules. Diageo’s Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees consist entirely of independent Non-Executive Directors (save that the chairman of the Nomination Committee, Dr Franz B Humer, is not independent). Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee, which develops and recommends a set of corporate governance principles and is composed entirely of independent directors. The terms of reference for Diageo’s Nomination Committee, which comply with the Code, do not contain such a requirement. In accordance with the requirements of the Code, Diageo discloses in its Annual Report the results and means of evaluation of the Board, its Committees and the Directors, and it provides extensive information regarding the Directors’ compensation in the Directors’ remuneration report.

 

  Code of ethics: NYSE rules require a Code of Business Conduct and ethics to be adopted for directors, officers and employees and disclosure of any waivers for executive directors or officers. Diageo has adopted a code of business conduct for all directors, officers and employees, as well as a code of ethics for Senior Officers in accordance with the requirements of SOX. Currently, no waivers have been granted to directors or executive officers.

 

  Compliance certification: NYSE rules require chief executives to certify to the NYSE their awareness of any NYSE corporate governance violations. Diageo is exempt from this as a foreign private issuer but is required to notify the NYSE if any executive officer becomes aware of any non-compliance with NYSE corporate governance standards. No such notification was necessary during the period covered by this report.

 

159


Governance (continued)

 

Directors’ attendance record at the AGM, scheduled Board meetings and Board committee meetings, for the year ended 30 June 2016 was as set out in the table below. For Board and Board committee meetings, attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number that each Director was eligible to attend.

 

                                                                                                             
     Annual
General Meeting
2015
     Board
(maximum 6)(iii)
     Audit
Committee
(maximum 4)
    Nomination
Committee
(maximum 7)(iv)
    Remuneration
Committee
(maximum 4)
 

Dr Franz B Humer

     ü         6/6         4/4 (i)      3/3        4/4 (i) 

Ivan Menezes

     ü         6/6         2/2 (ii)      3/3 (i)      4/4 (ii) 

Deirdre Mahlan

     ü         3/3         1/1 (i)      n/a        n/a   

Kathryn Mikells

     n/a         3/3         3/3 (i)      n/a        n/a   

Lord Davies

     ü         6/6         4/4        7/7        4/4   

Peggy Bruzelius

     ü         6/6         4/4        6/7        4/4   

Laurence Danon

     ×         1/2         1/1        1/2        1/1   

Betsy Holden

     ü         6/6         4/4        7/7        4/4   

Ho KwonPing

     ü         6/6         3/4        5/7        4/4   

Nicola Mendelsohn

     ×         5/6         4/4        5/7        4/4   

Philip Scott

     ü         6/6         4/4        7/7        4/4   

Alan Stewart

     ü         6/6         4/4        7/7        4/4   

Emma Walmsley

     n/a         2/2         2/2        3/3        2/2   

 

(i) Attended by invitation.
(ii) Attended by invitation, for part only.
(iii) Where Non-Executive Directors were unable to attend a meeting they gave their views to the Chairmen of the respective meetings ahead of the meetings being held. Nicola Mendelsohn and Laurence Danon were unable to attend the 2015 AGM as a result of, respectively, a religious holiday and a prior engagement. A Sub-Committee meeting of the Audit Committee was also held involving P G Scott and P B Bruzelius.
(iv) Four meetings of the Nomination Committee were held on Chairman succession.

 

160


Governance (continued)

 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

Letter from the Chairman of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present its report for the year ended 30 June 2016.

The purpose of this report is to describe how the Committee has carried out its responsibilities during the year.

In overview, the role of the Audit Committee is to monitor and review: the integrity of the company’s financial statements; internal control and risk management; audit and risk programmes; business conduct and ethics; ‘whistleblowing’; and the appointment of the external auditor.

The work of the Committee during the year included various matters referred to in last year’s report. The Committee oversaw compliance with both the updated version of the UK Corporate Governance Code (Code) (notably the requirements for a Viability Statement and increased disclosure on risk) and the Financial Reporting Council’s new ‘Guidance on Risk management, Internal Control and related Financial and Business Reporting’ (which replaced the ‘Turnbull’ and other guidance). In addition the Committee oversaw the transition to the new auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC).

In discharging its duties, the Audit Committee seeks to balance independent oversight of the matters within its remit with providing support and guidance to management. I remain confident that the Committee, supported by members of senior management and the external auditors, has carried out its duties in the year under review, effectively and to a high standard.

Philip G Scott

Chairman of the Audit Committee

 

161


Governance (continued)

 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

Role of the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is responsible for :

 

(i) monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, including a review of the significant financial reporting judgements contained in them;

 

(ii) reviewing the effectiveness of the group’s internal control and risk management and of control over financial;

 

(iii) monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the global audit and risk function, including reviewing the programme of work undertaken by that function;

 

(iv) reviewing the group’s policies and practices concerning business conduct and ethics, including whistleblowing;

 

(v) overseeing the group’s overall approach to securing compliance with laws, regulations and company policies in areas of risk; and

 

(vi) monitoring and reviewing the company’s relationship with the external auditor, including its independence and management’s response to any major external audit recommendations.

The formal role of the Audit Committee is set out in its terms of reference, which are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance. Key elements of the role of the committee and work carried out during the year are set out as follows.

Financial statements

During the year, the Audit Committee met four times (and a sub-committee met once) and reviewed the annual reports and associated preliminary year end results announcement, focusing on key areas of judgement and complexity, critical accounting policies, provisioning and any changes required in these areas or policies. In addition, the Audit Committee reviewed the interim results announcement, which included the interim financial statements and oversaw the transition to the new auditors, PwC.

The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and the group’s process for preparation of consolidated accounts. A review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management (through the work of its Filings Assurance Committee (FAC)) to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein. The Audit Committee reviewed the work of the FAC and a report on the conclusions of the FAC process was provided to the Audit Committee by the Chief Financial Officer.

Significant issues and judgements that were considered in respect of the 2016 financial statements were as follows. These include the matters relating to risks disclosed in the UK external auditor’s report.

 

  Disclosure on the quality of the earnings and one off items included in cash flow. The committee agreed that sufficient disclosure was made in the financial statements.
  The committee determined that exceptional items are appropriately classified considering their size and nature, and sufficient disclosure is provided in the financial statements (see note 4).
  Review of carrying value of assets – in particular intangible assets. The committee agreed that an impairment charge of £118 million (excluding tax) be made against the Ypióca brand and related fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil cash-generating unit but that, otherwise, the fair value of the company’s assets was in excess of their carrying value (see notes 6 and 10).
  Exchange rate used to translate operations in Venezuela. The committee determined an appropriate rate used for the year ended 30 June 2016 for consolidation purposes, that represents the best estimation of the rate at which capital and dividend repatriations are expected to be realised (see note 1).
  Disclosure on taxation. The committee agreed that the separate presentation of the tax risk and the expansion of the tax note disclosure appropriately addresses the significant change in the international tax environment giving sufficient and transparent information for the users (see page 41 and note 7).
  Review of legal cases. The committee agreed that adequate provision has been made for all material litigation and disputes, based on the currently most likely outcomes, including the litigation summarised in note 18.

 

162


Governance (continued)

 

  Assumptions used in respect of post employment plans. Having considered advice from external actuaries and assumptions used by companies with comparator plans, the committee agreed that the assumptions used to calculate the income statement and balance sheet assets and liabilities for post employment plans were appropriate (see note 13).
  Viability Statement. The committee noted that severe but plausible risk scenarios had been identified; a robust risk assessment had been carried out; and the group’s viability and going concern consideration proved with stress testing. Taking into account the company’s balance sheet position, the committee expected the group to be able to meet its liabilities as they fell due over the three-year period ending 30 June 2019. The risk that the group would become insolvent during this timeframe was considered remote. The Committee recommended to the Board that the Viability Statement be approved.

As part of its review of the Annual Report, the committee considered whether the report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’ (noting the Code’s new reference to ‘position’ as well as ‘performance, business model and strategy’). On the basis of this work, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that it could make the required statement that the Annual Report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’.

Internal control and risk management; audit and risk programme; business conduct and ethics (including ‘whistleblowing’)

At each of its meetings, the Audit Committee reviewed detailed reports from the heads of the Global Risk & Compliance (GRC) and Global Audit & Risk (GAR) teams (including coverage of the areas mentioned in the title of this section) and had sight of the minutes of meetings of management’s Audit & Risk Committee. A key focus for the work of both GRC and GAR during the year and their reporting to the committee, continued to be a review of recent acquisitions. The Committee in turn were thus able to keep under review the development of the controls and compliance framework in acquired companies. The Committee also received regular updates from the group general counsel on significant litigation and from the head of tax on the group’s tax profile and key issues.

The GRC reporting included a consideration of key risks and related mitigations. Based on this activity during the year, the Audit Committee made a recommendation to the Board covering the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and its internal statement of risk appetite (this was considered also by the Audit & Risk Committee). The Board agreed this recommendation.

Through the activities of the Audit Committee described in this report and its related recommendations to the Board, the Board confirms that it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk management and that there were no material failings identified and no significant failings identified which require disclosure in this Annual Report.

External auditor

During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed the external audit strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the interim results and its audit of the consolidated financial statements.

The Audit Committee reviews annually the appointment of the auditor (taking into account the auditor’s effectiveness and independence and all appropriate guidelines) and makes a recommendation to the Board accordingly. Any decision to open the external audit to tender is taken on the recommendation of the Audit Committee. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the company’s current choice of external auditor.

 

 

163


Governance (continued)

 

The company has complied with the provisions of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 (‘CMA Order’) for the financial year ended 30 June 2016.

The Audit Committee assesses the ongoing effectiveness and quality of the external auditor and audit process on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review with the finance team and other senior executives. Given that the year under review was PwC’s first in office (following a tender last year), the assessment will be carried out later in 2016.

The group has a policy on auditor independence and on the use of the external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually, most recently in July 2016. The review took into consideration the new regulations on non-audit services. Under this policy, the provision of any non-audit service must be approved by the Audit Committee, unless the proposed service is both expected to cost less than £250,000 and also falls within one of a number of service categories which the Audit Committee has pre-approved. Fees paid to the auditor for audit, audit related and other services are analysed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The nature and level of all services provided by the external auditor is a factor taken into account by the Audit Committee when it reviews annually the independence of the external auditor.

‘Financial expert’ and other attendees

For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule under SOX, section 407, the Board has determined that Philip Scott is independent and may be regarded as an Audit Committee financial expert.

The Chairman, the Chief Financial Officer, the group general counsel the group financial controller, the head of GAR, the GRC director, the group chief accountant and the external auditor regularly attend meetings of the committee.

The Audit Committee met privately with the external auditor and with the head of global audit and risk as appropriate.

Training and deep dives

During the year, the Audit Committee had a risk review and training session, presented by senior executives, on data protection. In addition, as part of a Board meeting, Committee members had a presentation from senior management on the priorities and challenges of the Europe and GB businesses. The Committee concluded at the time that it was satisfied with the Company’s position on these matters but that they would be kept under review.

 

164


Governance (continued)

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Annual statement by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present the directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2016. This report complies with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Reporting Regulations 2013 and contains:

 

    The Directors’ remuneration policy, as approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014.
    The annual report on remuneration, describing how the remuneration policy has been put into practice during the year ended 30 June 2016.

There have been no changes to the Directors’ remuneration policy, as approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM, and it is reproduced in full for both ease of reference and to provide context to the decisions taken by the Committee during the year. The annual remuneration report will be put forward for your consideration and approval by advisory vote at the AGM on 21 September 2016.

Diageo’s remuneration principles

The principles underpinning executive remuneration remain fundamentally unchanged, with sustainable performance and long-term value creation for shareholders at the heart of our remuneration policies and practices:

 

    Delivery of business strategy: Short- and long-term incentive plans for Executive Directors and senior managers reward the achievement of Diageo’s business strategy and performance goals.
    Consistent performance: The focus is on the delivery of performance in a consistent and responsible way which also creates long-term value for our shareholders. Alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders remains a key principle, with Executive Directors required to acquire and hold Diageo shares over the long term.
    Performance-related compensation: Reward components offer a balanced mix of short- and long-term incentives conditional upon achieving stretching performance targets. Performance measures such as organic net sales, organic operating margin, cash efficiency, relative total shareholder return (TSR) and earnings per share (eps) growth are key drivers of growth for the business that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.
    Competitive total remuneration: Reward levels are framed in the context of total remuneration packages paid by relevant global comparators. In competition with similar global companies, the ability to recruit and retain the best talent from all over the world is critical to Diageo’s continued business success.
    Simplicity and transparency: The Committee seeks to embed simplicity and transparency in the design and delivery of executive reward programmes. Performance targets clearly align with the company’s short- and long-term goals.

 

165


Governance (continued)

 

Focus and highlights in 2016

The Committee continued its focus on:

 

    Understanding and responding to shareholder feedback and fostering continuous open dialogue;
    Reviewing and assessing the ongoing appropriateness of the current remuneration policy, executive plan design and target stretch; and
    Ensuring that remuneration arrangements continue to attract and retain the highest quality global talent with a clear link between performance and reward.

The Committee undertook a comprehensive review of total remuneration for Executive Directors and Executive Committee members ahead of the 2016 annual salary review, and, supported by the Committee’s third party remuneration advisers, Kepler (a brand of Mercer), were satisfied that the shape and levels of our remuneration practice are appropriately positioned against those of comparator companies of similar size and global scope.

The Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes, requested that the company contribution to his retirement benefit plan be reduced from 40% to 30% of salary. This change was implemented on 1 July 2016. There was no compensatory payment or benefit in exchange for this reduction in contribution.

On 9 November 2015, Kathryn Mikells joined the company and was appointed Chief Financial Officer. In accordance with the approved remuneration policy, the Committee agreed a remuneration package that was in line with current practice at the Executive Committee level in terms of the mix of fixed and variable remuneration and also appropriately positioned against the external market.

During the year, the Committee also reviewed and increased the Chairman’s fee from £500,000 to £600,000 per annum effective

1 January 2016, following five successive years of no increases. The Chairman’s fee is appropriately positioned against our comparator group of FTSE30 companies excluding financial services. The next review is scheduled for December 2017. Dr Franz B Humer will step down as Chairman of the Board on 1 January 2017 and will be succeeded by Javier Ferrán, who joined the Board on 22 July 2016. Javier Ferrán’s fee from 1 January 2017 will be £600,000 per annum.

Following a comprehensive review of competitive market data, the Board also reviewed the fees for Non-Executive Directors and increased the basic fee from £84,000 to £87,000 per annum and the additional Senior Non-Executive Director fee from £20,000 to £25,000 per annum, also effective from 1 January 2016.

The clawback provisions in respect of annual incentive and long-term incentive awards to the Executive Directors have now been extended to all members of the Executive Committee, in addition to the existing malus provisions that apply to all participants under the Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan, as approved by the Committee last year.

Reward in 2016 at a glance

 

Base salary    2% increase for both the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer in October 2016 (versus budgeted 2.2% in the United Kingdom and 3% in the United States for the wider workforce)
Allowances and benefits    Unchanged from last year
Retirement benefits    Unchanged from last year
Annual incentive    Payout above target, delivering 64.8% and 69.8% of maximum opportunity for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer respectively
Long-term incentives    30.6% vesting of performance shares and nil vesting of share options

As a reflection of the company’s delivery of a good set of results in the year (see key performance indicators on pages 23-27), total variable pay to the Executive Directors in respect of the year ended 30 June 2016 is higher than the year ended 30 June 2015.

Over the period 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2016 (the performance period for long-term incentive awards that vest this year in September 2016), Diageo’s share price grew by 7.9%, from 1933.5 pence to 2086.5 pence, and the company paid a total dividend of 160.0 pence per share. Dividend distribution to shareholders in the year ended 30 June 2016 was increased by 7.6% compared to the previous year.

 

166


Governance (continued)

 

Planned for 2017

Looking ahead to the year ending 30 June 2017, we will continue to operate executive remuneration arrangements in line with the approved remuneration policy. No changes are proposed to the design of the annual or long-term incentive plan for the year ahead.

We will be reviewing our remuneration policy and actively engaging with shareholders and their advisory bodies in advance of putting the policy to shareholder vote at the 2017 AGM.

As you read our remuneration policy and annual remuneration report on the following pages, I hope it is clear how the Committee’s decisions support the business strategy and the delivery of Diageo’s performance ambition.

We were very pleased to receive a very strong vote in favour of our remuneration report last year. I highly value the direct engagement and feedback from our shareholders and their representative bodies on Diageo’s remuneration policy and look forward to welcoming you and receiving your support again at the AGM this year.

Lord Davies of Abersoch

Senior independent Non-Executive Director and

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

 

167


Governance (continued)

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

This section of the report sets out the policy for Executive Directors’ remuneration. The policy was put to shareholders for approval in a binding vote at the AGM in 2014, in accordance with section 439A of the Companies Act 2006, and formally came into effect from 18 September 2014, the date of the AGM. The policy section of the report below is as disclosed in the 2014 Directors’ Remuneration Report, with the exception of the reference to the number of employees across Diageo, a minor addition to the DLTIP section of the policy table to reflect the clarification note released following publication of the 2014 Directors’ Remuneration Report, updates to the illustrations of remuneration policy charts to reflect projected remuneration for 2017 and amendments to reflect the change in incumbent for the Chief Financial Officer role. The remuneration policy as disclosed in the 2014 Directors’ Remuneration Report can be found on the Diageo website at: http://www.diageo.com/en-row/ newsmedia/Pages/resource.aspx?resourceid=2320.

Remuneration policy framework

The remuneration structures and performance measures used in executive incentive plans are designed to support Diageo’s business strategy as follows:

 

    Focused on consistent growth drivers: As a public limited company, Diageo has a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long-term value for shareholders. Thus, variable elements of remuneration are dependent upon the achievement of performance measures that are identified as key consistent and responsible growth drivers for the business and that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.
    Variable with performance: A significant proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business and individual performance so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with performance.
    Share ownership: Full participation in incentives is conditional upon building up a significant personal shareholding in Diageo to ensure the company’s leaders think and act like owners.
    Cost effectiveness: Fixed elements of remuneration are determined by reference to the median of the market, individual experience and performance, and other relevant factors to ensure competitiveness while controlling fixed costs to maximise efficiency.

Future policy table

Set out below is the remuneration policy for Executive Directors which has been applied from the date of shareholder approval at the AGM on 18 September 2014.

Base salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Supports the attraction and retention of the best global talent with the capability to deliver Diageo’s strategy and performance goals.

Operation

 

    Normally reviewed annually or following a change in responsibilities with changes usually taking effect from 1 October.
    The Remuneration Committee considers the following parameters when reviewing base salary levels:

 

    Pay increases for other employees across the group;
    Economic conditions and governance trends;
    The individual’s performance, skills and responsibilities;
    Base salaries (and total remuneration) at companies of similar size and international scope to Diageo, with roles typically benchmarked against the top 30 companies in the FTSE100 by market capitalisation excluding companies in the financial services sector, or against similar comparator groups in other locations dependent on the Executive Director’s home market.

Opportunity

Salary increases will normally be in line with increases awarded to other employees in relevant markets in which Diageo operates, typically the United Kingdom and the United States, unless there is a change in role or responsibility, or the need to align an Executive Director’s salary to market level over time (provided the increase is merited by the individual’s contribution and performance).

 

168


Governance (continued)

 

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides market competitive and cost effective benefits.

Operation

 

    The provision of benefits depends on the country of residence of the Executive Director and may include a company car or car allowance, the provision of a car and contracted car service or equivalent, product allowance, life insurance, accidental death & disability insurance, medical cover for the Executive Director and family and financial counselling.
    The Remuneration Committee has discretion to offer additional allowances, or benefits, to Executive Directors, if considered appropriate and reasonable. These may include relocation expenses, housing allowance and school fees where a Director has to relocate from his/her home location as part of their appointment.

Opportunity

The benefits package is set at a level which the Remuneration Committee considers:

 

    Provides an appropriate level of benefits depending on the role and individual circumstances; and
    Is in line with comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant market.

Post-retirement provisions

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides cost-effective, competitive post-retirement benefits.

Operation

 

    Provision of market competitive pension arrangements or a cash alternative based on a percentage of base salary.
    Further detail on current pension provisions for Executive Directors is disclosed in the annual report on remuneration.

Opportunity

 

    The maximum company pension contribution is 30% of base salary for any new external appointments to an Executive Director position.
    Current legacy company contributions for Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan in the year ended 30 June 2016 were 40% and 35% of base salary, respectively. At his request, Ivan Menezes’company contribution was reduced from 40% to 30% effective 1 July 2016. Kathryn Mikells’ company contribution in the year ended 30 June 2016 was 20% of base salary.

Annual incentive plan (AIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Incentivises year-on-year delivery of Diageo’s annual financial and strategic targets. Provides focus on key financial metrics and the individual’s contribution to the company’s performance.

Operation

 

    Performance measures and stretching targets are set annually by the Remuneration Committee by reference to the annual operating plan.
    The level of award is determined with reference to Diageo’s overall financial and strategic performance and individual performance and is paid out in cash after the end of the financial year.
    The Committee has discretion to amend the level of payment if it is not deemed to reflect appropriately the individual’s contribution or the overall business performance. Any discretionary adjustments will be detailed in the following year’s annual report on remuneration.

 

169


Governance (continued)

 

    The Committee has discretion to apply clawback to bonus, i.e. the company may seek to recover bonus paid, in exceptional circumstances such as gross misconduct or gross negligence during the performance period.
    Details of the AIP are set out in the annual report on remuneration on page 169.

Opportunity

For threshold performance, up to 50% of salary may be earned, with up to 100% of salary earned for on-target performance and a maximum of 200% of salary payable for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions

Annual incentive plan awards are based 70%-90% on financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of revenue, profit and cash and 10%-30% on broader objectives based on individual contribution and medium-term strategic goals. Details of the measures and weightings applicable for the year ending 30 June 2017 are set out on page 179. Details of the targets will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, when they are no longer deemed commercially sensitive by the Board.

Diageo long-term incentive plan (DLTIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides focus on delivering superior long-term returns to shareholders.

Operation

 

    An annual grant of performance shares and/or market price share options which vest subject to a performance test and continued employment normally over a period of three years.
    Measures and stretching targets are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee for each new award. Details of the measures, weightings and targets applicable for the financial year under review are provided in the annual report on remuneration.
    Following vesting there is a further retention period of two years. Executive Directors are able to exercise an option or sell sufficient shares to cover any tax liability when an award vests, provided they retain the net shares arising for the two-year retention period.
    Notional dividends accrue on performance share awards to the extent that the performance conditions have been met, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee at the end of the vesting period.
    The Committee has discretion to reduce the number of shares which vest (subject to HMRC rules regarding approved share options), for example in the event of a material performance failure, or a material restatement of the accounts. There is an extensive malus clause for awards made from September 2014. The Committee has discretion to decide that:

 

    the number of shares subject to the award will be reduced;
    the award will lapse;
    retention shares (i.e. vested shares subject to the additional two-year retention period) will be forfeited;
    vesting of the award or the end of any retention period will be delayed (e.g. until an investigation is completed);
    additional conditions will be imposed on the vesting of the award or the end of the retention period; and/or
    any award, bonus or other benefit which might have been granted or paid to the participant in any later year will be reduced or not awarded.

Malus provisions will apply up to delivery of shares at the end of the retention period (as opposed to the vesting date).

 

    Further details of the DLTIP are set out in the annual report on remuneration on pages 179-184.

Opportunity

 

    The maximum annual grant is 500% of salary in performance share equivalents (where a market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share). As clarified in the statement of further information on 15 August 2014, under the DLTIP no more than 375% of salary will be awarded in face value terms in options to any Executive Director in any year.

 

170


Governance (continued)

 

    Threshold vesting level of 20% of maximum with straight-line vesting up to 100% at maximum for financial metrics and a ranking profile for relative total shareholder return.

Diageo long-term incentive plan (DLTIP)

Performance conditions

 

    The vesting of awards is linked to a range of measures which may include, but are not limited to:

 

    a growth measure (e.g. net sales, eps);
    a measure of efficiency (e.g. operating margin, operating cash conversion, return on invested capital (ROIC)); and
    a measure of Diageo’s relative performance in relation to its peers (e.g. relative total shareholder return).

Measures that apply to performance shares and market price options may differ, as is the case for current awards. Weightings may vary year-on-year, subject to a minimum weighting of 25% of the total award. Details of the measures, including targets for the awards to be made in September 2016 are set out on page 183.

 

    The Remuneration Committee has discretion to amend the performance conditions in exceptional circumstances if it considers it appropriate to do so, e.g. in cases of accounting changes, M&A activities and disposals. Any such amendments would be fully disclosed and explained in the following year’s annual report on remuneration.

All-employee share plans

Purpose and link to strategy

To encourage broader employee share ownership through locally approved plans.

Operation

 

    The company operates tax-efficient all-employee share savings plans in various jurisdictions.
    Executive Directors’ eligibility may depend on their country of residence, tax status and employment company.

Opportunity

Limits for all employee share plans are set by the tax authorities. The company may choose to set its own lower limits.

Performance conditions

UK Freeshares: based on Diageo plc financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of revenue, profit and cash.

Shareholding requirement

Purpose and link to strategy

Ensures alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders.

Operation

 

    The minimum shareholding requirement is 300% of base salary for the Chief Executive and 250% of base salary for any other Executive Directors.
    Executive Directors have five years from their appointment to the Board in which to build up their shareholding.
    Full participation in the DLTIP is conditional upon meeting this requirement beyond the five-year timeframe.

 

171


Governance (continued)

 

NOTES TO THE POLICY TABLE

Performance measures and targets

Further details of AIP performance measures and DLTIP performance measures and targets that will apply for awards made in September 2016, and how they are aligned with company strategy and the creation of shareholder value, are set out in the annual report on remuneration, on pages179 and 183.

Performance targets are set to be stretching yet achievable, and take into account the company’s strategic priorities and business environment. The Committee sets targets based on a range of reference points including the corporate strategy and broker forecasts for both Diageo and its peers.

Differences in remuneration policy for other employees

The remuneration approach for Executive Directors is consistent with the reward package for members of the Executive Committee and the senior management population.

Generally speaking, a much higher proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business performance, compared to the rest of the employee population, so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with business performance and to align the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders. The structure of the reward package for the wider employee population is based on the principle that it should be sufficient to attract and retain the best talent and be competitive within our broader industry, remunerating employees for their contribution linked to our holistic performance whilst mindful not to over-pay. It is driven by local market practice as well as level of seniority and accountability, reflecting the global nature of Diageo’s business.

Illustrations of application of the remuneration policy

The graphs below illustrate scenarios for the projected total remuneration of Executive Directors at three different levels of performance: minimum, on-target and maximum. Note that the projected values exclude the impact of any share price movements. These charts reflect projected remuneration for the financial year ending 30 June 2017.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

IvanMenezesMinimum100%Total$2,244(L1,516)On-target42%29%29%Total$5,345(L3,612)Maximum17%24%59%Total$13,097(L8,849)Thousands02,0004,0006,0008,00010,00012,00014,000KathrynMikellsMinimum100%TotalL840On-target39%31%30%TotalL2,140Maximum16%25%59%TotalL5,348Thousands01,0002,0003,0004,0005,0006,000Salary,benefitsandpensionAnnualincentiveLong-termincentives

 

 

 

172


Governance (continued)

 

Basis of calculation and assumptions:

The ‘Minimum’ scenario shows fixed remuneration only, i.e. base salary for financial year 2017, total value of contractually agreed benefits for 2017, and pension. The pension value is based on the estimated pension benefits accrued over the financial year ending 30 June 2017. These are the only elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages which are not subject to performance conditions.

The ‘On-target’ scenario shows fixed remuneration as above, plus a target pay-out of 50% of the maximum annual bonus and threshold performance vesting for long-term incentive awards.

The ‘Maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full pay-out of annual and long-term incentives.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The Remuneration Committee’s overarching principle for recruitment remuneration is to pay no more than is necessary to attract an Executive Director of the calibre required to shape and deliver Diageo’s business strategy in recognition that Diageo competes for talent in a global marketplace. The Committee will seek to align the remuneration package with Diageo’s remuneration policy as laid out above, but retains the discretion to offer a remuneration package which is necessary to meet the individual circumstances of the recruited Executive Director and to enable the hiring of an individual with the necessary skills and expertise. However, except as described below, variable pay will follow the policy.

Diageo is a global organisation operating in more than 180 countries around the world. The ability, therefore, to recruit and retain the best talent from all over the world is critical to the future success of the business. People diversity in all its forms is a core element of Diageo’s global talent strategy and, managed effectively, is a key driver that will deliver Diageo’s performance ambition.

On appointment of an external Executive Director, the Committee may decide to compensate for variable remuneration elements the Director forfeits when leaving their current employer. In doing so, the Committee will ensure that any such compensation would have a fair value no higher than that of the awards forfeited, and would generally be determined on a comparable basis taking into account factors including the form in which the awards were granted, performance conditions attached, the probability of the awards vesting (e.g. past, current and likely future performance) as well as the vesting schedules. Depending on individual circumstances at the time, the Committee has the discretion to determine the type of award (i.e. cash, shares or options, holding period and whether or not performance conditions would apply).

Any such award would be fully disclosed and explained in the following year’s annual report on remuneration. When exercising its discretion in establishing the reward package for a new Executive Director, the Committee will very carefully consider the balance between the need to secure an individual in the best interests of the company against the concerns of investors about the quantum in the remuneration and, if considered appropriate at the time, will consult with the company’s biggest shareholders. The Remuneration Committee will provide timely disclosure of the reward package of any new Executive Director.

In the event that an internal candidate was promoted to the Board, legacy terms and conditions would normally be honoured, including pension entitlements and any outstanding incentive awards.

Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office (including takeover provisions)

Executive Directors have rolling service contracts, details of which are set out below. These are available for inspection at the company’s registered office.

 

Executive Director

  

Date of service contract

Ivan Menezes

   7 May 2013

Kathryn Mikells

   1 October 2015

Deirdre Mahlan

   1 July 2010

 

173


Governance (continued)

 

Notice period    The contracts provide for a period of six months’ notice by the Executive Director or 12 months’ notice by the company. A payment may be made in lieu of notice equivalent to 12 months’ base salary and the cost to the company of providing contractual benefits (excluding incentive plans). The service contracts also provide for the payment of outstanding pay and bonus, if Executive Directors are terminated following a takeover, or other change of control of Diageo plc.
   If, on the termination date, the Executive Director has exceeded his/her accrued holiday entitlement, the value of such excess may be deducted by the company from any sums due to him/her, except to the extent that such deduction would subject the Executive Director to additional tax under Section 409A of the Code(i) (in the case of Ivan Menezes). If the Executive Director on the termination date has accrued but untaken holiday entitlement, the company will, at its discretion, either require the Executive Director to take such unused holiday during any notice period or make a payment to him/her in lieu of it, provided always that if the employment is terminated for cause then the Executive Director will not be entitled to any such payment. For these purposes, salary in respect of one day of holiday entitlement will be calculated as 1/261 of salary.
Mitigation    The Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to require a proportion of the termination payment to be paid in instalments and, upon the Executive Director commencing new employment, to be subject to mitigation except where termination is within 12 months of a takeover, or within such 12 months the Executive Director leaves due to a material diminution in status. In the case of Deirdre Mahlan, the mitigation provision may be excluded in the event of termination as a result of being located permanently outside the United Kingdom and Ireland.
Annual incentive plan (AIP)   

Where the Executive Director leaves for reasons including retirement, death in service, disability, ill-health, injury, redundancy, transfer out of the group and other circumstances at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion (‘Good Leaver Reasons’) during the financial year, they are usually entitled to an incentive payment pro-rated for the period of service during the performance period, which is typically payable at the usual payment date. Where the Executive Director leaves for any other reason, no payment will be made.

 

The amount is subject to performance conditions being met and at the discretion of the Committee. The Committee has discretion to determine an earlier payment date, for example on death in service.

Diageo 2014 long-term incentive plan (DLTIP)    When an Executive Director leaves for any reason other than Good Leaver Reasons, all unvested awards generally lapse immediately. In cases where Good Leaver Reasons apply, awards vest on the original vesting date unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise (for example in the case of death in service). The retention period for vested awards continues for all leavers other than in cases of disability, ill health or death in service, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise.
   The proportion of the award released depends on the extent to which the performance condition is met. The number of shares is reduced on a pro-rata basis reflecting the length of time the Executive Director was employed by the company during the performance period, unless the Committee decides otherwise (for example in the case of death in service).
   On a takeover or other corporate event, awards vest subject to the extent to which the performance conditions are met and, unless the Committee decides otherwise, the awards are time pro-rated. Otherwise the Committee, in agreement with the new company, may decide that awards should be swapped for awards over shares in the new company; where awards are granted in the form of options then on vesting they are generally exercisable for 12 months (or six months for approved options).

 

(i)  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

 

174


Governance (continued)

 

   Awards may be adjusted on a variation of share capital, demerger or other similar event.
   The Remuneration Committee may amend the plans, except that any changes to the advantage of participants require shareholder approval, unless the change relates to the administration, or taxation of the plan or participants, or is needed to ensure that the plans operate effectively in another jurisdiction.
   Details of existing awards are set out in the annual report on remuneration.
Repatriation    In cases where an Executive Director was recruited from outside the United Kingdom and has been relocated to the United Kingdom as part of their appointment, the company will pay reasonable costs for the repatriation of Good Leavers.

Existing arrangements

The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office notwithstanding that they are not in line with the policy set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy or the relevant legislation came into effect or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the company. For these purposes ‘payments’ include the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment which are ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted (including awards under the PSP and SESOP). Details of outstanding share awards are set out in the annual report on remuneration. For the purposes of section 226D(6) of the Companies Act, the effective date is the end of the financial year starting in 2014.

External appointments

Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the Board in each case.

Chairman of the Board and Non-Executive Directors

Purpose and link to strategy

Supports the attraction, motivation and retention of world-class talent and reflects the value of the individual, their skills and experience, and performance.

Operation

 

    Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are normally reviewed annually.
    A proportion of the Chairman’s annual fee is used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which have to be retained until the Chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a Director.
    Fees are reviewed in the light of market practice in the top 30 companies in the FTSE100 by market capitalisation (excluding companies in the financial services sector) and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities.
    The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the company’s incentive plans or receive pension contributions or benefits.
    The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are eligible to receive a product allowance or cash equivalent at the same level as the Executive Directors.

All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at www.diageo.com. The Chairman of the Board, Dr Franz B Humer, commenced his appointment on 1 July 2008. Dr Humer had a letter of appointment for an initial five-year term from 1 July 2008 which has been extended to 31 December 2016. It is terminable on six months’ notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of six months’ fees in lieu of notice. Dr Humer will step down as Chairman of the Board on 1 January 2017 and will be replaced by Javier Ferrán, who joined the Board on 22 July 2016.

 

175


Governance (continued)

 

Opportunity

 

    Fees for Non-Executive Directors are within the limits set by the shareholders from time to time, currently an aggregate of £1,000,000, as approved by shareholders at the October 2005 AGM. This limit excludes the Chairman’s fees.
    Current fee levels are disclosed in the annual report on remuneration.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the company

When reviewing and determining pay for Executive Directors, the Committee takes into account the level and structure of remuneration as well as salary budgets for other employees in the group. More specifically, the Committee reviews annual salary increase budgets for the general employee population in the United Kingdom and North America as well as the remuneration structure and policy for the global Senior Management population.

Diageo employs 32,078 employees and operates in more than 180 countries around the world. Given its global scale and complexity, the Committee has not consulted directly with employees when designing the remuneration policy for its Executive Directors. Diageo runs annual employee surveys which give employees the opportunity to give feedback and express their views on a variety of topics, including remuneration. Any comments relating to Executive Directors’ remuneration are fed back to the Remuneration Committee.

Consideration of shareholder views

The Committee values the continued dialogue with Diageo’s shareholders and engages directly with them and their representative bodies at the earliest opportunity when setting out Diageo’s remuneration policy and approach, proposed base salary increases for the Executive Directors and targets for the long-term incentive plan award. This year, the company has engaged with shareholders about the base salary proposals for 2016, the fee review for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors, long-term incentive plan targets for awards to be made in 2016 as well as the buy-out share award to the Chief Financial Officer on appointment to the company.

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)

The table below details the Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2016.

 

                                                                                                       
     Ivan Menezes(i)      Kathryn Mikells(ii)      Deirdre Mahlan(iii)  
     2016      2016      2015      2015      2016      2015      2016      2015  

Fixed pay

   ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000  

Salary

   £ 1,027       $ 1,520       £ 968       $ 1,520       £ 419               £ 258       £ 727   

Benefits(iv)

   £ 78       $ 115       £ 155       $ 243       £ 64               £ 102       £ 34   

Pension(v)

   £ 486       $ 719       £ 424       $ 666       £ 83               £ 105       £ 267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed pay

   £ 1,591       $ 2,354       £ 1,547       $ 2,429       £ 566          £ 465       £ 1,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Performance related pay

                       

Annual incentive

   £ 1,330       $ 1,969       £ 535       $ 840       £ 585               £ 363       £ 428   

Long-term incentives (vi)

   £ 1,162       $ 1,720       £ 1,380       $ 2,167       £ 1,660               £ 245       £ 870   

Other incentives(vii)

                                                   £ 3       £ 4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total remuneration for Executive Director appointment

   £ 4,083       $ 6,043       £ 3,462       $ 5,436       £ 2,811               £ 1,076       £ 2,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other performance related pay (Granted prior to appointment as Executive Director - performance conditions relate to previous role)

                       

Long-term incentives (viii)

   £ 357       $ 528       £ 330       $ 518                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL SINGLE FIGURE

   £ 4,440       $ 6,571       £ 3,792       $ 5,954       £ 2,811               £ 1,076       £ 2,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes

(i) The amounts shown in sterling are converted using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year ended 30 June 2015, the exchange rate was £1 = $1.57 and for the year ended 30 June 2016 the exchange rate was £1 = $1.48.

 

176


Governance (continued)

 

(ii) Kathryn Mikells was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 9 November 2015, replacing Deirdre Mahlan.
(iii) Deirdre Mahlan stepped down from the board and was appointed President, North America on the Executive Committee on 9 November 2015. Deirdre Mahlan’s remuneration has been pro-rated to reflect the period 1 July 2015 to 9 November 2015.
(iv) Benefits is the gross value of all taxable benefits. For Ivan Menezes, these include medical insurance (£17k), company car allowance (£17k), chauffeur (£8k), financial counselling (£33k), product allowance, flexible benefits allowance and life and long-term disability cover. Deirdre Mahlan’s benefits include flexible benefits allowance (£6k), contracted car service (£6k), financial counselling (£7k), medical insurance, life cover, product allowance and the cost of relocating her from the United Kingdom to the United States (£81k). Kathryn Mikells’ benefits include flexible benefits allowance (£13k), financial counselling (£24k), contracted car service, life cover, product allowance and relocation costs in relation to her move from the United States to the United Kingdom (£25k).
(v) Pension benefits earned during the year represent the increase in the pension fund balances over the year in the Diageo North America Inc. pension plans over and above the increase due to inflation. As Ivan Menezes has been a deferred member of the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) in the United Kingdom since 31 January 2012, and receives standard statutory increases in deferment the UK pension amount that accrued over the two years in excess of inflation is nil. Kathryn Mikells became a director and started accruing benefits in the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with effect from 9 November 2015. The pension input amount for the year ended 30 June 2016 only reflects the period from 9 November 2015 and Kathryn Mikells did not build up any pension benefits prior to that point. Deirdre Mahlan’s accrued benefits over the year ended 30 June 2016 have been pro-rated to reflect the period of time she was an Executive Director from 1 July 2015 to 9 November 2015. In previous years, Ivan Menezes’ and Deirdre Mahlan’s deferred pension benefits in the US Cash Balance Plan and the Benefits Supplemental Plan (BSP) have been disclosed although benefits accrual ceased in August 2012 and June 2010 respectively. On further review, and in line with the disclosure requirements, these deferred benefits have been excluded from 2016 remuneration and 2015 has been restated in line with this revised methodology.
(vi) Long-term incentives represents the estimated gain delivered through options and performance shares where performance conditions have been met in the respective financial year. For 2016, this includes performance shares awarded under the PSP in 2013 and due to be released in September 2016 and the estimated value of accrued dividend shares on this award. Though the outcome of the performance conditions is known, the share price on the vesting date is estimated, using the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2016 (1875.1 pence for ordinary shares and $108.14 for ADRs) for the purpose of this calculation. Share options awarded under the SESOP in 2013 all lapsed due to the performance condition not being met. Long-term incentives for 2015 have been adjusted to reflect the actual share price on the date of vesting on 1 October 2015 (1765.5 pence for ordinary shares and $107.50 for ADRs). For further information on the SESOP and PSP performance conditions and vesting outcomes please refer to the ‘LTIP awards vesting in the year ended 30 June 2016’ section of the report on page 79. For Kathryn Mikells, long-term incentives represents the face value of 87,736 time-vesting replacement share awards (not subject to performance conditions) made on 9 November 2015 in recognition of share awards forfeited from her former employer. The average closing share price of an ordinary share over the three dealing days prior to the date of grant was 1892.0 pence.
(vii) Other incentives include the face value of awards made under all-employee share plans. Awards do not have performance conditions attached.
(viii) Ivan Menezes retains interests in long-term incentive awards that were granted to him in 2012, prior to joining the board under ‘below-board’ plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), details of which are shown on page 181. The value of the second tranche of the award based on performance for the year ended 30 June 2016 is shown in the table on the previous page and calculated on the basis of the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2016 ($108.14 for ADRs). The value of the part of the award based on continuing employment for the year ended 30 June 2016 is not included in the table on the previous page and amounts to 14,642 ADRs. The second tranche of the award will vest on 8 March 2017. For 2015, the value of the first tranche of the award that vested on 8 March 2016 has been restated to account for the share price on the date of vesting ($106.14 for ADRs).

Salary

Salary increases to be applied in the year ending 30 June 2017

In June 2016, the Remuneration Committee reviewed base salaries for senior management and agreed new salaries which will apply from 1 October 2016. In determining these salaries, the Remuneration Committee took into consideration a number of factors including general employee salary budgets and employment conditions, individual performance and experience, and salary positioning relative to internal and external peers. The overall budgeted salary increase for the salary review in October 2016 is 2.2% of base salary for the business in the United Kingdom and 3% in North America.

The Committee considered very carefully the total remuneration positioning of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, the salary budget for all employees in the United Kingdom and the expectations of shareholders with respect to continuing pay restraint. As a result, it was agreed that there would be a 2% salary increase for both the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, effective from 1 October 2016.

 

177


Governance (continued)

 

                                                                                       
     Ivan Menezes      Kathryn Mikells(i)  

Salary at 1 October (’000)

   2016      2015      2016      2015  

Base salary

   $ 1,550       $ 1,520       £ 663       £ 650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

% increase (over previous year)

     2%         0%         2%           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i)  For Kathryn Mikells, the 2015 salary refers to her salary on appointment on 9 November 2015.

Annual incentive plan (AIP) (audited)

AIP payout for the year ended 30 June 2016

Performance against the group financial measures and the Individual Business Objectives (IBOs), as assessed by the Remuneration Committee, is described below.

The overall level of performance achieved resulted in an AIP award equating to 129.6% of base salary for Ivan Menezes and 139.6% of base salary for both Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan (pro-rated to reflect the period of their appointments on the Board). The actual awards received in respect of their Executive Director appointments are shown in the ‘single total figure of remuneration’ table on pages 176-177.

 

LOGO

   PayoutDiageoGroup(i)(%oftotalAIP(80%oftotalAIPopportunity)opportunity)Netsalesmeasure(ii)(%growth)ThresholdTargetMaximum(25%oftotal)Performancetarget1.9%3.9%5.8%Actualperformance3.2%AIPopportunity6.25%12.50%25.00%10.4%ProfitbeforeexceptionalitemsThresholdTargetMaximumandtaxmeasure(iii)(%growth)Performancetarget4.6%7.0%9.2%(25%oftotal)Actualperformance9.6%AIPopportunity6.25%12.50%25.00%25.0%OperatingcashconversionThresholdTargetMaximummeasure(iv)(%)Performancetarget97.0%102.0%107.0%(30%oftotal)Actualperformance104.3%AIPopportunity7.5%15.0%30.0%21.9%TotalDiageogroupAIPoutcome20%40%80%57.3%

 

178


Governance (continued)

 

         

Payout

                    Total    Total    Total    Total

Individual

  

Individual Bonus Objectives (IBOs)(v)

  

IBOs

  

Group

  

(% max)

  

(% salary)

  

(£’000)

  

($’000)

Maximum AIP opportunity

   20%    80%    100%    200%      

Ivan Menezes CEO

  

•  Delivery of investor critical growth priorities

•  Deliver a transformation in commercial standards and sales capabilities

•  Enhance our Corporate Reputation

   7.5%    57.3%    64.8%    129.6%   

£1,330

   $1,969

Kathryn Mikells CFO

  

•  Deliver cash targets versus plan

•  Drive improvements in Working Capital through focus on supply chain interventions

•  Build support for Diageo investment story of good sustainable performance, including demonstration of commitment to cost

   12.5%    57.3%    69.8%    139.6%    £585     

Deirdre Mahlan Former CFO

  

•  Deliver cash targets versus plan

•  Drive improvements in Working Capital through focus on supply chain interventions

•  Build support for Diageo investment story of good sustainable performance, including demonstration of commitment to cost

   12.5%    57.3%    69.8%    139.6%    £363   

 

(i) Performance against the AIP measures is calculated using 2016 budgeted exchange rates in line with management reporting and excludes the impact of IAS 21 in respect of short-term intercompany funding balances and IAS 39 in respect of market value movements as recognised in net finance charges and any exceptional items.
(ii) For AIP purposes, the net sales value measure is calculated after adjustments for acquisitions and disposals.
(iii) For AIP purposes, the profit before exceptional items and tax measure is calculated as operating profit plus earnings from associated companies less net interest, IAS 21/39 adjustments, adjustments for acquisitions and disposals and year-on-year foreign exchange on interest.
(iv) The operating cash conversion measure is calculated by dividing cash generated from operations excluding cash inflows/outflows in respect of exceptional items, dividends, maturing inventories and post-employment payments in excess of the amount charged to operating profit by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment and exceptional items. The ratio is stated at the budgeted exchange rate for the respective year in line with management reporting and is expressed as a percentage.
(v) The Committee assessed the Executive Directors’ performance against each of the IBOs and awarded a rating based on whether they had partially met, achieved or exceeded each goal. The average of all IBO ratings (weighted 50% on the first goal and 25% on each of the second and third goals) is shown as the final payout against the IBO element in the table above.

AIP design for the year ending 30 June 2017

The measures and targets used in the AIP are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are chosen to drive financial and individual business performance goals related to the company’s short term strategic operational objectives. The AIP design for the year ending 30 June 2017 will comprise of four measures (weightings in brackets):

 

    Profit before exceptional items and tax (% growth) (25%): stretching profit targets drive operational efficiency and influence the level of returns that can be delivered to shareholders through increases in share price and dividend income;
    Net sales (25%): year-on-year net sales growth is a key performance measure;
    Operating cash conversion (30%): ensures focus on efficient conversion of profit into cash; and
    Individual business objectives (20%): are measurable deliverables that are specific to the individual and are focused on supporting the delivery of key strategic objectives.

Details of the targets for the performance period ending 30 June 2017 will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, by which time they will no longer be deemed commercially sensitive by the Board.

Long-term incentive plans (LTIPs) (audited)

LTIP awards vesting in the year ended 30 June 2016 (audited)

Until 30 June 2014, long-term incentives were a combination of share options under the Senior Executive Share Option Plan 2008 (SESOP) and performance share awards under the Performance Share Plan 2008 (PSP). Awards were designed to incentivise Executive Directors and senior managers to deliver long-term sustainable performance. Awards made under both sets of plans were subject to performance conditions normally measured over a three-year period. As approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014, these plans were replaced by the Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) for awards from 2014 onwards.

 

179


Governance (continued)

 

SESOP – granted in September 2013, vesting in September 2016 (audited)

On 5 September 2013, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan received awards of 46,239 (ADRs) and 135,022 (ordinary shares) market price options, respectively, under the SESOP. Awards were subject to a performance condition based on compound annual growth in adjusted eps over a three-year period. For the purpose of the SESOP, an adjusted measure of eps is used to ensure that elements such as exceptional items and the impact of movements in exchange rates are excluded from year-on-year comparisons of performance. Options only vest when stretching adjusted eps targets are achieved. Vesting is on a pro rata basis ranging from a threshold level of 25% to a maximum level of 100%.

The adjusted eps growth targets and actual performance for the 2013 SESOP awards are set out below:

 

                                           

Vesting of 2013 SESOP awards

   Target      Vesting
(% maximum)
 

Compound annual adjusted eps growth over 1 July 2013 – 30 June 2016

     

Threshold

     7%         25%   

Maximum

     11%         100%   

Actual

     1.8%         0.0%   

Accordingly, the 2013 SESOP award, which is due to vest in September 2016, has not met the threshold under the performance condition and the options under the award will lapse.

PSP – awarded in September 2013, vesting in September 2016 (audited)

On 5 September 2013, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan received awards of 47,484 (ADRs) and 110,241 (ordinary shares) performance shares, respectively, under the PSP. Awards vest after a three-year period subject to the achievement of specified performance tests. Notional dividends accrue on awards and are paid out either in cash or shares in accordance with the vesting schedule.

For the 2013 awards, the primary performance test is split between three equally weighted performance measures:

 

1. A comparison of Diageo’s three-year total shareholder return (TSR) — the percentage growth in Diageo’s share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested) — with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and consumer goods companies. TSR is calculated on a common currency (US dollar) basis;
2. Growth in organic net sales on a compound annual basis; and
3. Total organic operating margin improvement.

For the part of the award subject to the TSR condition to vest, there must also be an improvement in the underlying financial performance of the company. In addition, the Remuneration Committee must be satisfied that performance in both organic net sales and organic operating margin is above an appropriate level before any of the award under either measure can be released.

The targets and vesting profile for the PSP awards granted in September 2013 are shown in the following table:

 

                                                                                                             

Vesting of 2013 PSP awards

   Threshold      Mid-point      Maximum      Actual      Vesting
(% maximum)
 

Organic net sales (CAGR)

     5.0%         6.5%         8.0%         1.0%         0.0%   

Organic operating margin improvement

     75bps         100bps         125bps         120bps         91.9%   

Relative total shareholder return

    
 
Median ranking
(ninth)
  
  
            
 
Upper quintile
(third or above)
  
  
     15th         0.0%   

Vesting (% maximum)

     25.0%         62.5%         100%            30.6%   

The three conditions are weighted equally. For operating margin and net sales, there is straight-line vesting between threshold and the midpoint, and between the mid-point and the maximum. The full vesting profile for TSR is shown below:

 

180


Governance (continued)

 

                                           

TSR ranking (out of 17)

   Vesting profile for PSP awards      Vesting profile for DLTIP
performance share awards from
2014
 

1st, 2nd or 3rd

     100%         100%   

4th

     95%         95%   

5th

     75%         75%   

6th

     65%         65%   

7th

     55%         55%   

8th

     45%         45%   

9th

     25%         20%   

10th or below

     0%         0%   

 

TSR peer group (16 companies)

  

 

AB Inbev

   Mondelēz International

Brown Forman

   Nestlé

Carlsberg

   PepsiCo

Coca-Cola

   Pernod Ricard

Colgate-Palmolive

   Procter & Gamble

Groupe Danone

   Reckitt Benckiser

Heineken

   SABMiller

Kimberly-Clark

   Unilever

On the basis of this performance, the 2013 PSP award, which is due to vest in September 2016, has partially met the performance conditions and, consequently, the shares under award will vest at 30.6% of the initial award.

The Committee has taken into consideration all factors regarding the underlying quality of the performance of the business at the end of the performance period and is satisfied that the level of vesting is warranted.

Diageo Incentive Plan (DIP) (audited)

Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards under the Diageo Incentive Plan that were granted to him in 2012, prior to his appointment as Executive Director. The number of shares granted to him on 8 March 2012 was 117,142 ADRs. 50% of this award is subject to meeting the midpoint of the targets for the financial measures under the long-term incentive plan over the three-year performance periods ending 30 June 2015, 30 June 2016, 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018. The remaining 50% is subject to continued satisfactory employment. The financial measures under the performance part of the award are equally weighted. Actual performance for the second tranche of the 2012 DIP award (i.e. the tranche based on performance over the three years to 30 June 2016) versus target is set out below:

Vesting of second performance-based tranche of March 2012 DIP award

 

                                                                 

Performance measures (equally weighted)

   Target      Actual      Vesting
(% of maximum)
 

Organic net sales growth (CAGR)

     6.50%         1.0%         0%   

Organic operating margin improvement

     100bps         120bps         100.0%   

Compound annual adjusted eps growth

     9%         1.8%         0%   
        

 

 

 

Total

           33.3%   
        

 

 

 

As the table shows, 33.3% of the performance related ADRs under the second tranche of the 2012 DIP award will vest in March 2017, subject to continuing employment. The total award that will vest to Ivan Menezes in March 2017 will therefore be 66.6% of the second tranche (including the ADRs that vest on time only), or 19,523 ADRs, provided he remains employed at the time of vesting. The Committee has assessed the underlying performance of the business at the end of the performance period and is satisfied that this level of vesting is warranted. The value of the part of the award based on performance and vesting in March 2017 is included in the single total figure of remuneration.

DLTIP awards made during the year ended 30 June 2016 (audited)

On 3 September 2015, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan received awards of 49,825 (ADRs) and 140,515 (ordinary shares) performance shares, respectively and 49,825 (ADRs) and 140,515 (ordinary shares) market price share options, respectively, under the DLTIP; details are provided in the table below. The three-year period over which performance will be measured is 1 July 2015 to 30 June 2018. The performance measures are relative total shareholder return, organic net sales growth, cumulative free cash flow and adjusted eps growth, equally weighted. 20% of the award will vest at threshold, with straight-line vesting up to 100% if the maximum level of performance is achieved.

 

181


Governance (continued)

 

                                                                                                                                                         

Executive

Director

  Date of grant     Plan     Share
type
    Awards made
during the year
    Exercise price     Face value
’000
    Face value
(% of salary)
 

Ivan Menezes

    03/09/2015        DLTIP – share options        ADR        49,825        $104.93        $5,700        375%   

Ivan Menezes

    03/09/2015        DLTIP – performance shares        ADR        49,825               $5,700        375%   

Deirdre Mahlan

    03/09/2015        DLTIP – share options        Ord        140,515        1709p        £2,635        360%   

Deirdre Mahlan

    03/09/2015        DLTIP – performance shares        Ord        140,515               £2,635        360%   

The table above specifies the number of performance shares and share options initially awarded under the DLTIP. The proportion of the awards that will vest is dependent upon the achievement of performance conditions, and the actual value may be nil. The vesting outcomes will be disclosed in the 2018 annual report.

The face value of each award has been calculated using the share price at the time of grant. In accordance with the rules, the number of performance shares and share options granted under the DLTIP was calculated by using the average closing share price for the last six months of the preceding financial year (1875 pence for ordinary shares and $114.40 for ADRs). In accordance with the plan rules, the exercise price was calculated using the average closing share price of the three days preceding the grant date (1709 pence for ordinary shares and $104.93 for ADRs). The share price on the date of grant was 1713.5 pence for ordinary shares and $104.30 for ADRs.

DLTIP awards to be made in the year ending 30 June 2017

The long-term incentive plan (DLTIP) was approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014.

The long-term incentive plan measures are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are selected to reward long-term consistent performance in line with Diageo’s business strategy and to create alignment with the delivery of value for shareholders. The DLTIP measures for awards to be granted in September 2016 are the same as those that applied to awards made in September 2015 and are:

 

    Relative total shareholder return: reflects the value of share price growth plus dividends, thus measuring the value returned on shareholder investments;
    Organic net sales: sustained year-on-year organic net sales growth is a key performance measure;
    Cumulative free cash flow: measures the efficiency of cash management;
    Compound annual adjusted eps growth: reflects profitability and is a key measure for shareholders.

 

182


Governance (continued)

 

The table below outlines the targets and the vesting profile for these awards. The measures are equally weighted, with performance shares subject to performance against relative total shareholder return, organic net sales and cumulative free cash flow, and share options subject to performance against adjusted eps growth. Performance will be tested over three financial years, beginning with the year ending 30 June 2017.

 

     Performance shares      Share options         
     Relative total
shareholder return (25%)
     Organic
net sales
(CAGR)
(25%)
     Cumulative
free cash flow
(£m) (25%)
     Adjusted eps growth (CAGR)
(25%)
     Vesting
profile
 

Threshold

     Median ranking (ninth)         3.5%         £5,700m         4.0%         20%   

Midpoint

             4.75%         £6,400m         6.75%         60%   

Maximum

     Upper quintile (third or above)         6.0%         £7,100m         9.5%         100%   

It is intended that a performance share award of 375% of base salary and an award of market price share options of 125% of base salary (in performance share equivalents; one market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share) will be made to Ivan Menezes in September 2016.

It is intended that Kathryn Mikells will be awarded a performance share award of 360% of base salary and an award of market price share options of 120% of base salary (in performance share equivalents) in September 2016.

Award on appointment in the year ended 30 June 2016 (audited)

On her appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 9 November 2015, Kathryn Mikells was awarded shares in Diageo plc in recognition of the share awards forfeited under the terms of her previous employer’s long-term incentive plans. As prescribed by the approved remuneration policy, the fair value of the replacement award in Diageo shares was no higher than the estimated fair value of the awards being forfeited.

The share awards that Kathryn forfeited on leaving her previous employer had a combined face value of £9.1 million (based on the share price at the time of valuing the forfeited stock) and comprised a number of time-vesting shares vesting on 1 July 2016 and a number of performance shares vesting on 1 January 2017, 1 July 2017 and 1 July 2018. The fair value of awards was estimated at £3.9 million.

Replacement awards in Diageo shares were delivered in a mixture of time-vesting and performance-based restricted shares with vesting staggered over a three-year period, to take account of the vesting schedule of the forfeited stock and to ensure appropriate retention value for the company. The face value of replacement awards was £6.3 million and the fair value was £3.9 million on grant.

 

183


Governance (continued)

 

As was disclosed to the market at the time, Kathryn Mikells was awarded:

 

    43,868 ordinary shares, which will vest on 9 May 2017, subject to continuing employment;
    43,868 ordinary shares, which will vest on 9 November 2018, subject to continuing employment; and
    246,300 ordinary shares, which will vest on 9 November 2018, subject to the achievement of performance conditions based on net sales growth, cumulative free cash flow and relative total shareholder return over the three-year period ending 30 June 2018 (the same performance conditions and targets that apply to performance share awards granted in September 2015 under the DLTIP). The share price on award, being the average closing price of an ordinary share over the three dealing days prior to the date of grant, was 1892 pence and the face value note above is based on this price.

Pension and benefits in the year ended 30 June 2016

Benefits

Benefits provisions for the Executive Directors continue to be in line with the information set out in the future policy table.

Pension arrangements (audited)

Ivan Menezes, Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan are members of the Diageo North America Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with an accrual rate of 40%, 20% and 35% of base salary, respectively during the year ended 30 June 2016. On his request, the accrual rate for Ivan Menezes was reduced from 40% to 30% of salary, effective from 1 July 2016. There will be no compensatory payment or benefit in exchange for this reduction in contribution.

The SERP is an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement programme. Under the plan, accrued company contributions are subject to quarterly interest credits. Under the rules of the SERP, employees can withdraw the balance of the plan in the form of five equal annual instalments or a lump sum upon reaching age 55 (Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan) and after having left service with Diageo (within six months of separation from service).

Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan participated in the US Cash Balance Plan and the Benefit Supplemental Plan (BSP) until August 2012 and June 2010, respectively and have accrued benefits under both plans. The Cash Balance Plan is a qualified funded pension arrangement, employer contributions are 10% of pay capped at the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) limit. The BSP is a non-qualified unfunded arrangement; notional employer contributions are 10% of pay above the IRS limit. Interest (notional for the BSP) is credited quarterly on both plans.

Ivan Menezes was also a member of the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) in the United Kingdom between 1 February 1997 and 30 November 1999. The accrual of pensionable service ceased in 1999 but the linkage to salary remained until January 2012. Under the Rules of the Scheme, this benefit is payable unreduced from age 60.

Upon death in service, a life insurance benefit of $3 million is payable to Ivan Menezes and a lump sum of four times base salary is payable to Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan.

The table below shows the pension benefits accrued by each Director to date. Note that the accrued UK benefits for Ivan Menezes are annual pension amounts, whereas the accrued US benefits for Ivan Menezes, Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan are one-off cash balance amounts.

 

184


Governance (continued)

 

                                                                                       
     30 June 2016      30 June 2015  

Executive Director

   UK pension
£’000 p.a.
     US benefit
£’000
     UK pension
£’000 p.a.
     US benefit
£’000
 

Ivan Menezes(i)

     69         5,588         69         4,218   

Kathryn Mikells(ii)

     Nil         92         n/a         n/a   

Deirdre Mahlan(iii)

     Nil         1,808         Nil         1,239   

 

(i) Ivan Menezes’ US benefits are higher at 30 June 2016 than at 30 June 2015 by £1,370k:
  (a) £486k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (all of which is over and above the increase due to inflation) – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see pages 176-177;
  (b) £61k of which is due to interest earned on his deferred US benefits over the year; and
  (c) £823k of which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.
(ii) Kathryn Mikells’ US benefits are higher at 30 June 2016 than on her appointment date on 9 November 2015 by £92k:
  (a) £83k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (all of which is over and above the increase due to inflation) – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see pages 176-177; and
  (b) £9k of which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.
(iii) Deirdre Mahlan’s US benefits are higher at 30 June 2016 than at 30 June 2015 by £569k:
  (a) £296k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (all of which is over and above the increase due to inflation) – which equates to £105k pro-rated for the period 1 July 2015 – 9 November 2015 when she was a Director, as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see pages 176-177;
  (b) £14k of which is due to interest earned on her deferred US benefits over the year; and
  (c) £259k of which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.

The Normal Retirement Age applicable to each Director’s benefits depends on the pension scheme, as outlined below.

 

Executive Director

   UK benefits
(DPS)
     US benefits
(Cash balance)
    

US benefits

(BSP)

  

US benefits

(SERP)

Ivan Menezes(i)

     60         65       6 months after age of leaving service    6 months after age of leaving service

Kathryn Mikells

     n/a         n/a       n/a    6 months after age of leaving service, or age 55 if later

Deirdre Mahlan

     n/a         65       6 months after age of leaving service    6 months after age of leaving service, or age 55 if later

 

(i) Ivan Menezes is able to take his UK pension benefits from age 58 without consent, and his benefits would not be subject to any actuarial reduction in respect of early payment. However, this is a discretionary policy Diageo offers that is not set out in the DPS Scheme Rules.

 

185


Governance (continued)

 

Performance graph and table

The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo and the FTSE100 Index since 30 June 2009 and demonstrates the relationship between pay and performance for the Chief Executive, using current and previously published single total remuneration figures. The FTSE100 Index has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large companies in the United Kingdom.

 

LOGO

   Totalshareholderreturn-DiageoChiefExecutivevalueofhypotheticalFTSE100totalremunerationL100holdingChiefExecutivetotalremunerationLmillionL30030 L25025L20020L15015L10010L505 00June2009June2010June2011June2012June2013June2014June2015June2016 PaulSWalshPaulSWalshPaulSWalshPaulSWalshIvanMenezes(i)IvanMenezes(i)IvanMenezes(i)L'000L'000L'000L'000L'000L'000L'000ChiefExecutivetotalremuneration(includeslegacyLTIPawards)3,2314,44911,74615,5577,3123,8884,440Annualincentive(%maximumopportunity)86%77%74%51%9%28%65%LT-SESOP (%maximumopportunity)100%100%100%100%71%0%0%LTI-PSP (%maximumopportunity)0%0%65%95%55%33%31%

  

 

(i) To enable comparison Ivan Menezes’ single total figure of remuneration has been converted into sterling using the cumulative average weighted exchange rate for the relevant financial year.

 

186


Governance (continued)

 

Percentage change in remuneration of the director undertaking the role of Chief Executive

The table below shows a comparison of the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration to the average percentage change in remuneration for the UK and US population from 2015 to 2016. The chosen population represents the most appropriate comparator group for the Chief Executive, as the Committee considers salary increase budgets in these countries when reviewing Executive Directors’ base salaries. Furthermore, the majority of Executive Committee members as well as the Executive Directors are on UK or US reward packages.

 

                                                                 
     Salary      Taxable
benefits
     Bonus  
     % change      % change      % change  

Chief Executive percentage change from 2015 to 2016

     0%         (53%)         134%   

Average % change for the UK and US workforce from 2015 to 2016

     3%         0%         101%   

The percentage change for the Chief Executive is based on the remuneration of Ivan Menezes from 2015 to 2016. Taxable benefits in 2015 included one-off relocation payments.

UK salary, benefits and bonus data for both 2015 and 2016 have been converted into USD using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the year ended 30 June 2016 of £1 = $1.48.

Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests (audited)

The beneficial interests of the Directors in office at 30 June 2016 (and their connected persons) in the ordinary shares (or ordinary share equivalents) of the company are shown in the table below.

 

     Ordinary shares or equivalent(i)                       
     14 July 2016      30 June 2016
(or date of
departure,
if earlier)
     30 June 2015
(or date of
appointment,
if later)
     Shareholding
requirement
(% salary)(ii)
     Shareholding
at 14 July 2016
(% salary)(ii)
     Shareholding
requirement
met
 

Chairman

                 

Dr Franz B Humer

     67,699         67,316         60,097                           

Executive Directors

                 

Ivan Menezes(iii)

     864,714         864,714         749,518         300%         1552%         Yes   

Kathryn Mikells(iii), (vi)

     13,589         13,580                 250%         39%         No   

Deirdre Mahlan(iii)

     308,447         308,447         281,153         250%         777%         Yes   

Non-Executive Directors

                 

Peggy B Bruzelius

     5,000         5,000         5,000                           

Laurence M Danon(iv)

             5,000         5,000                           

Lord Davies of Abersoch

     5,052         5,052         5,052                           

Betsy D Holden(iii)

     17,400         17,400         17,400                           

Ho KwonPing

     4,353         4,353         4,223                           

Philip G Scott

     10,000         10,000         10,000                           

Nicola S Mendelsohn

     5,000         5,000         5,000                           

Alan JH Stewart

     2,560         2,560         1,500                           

Emma Walmsley(v)

     5,094         5,094                                   

 

Notes

(i) Each person listed beneficially owns less than one percent of Diageo’s ordinary shares. Ordinary shares held by Directors have the same voting rights as all other ordinary shares.
(ii) Both the shareholding requirement and shareholding at 14 July 2016 are expressed as a percentage of base salary earned in the year ended 30 June 2016 and calculated using an average share price for the year ending 30 June 2016 of 1843.5 pence.
(iii) Ivan Menezes, Deirdre Mahlan, Kathryn Mikells and Betsy D Holden have share interests in ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share interests in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.
(iv) Laurence M Danon ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 23 September 2015 and therefore her shareholding is not disclosed at 14 July 2016.
(v) Emma Walmsley was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016.
(vi) Kathryn Mikells has five years from the date of her appointment, that is, until 9 November 2020, to build up the required shareholding in Diageo shares.

 

187


Governance (continued)

 

Outstanding share plan interests (audited)

 

Plan name

  Date of
award
    Performance
period
    Date of
vesting
    Share
type
    Share
price on
date of
grant
    Exercise
price
    Number
of shares/
options at
30 June
2015(i)
    Granted     Vested/
exercised
    Dividends
awarded
and
released
    Lapsed     Number
of shares/
options at
30 June
2016
    Total
number
of shares/

options in
Ords(ii)
 

Ivan Menezes

  

           

SESOP(iii)

    Sep 2010        2010-2013        2013        ADR        $ 67.84        55,512                55,512     

SESOP(iii)

    Sep 2011        2011-2014        2014        ADR        $ 76.70        36,587                36,587     

SESOP

    Oct 2012        2012-2015        2015        ADR        $ 112.72        46,575              46,575            
                         

 

 

 

Total number of vested but unexercised share options

  

              368,396   
                         

 

 

 

SESOP(v)

    Sep 2013        2013-2016        2016        ADR        $ 123.27        46,239                46,239     

DLTIP – share options(vi)

    Sep 2014        2014-2017        2017        ADR        $ 117.55        45,447                45,447     

DLTIP – share options

    Sep 2015        2015-2018        2018        ADR        $ 104.93          49,825              49,825     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested share options subject to performance

  

              566,044   
                         

 

 

 

DIP(iv)

    Sep 2011        2011-2014        2014-2015        ADR      $ 74.11          21,309          21,309                

DIP(iv)

    Mar 2012        2012-2019        2016-2019        ADR      $ 96.44          58,571          4,880          9,763        43,928     

PSP

    Oct 2012        2012-2015        2015        ADR      $ 113.62          54,927          18,309        1,853        36,618            

PSP(v)

    Sep 2013        2013-2016        2016        ADR      $ 123.08          47,484                47,484     

DLTIP – performance shares(vi)

    Sep 2014        2014-2017        2017        ADR      $ 115.80          45,447                45,447     

DLTIP – performance shares

    Sep 2015        2015-2018        2018        ADR      $ 104.30            49,825              49,825     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares subject to performance

  

              746,736   
                         

 

 

 

DIP(iv)

    Mar 2012        2012-2019        2016-2019        ADR      $ 96.44          58,571          14,642            43,929     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares not subject to performance

  

              175,716   
                         

 

 

 

Deirdre Mahlan(viii)

                         

SESOP(iii)

    Sep 2009        2009-2012        2012        ADR        $ 63.13        20,790                20,790     

SESOP

    Sep 2010        2010-2013        2013        Ord          1080p        199,652                199,652     

SESOP

    Sep 2011        2011-2014        2014        Ord          1232p        135,069                135,069     

SESOP

    Oct 2012        2012-2015        2015        Ord          1743p        146,299              146,299            
                         

 

 

 

Total number of vested but unexercised share options

  

              417,881   
                         

 

 

 

SESOP(v)

    Sep 2013        2013-2016        2016        Ord          1983p        135,022                135,022     

DLTIP – share options(vi)

    Sep 2014        2014-2017        2017        Ord          1796p        140,590                140,590     

DLTIP – share options

    Sep 2015        2015-2018        2018        Ord          1709p          140,515              140,515     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested share options subject to performance

  

              416,127   
                         

 

 

 

PSP

    Oct 2012        2012-2015        2015        Ord        1772p          134,653          44,884        4,380        89,769            

PSP(v)

    Sep 2013        2013-2016        2016        Ord        1978p          110,241                110,241     

DLTIP – performance shares(vi)

    Sep 2014        2014-2017        2017        Ord        1779p          140,590                140,590     

DLTIP – performance shares

    Sep 2015        2015-2018        2018        Ord        1714p            140,515              140,515     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares subject to performance

  

              391,346   
                         

 

 

 

Kathryn Mikells

                         

DBOP – performance shares(vii)

    Nov 2015        2015-2018        2018        Ord        1866p            246,300              246,300     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares subject to performance

  

              246,300   
                         

 

 

 

DBOP – restricted shares(vii)

    Nov 2015        2015-2017        2017        Ord        1866p            43,868              43,868     

DBOP – restricted shares

    Nov 2015        2015-2018        2018        Ord        1866p            43,868              43,868     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares not subject to performance

  

              87,736   
                         

 

 

 

 

(i) For unvested awards this is the number of shares/options initially awarded. For exercisable share options, this is the number of outstanding options. All share options have an expiry date of ten years after the date of grant.
(ii) ADRs have been converted to Ords (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares) for the purpose of calculating the total number of vested and unvested shares and options.
(iii) Shares/options granted prior to the Executive’s appointment to the Board.
(iv) Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards that were granted to him prior to joining the Board under ‘below-board’ plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), amounting to a total of 188,172 ADRs, granted in 2011 and 2012. 50% of the initial 2011 award of 71,030 ADRs lapsed in September 2014, as disclosed in the 2014 remuneration report. Of the remainder, 40% vested in September 2014, and the remaining portion vested in September 2015. The 2012 award is subject to performance conditions and continuing employment. 66.67% of the first tranche vested in March 2016 and 66.7% of the second tranche is due to vest in March 2017, with the remaining tranches vesting in March 2018 and March 2019.
(v) Awards made under the PSP and SESOP in September 2013 and due to vest in September 2016 are included here as unvested share awards subject to performance conditions, although the awards have also been included under long-term incentives in the single figure of total remuneration on pages 176-177, since the performance period ended during the year ended 30 June 2016.

 

188


Governance (continued)

 

(vi) Details of the performance conditions attached to PSP and SESOP awards granted in 2014 were disclosed in Diageo’s 2015 Annual Report.
(vii) Replacement shares awarded to Kathryn Mikells on her appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 9 November 2015, in recognition of share awards she forfeited from her previous employer. These awards were made under the Diageo Buy Out Plan (DBOP).
(viii) Awards granted to Deirdre Mahlan after she stepped down from the Board on 9 November 2015 have not been disclosed as she was no longer an Executive Director.

Payments to former directors (audited)

There were no payments to former directors above the de minimis level of £3k in the year ended 30 June 2016. This does not apply to Deirdre Mahlan, who stepped down from the Board on 9 November 2015.

Payments for loss of office (audited)

There were no payments for loss of office to Executive Directors in relation to the year ended 30 June 2016.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

The Chairman’s fee was reviewed in December 2015 and increased from £500,000 to £600,000 per annum, effective 1 January 2016, following five successive years of no increases. The Chairman’s fee is appropriately positioned against our comparator group of FTSE30 companies excluding financial services. The next review is scheduled for December 2017.

Following a comprehensive review of competitive market data, the Board also reviewed the fees for Non-Executive Directors and increased the basic fee from £84,000 to £87,000 per annum and the Senior Non-Executive Director fee from £20,000 to £25,000 per annum, also effective from 1 January 2016. There are no changes to the additional fees for the Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Remuneration Committtee.

 

                                           
     January
2016
     January
2015
 

Per annum fees

   £’000      £’000  

Chairman of the Board

     600         500   

Non-Executive Directors

     

Base fee

     87         84   

Senior Non-Executive Director

     25         20   

Chairman of the Audit Committee

     30         30   

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

     25         25   

 

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2016 (audited)

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Fees
£’000
     Taxable  benefits(i)
£’000
     Total
£’000
 
     2016      2015      2016      2015      2016      2015  

Chairman

                 

Dr Franz B Humer(ii)

     550         500         6         12         556         512   

Non-Executive Directors

                 

Peggy B Bruzelius

     86         84         6         13         92         97   

Laurence M Danon(iii)

     21         84         1         6         22         90   

Lord Davies of Abersoch

     133         129         3         3         136         132   

Betsy D Holden

     86         84         10         35         96         119   

Ho KwonPing

     86         84         1         1         87         85   

Philip G Scott

     116         114         12         5         128         119   

Nicola S Mendelsohn

     86         70         1         1         87         71   

Alan JH Stewart

     86         70         1         1         87         71   

Emma Walmsley(iv)

     44                 1                 45           

 

189


Governance (continued)

 

 

(i) Other benefits include a contracted car service, product allowance and expense reimbursements relating to travel, accommodation and subsistence in connection with the attendance of Board meetings during the year, which are deemed by HMRC to be taxable in the United Kingdom. The amounts in the single figure of total remuneration table above include the grossed-up cost of UK tax paid by the company on behalf of the directors. Non-taxable expense reimbursements have not been included in the single figure of remuneration table above.
(ii) As in the previous year, £96,000 of Dr Franz B Humer’s net remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2016 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which must be retained until he retires from the company or ceases to be a Director for any other reason.
(iii) Laurence M Danon ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 23 September 2015.
(iv) Emma Walmsley was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016.

External appointments held by the Executive Directors

Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the Board in each case.

Ivan Menezes — During the year ended 30 June 2016, Ivan Menezes served as a Non-Executive Director of Coach Inc. and earned fees of $75,000, which he retained. In line with the Coach Inc. policy for outside directors, Ivan Menezes is eligible to be granted share options and restricted share units (RSUs). During the year ended 30 June 2016, he was granted 11,734 options at an option price of $32.28 and 2,367 RSUs (including dividends received) at a fair market value of $32.28 per share.

Kathryn Mikells — During the year ended 30 June 2016, Kathryn Mikells served as a Non-Executive Director of Hartford Financial Services Group Inc. and earned fees of $100,000 for the full year, which were deferred into equity.

Deirdre Mahlan — During the year ended 30 June 2016, Deirdre Mahlan served as a Non-Executive Director of Experian plc and earned fees of €68,864, which she retained.

Relative importance of spend on pay

The graph below illustrates the relative importance of spend on pay (total remuneration of all group employees) compared with distributions to shareholders, and the percentage change from the year ended 30 June 2015 to the year ended 30 June 2016. Distributions to shareholders are total dividends. The Committee considers that there are no other significant distributions or payments of profit or cash flow.

 

LOGO

Relative importance of spend on pay - percentage change Sta_ pay 1,180 1,236 4.7% Distributions to shareholders 1,341 1,443 7.6% Lm 0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 2015 2016

 

Remuneration committee

The Remuneration Committee consists of the following independent Non-Executive Directors: Peggy B Bruzelius, Lord Davies of Abersoch, Betsy D Holden, Ho KwonPing, Philip G Scott, Nicola S Mendelsohn, Alan JH Stewart and Emma Walmsley. Lord Davies is the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. The Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive may, by invitation, attend Remuneration Committee meetings except when their own remuneration is discussed. Diageo’s Global Human Resources Director and Capability, Performance and Reward Director are also invited from time to time by the Remuneration Committee to provide their views and advice. The Global Human Resources Director is not present when her own remuneration is discussed. The Chief Financial Officer may also attend to provide performance context to the Committee during its discussions about target setting. Information on meetings held and director attendance is disclosed in the corporate governance report.

 

190


Governance (continued)

 

The Remuneration Committee’s principal responsibilities are:

 

    Making recommendations to the Board on remuneration policy as applied to the Executive Directors and the Executive Committee;
    Setting, reviewing and approving individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman of the Board, Executive Directors and Executive Committee members including terms and conditions of employment;
    Determining arrangements in relation to termination of employment of the Executive Directors and other designated senior executives; and
    Making recommendations to the Board concerning the introduction of any new share incentive plans which require approval by shareholders.

Full terms of reference for the Committee are available at www.diageo.com and on request from the Company Secretary.

External advisors

During the year ended 30 June 2016, the Remuneration Committee received advice from Kepler (a brand of Mercer), appointed by the Committee in December 2013 following a tendering process, who provided independent advice on remuneration best practice and senior executive remuneration.

Kepler is a signatory to, and abides by, the Remuneration Consultants Group Code of Conduct. Kepler’s parent company, Mercer, provides unrelated services to the company in the areas of all-employee reward and retirement benefits. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice it receives from Kepler is independent. During the year, Kepler supported the Committee in preparing this Directors’ remuneration report, provided remuneration benchmarking survey data to support the salary review for the Executive Committee, provided advice on the design of the long-term incentives, and calculated the total shareholder return of Diageo and its peer companies for the 2012 and 2013 PSP awards and provided periodic updates on all outstanding performance cycles. The fees paid to Kepler in relation to advice provided to the Committee were £137,935 and are determined on a time and expenses basis.

During the year, Linklaters provided advice on the Directors’ remuneration report. Fees paid in relation to this advice, again on a time and expenses basis, were £6,000. Linklaters also provide other legal advice from time to time on certain corporate matters.

The Committee is satisfied that the Kepler and Linklaters engagement partners and teams that provide remuneration advice to the Committee do not have connections with Diageo that may impair their independence. The Committee reviewed the potential for conflicts of interest and judged that there were appropriate safeguards against such conflicts.

Clifford Chance provided advice on the operation of share plans during the year.

Statement of voting

The following table summarises the details of votes cast in respect of the resolutions on the Directors’ remuneration policy at the 2014 AGM and annual report on remuneration at the 2015 AGM.

 

                                                                                       
     For      Against      Total
votes cast
     Abstentions  

Directors’ remuneration policy

           

Total number of votes

     1,663,866,061         43,275,688         1,707,141,749         18,288,488   

Percentage of votes cast

     97.47%         2.53%         100%         n/a   

Annual report on remuneration

           

Total number of votes

     1,767,690,112         64,973,516         1,832,663,628         35,221,124   

Percentage of votes cast

     96.45%         3.55%         100%         n/a   

The Committee was pleased with the level of support shown for the remuneration policy and annual report on remuneration and appreciated the active participation of shareholders and their representative advisory bodies in consulting on executive remuneration matters.

 

191


Governance (continued)

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Emoluments and share interests of senior management

The total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 2016 of the Executive Directors, the Executive Committee members and the Company Secretary (together, the senior management) of Diageo comprising base salary, annual incentive plan, share incentive plan, termination payments and other benefits were £20.5 million (2015 – £14.0 million).

The aggregate amount of gains made by the senior management from the exercise of share options and from the vesting of awards during the year was £9.5 million. In addition, they were granted 968,293 performance-based share options under the DLTIP during the year at a weighted average share price of 1709 pence, exercisable by 2025 and 43,444 options not subject to performance under the DLTIP, which will vest in three years. In addition they were granted 212 options over ordinary shares under the UK savings-related share options scheme (SAYE). They were also awarded 901,720 performance shares under the DLTIP in September 2015, which will vest in three years subject to the performance test described in the section on DLTIP awards made during the year ended 30 June 2016, and 4,250 shares not subject to performance under the DLTIP. They were also awarded 146,904 shares under the DIP, which will vest in September 2018, subject to the performance conditions being met. This excludes the replacement share awards made to Kathryn Mikells on 9 November 2015.

Senior management options over ordinary shares

At 14 July 2016, the senior management had an aggregate beneficial interest in 1,743,277 ordinary shares in the company and in the following options over ordinary shares in the company:

 

                                                                 
     Number
of options
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Option period  

Ivan Menezes

     934,440         1535p         2013 – 2025   

Deirdre Mahlan

     834,008         1488p         2012 – 2025   

Other(i)

     1,862,324         1731p         2011 – 2025   
  

 

 

       
     3,630,772         
  

 

 

       

 

(i) Other members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

Key management personnel related party transactions (audited)

Key management personnel of the group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the Directors and the Company Secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as Directors or Company Secretary (as applicable) of Diageo plc or of one or more of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June 2016.

Other than disclosed in this report, no Director had any interest, beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save as disclosed above, no Director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any member of the group during the financial year, or which having been effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions during the last three years to which any Director or officer, or 3% or greater shareholder, or any spouse or dependent thereof, was a party. There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company from any Directors or officer or 3% or greater shareholder.

Statutory and audit requirements

This report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors, on 27 July 2016 and was signed on its behalf by Lord Davies of Abersoch who is senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

The Board has followed the principles of good governance as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code (with the exception that the directors were unable to attend the 2015 AGM) and complied with the regulations contained in the Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and the relevant schedules of the Companies Act 2006.

 

192


Governance (continued)

 

The Companies Act 2006 and the Listing Rules require the Company’s auditor to report on the audited information in their report and to state that this section has been properly prepared in accordance with these regulations.

PWC LLP has audited the report to the extent required by the Regulations, being the sections headed Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (and notes), Annual incentive plan (AIP), Long-term incentive plans (LTIPs), Pension arrangements, Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests, Outstanding share plan interests, Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration and Key management personnel related party transactions.

The annual report on remuneration is subject to shareholder approval at the AGM on 21 September 2016; the Directors’ remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

Terms defined in this remuneration report are used solely herein.

 

193


Governance (continued)

 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2016.

Annual General Meeting

The AGM will be held at The Mermaid Conference & Events Centre, Puddle Dock, Blackfriars, London EC4V 3DB at 2.30pm on Wednesday, 21 September 2016.

Directors

The Directors of the company who served during the year are shown in the section ‘Board of Directors and Company Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’ above.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code all the Directors will retire by rotation at the AGM and offer themselves for re-election. The Non-Executive Directors proposed for re-election do not have service contracts. Emma Walmsley and Javier Ferrán have been appointed, as Non-Executive Directors, with effect from 1 January 2016 and 22 July 2016 respectively and will offer themselves for election at the AGM. Javier Ferrán will be appointed Chairman on 1 January 2017 on the retirement of Dr Franz B Humer.

Further details of Directors’ contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the company at 30 June 2016 are given in the Directors’ remuneration report.

The Directors’ powers are determined by UK legislation and Diageo’s articles of association. The Directors may exercise all the company’s powers provided that Diageo’s articles of association or applicable legislation do not stipulate that any powers must be exercised by the members.

Auditor

The auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, is willing to continue in office and a resolution for its re-appointment as auditor of the company will be submitted to the AGM.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company’s auditor is unaware; and each Director has taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant audit information and to ensure that the company’s auditor is aware of that information.

Corporate governance statement

The corporate governance statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the ’Corporate governance report’, ‘the Report of the Audit Committee’ and the ’Additional information for shareholders’.

Significant agreements – change of control

The following significant agreements contain certain termination and other rights for Diageo’s counterparties upon a change of control of the company.

Under the agreement governing the company’s 34% investment in Moët Hennessy SNC (MH) and Moët Hennessy International SAS (MHI), if a competitor (as defined therein) directly or indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes, would occur if such competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH) may require the company to sell its shares in MH and MHI to LVMH.

The master agreement governing the operation of the group’s regional joint ventures with LVMH states that upon a change of control of the company (being, for these purposes, the acquisition by a third party of 30% or more of the issued share capital having voting rights in the company), LVMH may either appoint and remove the chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each joint venture entity to be wound up.

 

194


Governance (continued)

 

Other information

Other information relevant to the Directors’ report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

 

Information (including

that required by UK Listing

Authority Listing Rule 9.8.4)

  

Location in Annual Report on Form 20-F

Agreements with controlling shareholders    Not applicable
Amendment of articles of association    Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association
Contracts of significance    Not applicable
Details of long-term incentive schemes    Directors’ remuneration report
Directors – appointment and powers    Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association – Directors
Directors’ indemnities and compensation    Directors’ remuneration report – Directors’ remuneration policy and Additional information; Financial statements – note 20 Related party transactions
Dividends    Financial statements – Unaudited financial information and group financial review
Employment Policies    Strategic report – How we will deliver our Performance Ambition; Strategic report – Risk factors; Strategic report – Sustainability & Responsibility review
Events since 30 June 2016    None
Financial risk management    Financial statements – note 15 Financial instruments and risk management
Future developments    Chairman’s statement; Chief Executive’s Statement; Market dynamics
Greenhouse gas emissions    Strategic report – Sustainability & Responsibility Review – Reducing our environmental impact
Interest capitalised    Not applicable
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash (including in respect of major unlisted subsidiaries)    Not applicable
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary    Not applicable
Political donations    Corporate governance report
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder    Not applicable
Publication of unaudited financial information    Unaudited information
Purchase of own shares    Additional information for shareholders – Repurchase of shares; Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Research and development    Financial statements – note 3 Operating costs
Restrictions on transfer of securities    Additional information for shareholders – Restrictions on transfer of shares
Review of the business and principal risks and uncertainties    Chief Executive’s statement; Strategic report – Risk factors
Share capital – structure, voting and other rights    Additional information for shareholders – Share capital and Articles of association; Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Share capital – employee share plan voting rights    Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Shareholdings in the company    Additional information for shareholders – Share capital
Shareholder waivers of dividends    Note 17 Equity
Shareholder waivers of future dividends    Note 17 Equity
Sustainability and responsibility    Strategic report – How we will deliver our Performance Ambition: Sustainability & responsibility; Strategic report - Risk factors; Strategic report - Sustainability and Responsibility Review
Waiver of emoluments by a director    Not applicable
Waiver of future emoluments by a director    Not applicable

 

195


Governance (continued)

 

The Directors’ report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2016 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under ’Directors’, ’Corporate governance statement’ and ’Other information’ above, which are incorporated into the Directors’ report by reference. In addition, certain disclosures required to be contained in the Directors’ report, have been incorporated into the ‘Strategic report’ as set out in ’Other information’ above.

The Directors’ report was approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 27 July 2016 and signed on its behalf by David Harlock, the Company Secretary.

 

196


Financial statements

Reports of independent registered public accounting firms

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Diageo plc:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, and the consolidated statement of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively Diageo) at 30 June 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period ended 30 June 2016 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audit. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and Directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

9 August 2016

 

197


Financial statements (continued)

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders Diageo plc:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2015, and the related consolidated income statements, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period then ended on pages 199 to 270 , including the disclosures within the section ‘Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests’ on page 187 , and the section ‘Key management personnel related party transactions’ on page 192. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Diageo plc’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, England

29 July 2015

 

198


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

                                                                                       
     Notes      Year ended
30 June
2016

£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2015

£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2014

£ million
 

Sales

     2         15,641        15,966        13,980   

Excise duties

     3         (5,156     (5,153     (3,722
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     2         10,485        10,813        10,258   

Cost of sales

     3         (4,251     (4,610     (4,029
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        6,234        6,203        6,229   

Marketing

     3         (1,562     (1,629     (1,620

Other operating expenses

     3         (1,831     (1,777     (1,902
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

        2,841        2,797        2,707   

Non-operating items

     4         123        373        140   

Finance income

     5         262        244        241   

Finance charges

     5         (589     (656     (629

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     6         221        175        252   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

        2,858        2,933        2,711   

Taxation

     7         (496     (466     (447
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

        2,362        2,467        2,264   

Discontinued operations

     8                       (83
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

        2,362        2,467        2,181   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Equity shareholders of the parent company - continuing operations

        2,244        2,381        2,331   

Equity shareholders of the parent company - discontinued operations

                      (83

Non-controlling interests - continuing operations

        118        86        (67
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,362        2,467        2,181   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            million     million     million  

Weighted average number of shares

         

Shares in issue excluding own shares

        2,508        2,505        2,506   

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

        10        12        11   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,518        2,517        2,517   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            pence     pence     pence  

Basic earnings per share

         

Continuing operations

        89.5        95.0        93.0   

Discontinued operations

                      (3.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        89.5        95.0        89.7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

         

Continuing operations

        89.1        94.6        92.6   

Discontinued operations

                      (3.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        89.1        94.6        89.3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

199


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

                                                                 
     Year ended
30 June
2016

£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2015

£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2014

£ million
 

Other comprehensive income

      

Items that will not be recycled subsequently to the income statement

      

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

      

– group

     (851     125        (169

– associates and joint ventures

     (4     (10     2   

– non-controlling interests

     (1     (2       

Tax on post employment plans

     166        (11     20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (690     102        (147

Items that may be recycled subsequently to the income statement

      

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

      

– group

     1,217        (345     (1,117

– associates and joint ventures

     325        (205     (294

– non-controlling interests

     176        56        (120

Net investment hedges

     (843     269        398   

Exchange loss recycled to the income statement

      

– on translation of foreign operation

     133        88          

– on net investment hedges

     (82              

Tax on exchange differences - group

     (8     30        12   

Tax on exchange differences - non-controlling interests

     4                 

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

      

– gains/(losses) taken to other comprehensive income - group

     28        (40     59   

– gains/(losses) taken to other comprehensive income - associates and joint ventures

     3        (6     (5

– recycled to income statement

     (145     (58     34   

Tax on effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

     3        18        2   

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

      

– gains taken to other comprehensive income - group

     4        11        55   

– gains taken to other comprehensive income - non-controlling interests

     4        9          

– recycled to income statement - group

     (15            (140

– recycled to income statement - non-controlling interests

     (13              

Tax on available-for-sale fair value movements

     4        (4       

Hyperinflation adjustment

     6        18        11   

Tax on hyperinflation adjustment

     (2            (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     799        (159     (1,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive profit/(loss), net of tax, for the year

     109        (57     (1,254

Profit for the year

     2,362        2,467        2,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     2,471        2,410        927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders of the parent company

     2,183        2,261        1,114   

Non-controlling interests

     288        149        (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     2,471        2,410        927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

200


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

                                                                                              
            30 June 2016     30 June 2015  
     Notes      £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million  

Non-current assets

           

Intangible assets

     10         12,370          11,231     

Property, plant and equipment

     11         3,881          3,690     

Biological assets

        10          65     

Investments in associates and joint ventures

     6         2,528          2,076     

Other investments

     12         31          109     

Other receivables

     14         46          46     

Other financial assets

     15         420          292     

Deferred tax assets

     7         298          189     

Post employment benefit assets

     13         55          436     
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          19,639          18,134   

Current assets

           

Inventories

     14         4,579          4,574     

Trade and other receivables

     14         2,686          2,435     

Assets held for sale

        3          143     

Other financial assets

     15         495          46     

Cash and cash equivalents

     16         1,089          472     
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          8,852          7,670   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

          28,491          25,804   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Current liabilities

           

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

     16         (2,058       (1,921  

Other financial liabilities

     15         (280       (156  

Trade and other payables

     14         (3,372       (2,943  

Liabilities held for sale

                 (3  

Corporate tax payable

        (340       (162  

Provisions

     14         (137       (105  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          (6,187       (5,290

Non-current liabilities

           

Borrowings

     16         (8,071       (7,917  

Other financial liabilities

     15         (500       (443  

Other payables

     14         (70       (69  

Provisions

     14         (253       (238  

Deferred tax liabilities

     7         (1,982       (1,896  

Post employment benefit liabilities

     13         (1,248       (695  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          (12,124       (11,258
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

          (18,311       (16,548
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net assets

          10,180          9,256   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Equity

           

Share capital

     17         797          797     

Share premium

        1,347          1,346     

Other reserves

        2,625          1,994     

Retained earnings

        3,761          3,634     
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

          8,530          7,771   

Non-controlling interests

     17           1,650          1,485   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

          10,180          9,256   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 27 July 2016 and were signed on its behalf by Ivan Menezes and Kathryn Mikells, Directors.

 

201


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

                                Retained earnings/(deficit)                    
     Share
capital

£ million
     Share
premium

£ million
     Capital
redemption
reserve
£ million
     Hedging
and
exchange
reserve

£ million
    Own
shares

£ million
    Other
retained
earnings

£ million
    Total
£ million
    Equity
attributable
to parent
company
shareholders

£ million
    Non-
controlling
interests

£ million
    Total
equity

£ million
 
At 30 June 2013      797         1,344         3,146         8        (2,232     3,973        1,741        7,036        1,052        8,088   
Profit for the year                                            2,248        2,248        2,248        (67     2,181   
Other comprehensive income                              (911            (223     (223     (1,134     (120     (1,254
Employee share schemes                                     (48     (67     (115     (115            (115
Share-based incentive plans                                            37        37        37               37   
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                            3        3        3               3   
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                            1        1        1               1   
Shares issued              1                                             1               1   
Acquisitions                                                                 8        8   
Change in fair value of put options                                            (7     (7     (7            (7
Purchase of non-controlling interests                                            (19     (19     (19     (18     (37
Dividends paid                                            (1,228     (1,228     (1,228     (88     (1,316
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2014      797         1,345         3,146         (903     (2,280     4,718        2,438        6,823        767        7,590   
Profit for the year                                            2,381        2,381        2,381        86        2,467   
Other comprehensive income                              (249            129        129        (120     63        (57
Employee share schemes                                     52        (58     (6     (6            (6
Share-based incentive plans                                            35        35        35               35   
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                            2        2        2               2   
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                            4        4        4               4   
Shares issued              1                                             1               1   
Acquisitions                                                                 641        641   
Change in fair value of put options                                            (9     (9     (9            (9
Disposal of non-controlling interests                                            1        1        1               1   
Dividends paid                                            (1,341     (1,341     (1,341     (72     (1,413
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2015      797         1,346         3,146         (1,152     (2,228     5,862        3,634        7,771        1,485        9,256   
Profit for the year                                            2,244        2,244        2,244        118        2,362   
Other comprehensive income                              631               (692     (692     (61     170        109   
Employee share schemes                                     39        (38     1        1               1   
Share-based incentive plans                                            29        29        29               29   
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                            1        1        1               1   
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                            10        10        10               10   
Shares issued              1                                             1               1   
Disposal of non-controlling interests                                                                 (24     (24
Purchase of non-controlling interests                                            (18     (18     (18     (3     (21
Purchase of rights issue of non-controlling interests                                            (5     (5     (5     5          
Dividends paid                                            (1,443     (1,443     (1,443     (101     (1,544
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2016      797         1,347         3,146         (521     (2,189     5,950        3,761        8,530        1,650        10,180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

202


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

            Year ended 30 June 2016     Year ended 30 June 2015     Year ended 30 June 2014  
     Notes      £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million  
Cash flows from operating activities                
Profit for the year         2,362          2,467          2,181     
Discontinued operations                           83     
Taxation         496          466          447     
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures         (221       (175       (252  
Net finance charges         327          412          388     
Non-operating items         (123       (373       (140  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Operating profit           2,841          2,797          2,707   
Increase in inventories         (95       (204       (229  
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables         (86       274          (276  
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables and provisions         128          47          (92  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net (increase)/decrease in working capital           (53       117          (597
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment         473          440          629     
Dividends received         173          183          228     
Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit         (59       (70       (196  
Other items         (15       (11       (80  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          572          542          581   
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Cash generated from operations           3,360          3,456          2,691   
Interest received         174          183          143     
Interest paid         (479       (599       (575  
Taxation paid         (507       (489       (469  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          (812       (905       (901
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net cash from operating activities           2,548          2,551          1,790   
Cash flows from investing activities                
Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software         57          52          80     
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software         (506       (638       (642  
Movements in loans and other investments         (2       (2       7     
Sale of businesses      9         1,062          978          2     
Acquisition of businesses      9         (15       (1,284       (536  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities           596          (894       (1,089
Cash flows from financing activities                
Proceeds from issue of share capital         1          1          1     
Net purchase of own shares for share schemes         (1       (8       (113  
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests         (101       (72       (88  
Disposal of non-controlling interests                  1              
Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests      9         (21                (37  
Proceeds from bonds      16                  791          1,378     
Repayment of bonds      16         (1,003       (1,492       (1,471  
Net movements on other borrowings      16         (233       386          (64  
Equity dividends paid      17         (1,443       (1,341       (1,228  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net cash outflow from financing activities           (2,801       (1,734       (1,622
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents      16           343          (77       (921
Exchange differences           84          (73       (192
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year           382          532          1,645   
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year           809          382          532   
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
               
Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:                
Cash and cash equivalents      16           1,089          472          622   
Bank overdrafts      16           (280       (90       (90
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
          809          382          532   
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

203


Financial statements (continued)

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

This section describes the basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements and the group’s accounting policies that are applicable to the financial statements as a whole. Accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements that are specific to a note are included in the note to which they relate. This section also explains new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, that the group has adopted in the current financial year or will adopt in subsequent years.

1. ACCOUNTING INFORMATION AND POLICIES

(a) Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, unless stated otherwise in the relevant accounting policy.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(b) Going concern

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis.

(c) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. A subsidiary is an entity controlled by Diageo plc. The group controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Where the group has the ability to exercise joint control over an entity but has rights to specified assets and obligations for liabilities of that entity, the entity is included on the basis of the group’s rights over those assets and liabilities.

(d) Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of the group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent company.

The income statements and cash flows of non-sterling entities are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, other than substantial transactions that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation to closing rates are taken to the exchange reserve.

Assets and liabilities are translated at closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation at closing rates of the opening balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to the exchange reserve, as are exchange differences arising on foreign currency borrowings and financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are also taken to the exchange reserve. Gains and losses accumulated in the exchange reserve are recycled to the income statement when the foreign operation is sold. Other exchange differences are taken to the income statement. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction.

 

204


Financial statements (continued)

 

The principal foreign exchange rates used in the translation of financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2016, expressed in US dollars and euros per £1, were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016      2015      2014  

US dollar

        

Income statement and cash flows(i)

     1.48         1.57         1.63   

Assets and liabilities(ii)

     1.33         1.57         1.71   

Euro

        

Income statement and cash flows(i)

     1.34         1.31         1.20   

Assets and liabilities(ii)

     1.20         1.41         1.25   

 

(i) Weighted average rates
(ii) Year end rates

The group uses foreign exchange hedges to mitigate the effect of exchange rate movements. For further information see note 15.

(e) Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgements, are set out in detail in the relevant notes:

 

    Exceptional items — page 213
    Taxation — page 220
    Brands, goodwill and other intangibles — page 228
    Post employment benefits — page 235
    Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings — page 261

Venezuela is a hyper-inflationary economy where the government maintains a regime of strict currency controls with multiple foreign currency rate systems. Access to US dollar on these exchange systems is very limited. The foreign currency denominated transactions and balances of the group’s Venezuelan operations are translated into the local functional currency (VEF) at the rate they are expected to be settled, applying the most appropriate official exchange rate. For consolidation purposes, the group converts its Venezuelan operations using management’s estimate of the exchange rate that capital and dividend repatriations are expected to be realised. The consolidation exchange rate and the accounting treatment are monitored and reviewed depending on the economic and regulatory developments in the country.

(f) New accounting policies

No amendments to the accounting standards were issued by the IASB or the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) that are first applicable to Diageo in the year ending 30 June 2016.

IAS 32 — Financial Instruments: Presentation – Offsetting and cash-pooling arrangements

In April 2016 guidance was issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) to help determine whether entities are able to offset cash-pooling balances in accordance with IAS 32. The group has changed its accounting policy to be in line with the interpretation, but has not restated the prior year financial statements as the amounts involved are not material. Cash and cash equivalents and borrowings and bank overdrafts as at 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 would have increased by £102 million and £139 million, respectively with the same impact on total assets and total liabilities.

The following standards issued by the IASB (not yet endorsed by the EU) have not yet been adopted by the group:

IFRS 9 — Financial instruments (effective in the year ending 30 June 2019) is ultimately intended to replace IAS 39 and covers the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial instruments together with a new hedge accounting model and new impairment methodology.

Based on a preliminary assessment the group believes that the adoption of IFRS 9 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position.

 

205


Financial statements (continued)

 

IFRS 15 — Revenue from contracts with customers (effective in the year ending 30 June 2019) is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when control of goods or services is transferred to the customer and provides a single, principles based five-step model to be applied to all sales contracts. It replaces the separate models for goods, services and construction contracts under current IFRS.

Based on a preliminary assessment the group believes that the adoption of IFRS 15 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position.

IFRS 16 — Leases (effective in the year ending 30 June 2020) sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both the lessee and the lessor. It eliminates the classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases and introduces a single lessee accounting model where the lessee is required to recognise assets and liabilities for all material leases that have a term of greater than a year.

The group is currently considering the implications of IFRS 16 which is expected to have an impact on the group’s consolidated results and financial position.

There are a number of amendments to IFRS, effective for the year ending 30 June 2017, which are not expected to significantly impact the group’s consolidated results or financial position.

 

206


Financial statements (continued)

 

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR

This section explains the results and performance of the group for the three years ended 30 June 2016. Disclosures are provided for segmental information, operating costs, exceptional items, finance income and charges, the group’s share of results of associates and joint ventures, taxation and discontinued operations. For associates, joint ventures and taxation, balance sheet disclosures are also provided in this section.

2. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

Accounting policies

Sales comprise revenue from the sale of goods, royalties and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise and other duties which the group pays as principal but excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as value added tax. Sales are recognised depending upon individual customer terms at the time of despatch, delivery or when the risk of loss transfers. Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Sales are stated net of price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain promotional activities and similar items.

Net sales are sales less excise duties. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In the majority of countries excise duties are effectively a production tax which becomes payable when the product is removed from bonded premises and is not directly related to the value of sales. It is generally not included as a separate item on external invoices; increases in excise duty are not always passed on to the customer and where a customer fail to pay for product received the group cannot reclaim the excise duty. The group therefore recognises excise duty as a cost to the group.

Advertising costs, point of sale materials and sponsorship payments are charged to marketing in operating profit when the company has a right of access to the goods or services acquired.

 

 

Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. Diageo also owns a number of investments in associates and joint ventures as set out in note 6.

The segmental information presented is consistent with management reporting provided to the executive committee (the chief operating decision maker).

The Executive Committee considers the business principally from a geographical perspective based on the location of third party sales and the business analysis is presented by geographical segment. In addition to these geographical selling segments, a further segment reviewed by the Executive Committee is the International Supply Centre (ISC), which manufactures products for other group companies and includes the production sites in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Italy and Guatemala.

Continuing operations also include the Corporate function. Corporate revenues and costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, marketing, corporate relations, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, facilities and employee costs that are not allocable to the geographical segments or to the ISC. They also include rents receivable and payable in respect of properties not used by the group in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drinks and the results of Gleneagles Hotel (disposed on 30 June 2015).

Diageo uses shared services operations, including captive and outsourced centres, to deliver transaction processing activities for markets and operational entities. These centres are located in Hungary, Romania, Kenya, Colombia, the Philippines and India. The captive business service centre in Budapest also performs certain central finance activities, including elements of financial planning and reporting and treasury. The costs of shared service operations are recharged to the regions.

The segmental information for net sales and operating profit before exceptional items is reported at budgeted exchange rates in line with management reporting. For management reporting purposes the group measures the current year at, and restates the prior year net sales and operating profit to, the current year’s budgeted exchange rates. These exchange rates are set prior to the financial year as part of the financial planning process and provide a consistent exchange rate to measure the performance of the business throughout the year. The adjustments required to retranslate the segmental information to actual exchange rates and to reconcile it to the group’s reported results are shown in the following tables. The comparative segmental information, prior to retranslation, has not been restated at the current year’s budgeted exchange rates but is presented at the budgeted rates for the respective years.

 

207


Financial statements (continued)

 

In addition, for management reporting purposes Diageo presents separately the results of acquisitions and disposals completed in the current and prior year from the results of the geographical segments. The impact of acquisitions and disposals on net sales and operating profit is disclosed under the appropriate geographical segments in the following tables at budgeted exchange rates.

(a) Segmental information for the consolidated income statement — continuing operations

 

     North
America

£ million
    Europe,
Russia and
Turkey

£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia
Pacific

£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales

£ million
    Total
operating
segments

£ million
    Corporate
and other

£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2016                     
Sales      4,037        4,593        1,875        1,078        4,022        1,355        (1,355     15,605        36        15,641   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,282        2,481        1,286        901        2,114        1,452        (1,373     10,143        38        10,181   
Acquisitions and disposals      106        75        74        59        9                      323               323   
ISC allocation      10        50        4        8        7        (79                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      167        (62     37        (105     (54     (18     18        (17     (2     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      3,565        2,544        1,401        863        2,076        1,355        (1,355     10,449        36        10,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,459        738        212        221        399        112               3,141        (149     2,992   
Acquisitions and disposals      24        7        (8     13        1                      37               37   
ISC allocation      14        70        6        11        11        (112                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      54        (14     2        (46     (16                   (20     (1     (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,551        801        212        199        395                      3,158        (150     3,008   
Exceptional items                           (118     (49                   (167            (167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,551        801        212        81        346                      2,991        (150     2,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Non-operating items                        123   
Net finance charges                        (327
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                     
- Moët Hennessy                        217   
- Other                        4   
                    

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                        2,858   
                    

 

 

 
     North
America

£ million
    Europe,
Russia and
Turkey

£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia
Pacific

£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales

£ million
    Total
operating
segments

£ million
    Corporate
and other

£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2015                     
Sales      3,909        4,683        1,868        1,297        4,129        1,381        (1,381     15,886        80        15,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,462        2,666        1,457        1,105        1,291        1,485        (1,413     10,053        82        10,135   
Acquisitions and disposals      25        34        1        26        903                      989               989   
ISC allocation      9        44        4        8        7        (72                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (41     (127     (47     (106     12        (32     32        (309     (2     (311
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      3,455        2,617        1,415        1,033        2,213        1,381        (1,381     10,733        80        10,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,477        779        329        314        303        75               3,277        (136     3,141   
Acquisitions and disposals      (3     12               1        49        1               60        4        64   
ISC allocation      10        47        4        8        7        (76                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (36     (34     (15     (60     (3                   (148     9        (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,448        804        318        263        356                      3,189        (123     3,066   
Exceptional items      (28     (20     (7     (5     (193     (6            (259     (10     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,420        784        311        258        163        (6            2,930        (133     2,797   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Non-operating items                        373   
Net finance charges                        (412
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                     
- Moët Hennessy                        164   
- Other                        11   
                    

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                        2,933   
                    

 

 

 

 

208


Financial statements (continued)

 

     North
America

£ million
    Europe,
Russia and
Turkey

£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia
Pacific

£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales

£ million
    Total
operating
segments

£ million
    Corporate
and other

£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2014                     
Sales      3,915        4,935        1,846        1,404        1,801        1,504        (1,504     13,901        79        13,980   
Net sales                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,563        2,824        1,506        1,311        1,446        1,595        (1,504     10,741        79        10,820   
Acquisitions and disposals      44        3                                           47               47   
ISC allocation      12        56        5        10        8        (91                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (175     (69     (81     (177     (107                   (609            (609
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      3,444        2,814        1,430        1,144        1,347        1,504        (1,504     10,179        79        10,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,535        838        366        397        333        84               3,553        (128     3,425   
Acquisitions and disposals      (12     (3                   (19                   (34     (2     (36
ISC allocation      11        52        4        9        8        (84                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (74     (34     (30     (78     (39                   (255            (255
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,460        853        340        328        283                      3,264        (130     3,134   
Exceptional items      (35     (20     (23     (14     (276     (47            (415     (12     (427
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,425        833        317        314        7        (47            2,849        (142     2,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Non-operating items                        140   
Net finance charges                        (388
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                     
- Moët Hennessy                        246   
- Other                        6   
                    

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                        2,711   
                    

 

 

 

 

 

(i) These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and ISC segments.
(1) The net sales figures for ISC reported to the Executive Committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental analysis. Apart from sales by the ISC segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.
(2) The group’s net finance charges are managed centrally and are not attributable to individual operating segments.
(3) Approximately 40% of annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

 

209


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Other segmental information

 

     North
America

£ million
    Europe,
Russia and
Turkey

£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia
Pacific

£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Corporate
and other

£ million
    Total
£ million
 

2016

                

Capital expenditure

     105        29        107        20        52        150        43        506   

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

     (39     (21     (83     (10     (35     (106     (61     (355

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

                          (14            (8            (22

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

                          (104                          (104

2015

                

Capital expenditure

     95        34        140        53        42        233        41        638   

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

     (38     (24     (93     (15     (37     (102     (62     (371

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

     (22                   (1                          (23

Exceptional impairment of associate

                                 (41                   (41

Exceptional accelerated amortisation

                                               (5     (5

2014

                

Capital expenditure

     65        28        154        39        25        280        51        642   

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

     (40     (24     (92     (12     (19     (100     (57     (344

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

     (2                          (4     (18     (1     (25

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

                                 (260                   (260

(c) Category and geographical analysis

 

     Category analysis      Geographical analysis  
     Spirits
£ million
     Beer
£ million
     Wine
£ million
     Ready to
drink
£ million
     Other
£ million
     Total
£ million
     Great
Britain

£ million
     United
States

£ million
     Nether-
lands

£ million
     India
£ million
     Rest of
World
£ million
     Total
£ million
 

2016

                                   

Sales(i)

     11,993         2,486         265         726         171         15,641         1,672         3,729         56         2,465         7,719         15,641   

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                                     1,679         3,859         2,350         3,764         7,224         18,876   

2015

                                   

Sales(i)

     12,052         2,562         479         703         170         15,966         1,765         3,592         54         2,463         8,092         15,966   

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                                     1,654         3,340         2,196         3,439         6,588         17,217   

2014

                                   

Sales(i)

     9,941         2,581         468         817         173         13,980         1,735         3,568         65         86         8,526         13,980   

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                                     1,625         3,097         2,100         802         7,124         14,748   

 

 

(i) The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of third party customers.
(ii) The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, other investments and non-current other receivables.
(iii) The management information provided to the chief operating decision maker does not include an analysis of assets and liabilities by category and therefore is not disclosed.

 

210


Financial statements (continued)

 

3. OPERATING COSTS

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Excise duties

     5,156        5,153        3,722   

Cost of sales

     4,251        4,610        4,029   

Marketing

     1,562        1,629        1,620   

Other operating expenses

     1,831        1,777        1,902   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12,800        13,169        11,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Excise duties – Great Britain

     853        862        863   

– United States

     468        450        467   

– India

     1,588        1,472        33   

– Other

     2,247        2,369        2,359   

Increase in inventories

     (100     (200     (291

Raw materials and consumables

     2,548        2,725        2,327   

Marketing

     1,562        1,629        1,620   

Other external charges

     1,767        2,017        1,810   

Staff costs

     1,475        1,433        1,479   

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     473        440        629   

Gains on disposal of properties

     (39     (26     (25

Net foreign exchange losses

     1        13        12   

Other operating income (i)

     (43     (15     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12,800        13,169        11,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) On 7 July 2015, Diageo sold 8.5 million shares in United Breweries Limited resulting in a gain of £28 million.

(a) Other external charges

Other external charges include operating lease rentals for plant and equipment of £29 million (2015 – £29 million; 2014 – £30 million), other operating lease rentals (mainly properties) of £72 million (2015 – £87 million; 2014 – £85 million), research and development expenditure in respect of new drinks products and package design in the year leading up to product launch of £28 million (2015 – £26 million; 2014 – £24 million) and maintenance and repairs of £91 million (2015 – £95 million; 2014 – £72 million).

(b) Auditor fees

Other external charges include the fees of the principal auditor of the group, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its affiliates (PwC) are analysed below.

PwC was appointed as the group’s principal auditor for the year ended 30 June 2016. Accordingly, comparative figures in the table below for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 are in respect of remuneration paid to the previous principal auditor of the group, KPMG LLP and its affiliates (KPMG).

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Audit of these financial statements

     3.4         3.6         3.4   

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries

     2.3         2.7         2.3   

Audit related assurance services(i)

     1.4         1.6         1.6   

Total audit fees (Audit fees)

     7.1         7.9         7.3   

Other services relevant to taxation (Tax fees)(ii)

     0.5         0.8         0.6   

Other assurance services (Audit related fees)(iii)

     0.4         0.6         0.7   

All other non-audit fees (All other fees)(iv)

     0.9         0.7         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8.9         10.0         9.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Audit related assurance services are principally in respect of reporting under section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the review of the interim financial information.

 

211


Financial statements (continued)

 

(ii) Other services relevant to taxation principally comprise tax advice.
(iii) Other assurance services comprise the aggregate fees for assurance and related services that are related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements and are not reported under ‘total audit fees’.
(iv) All other non-audit fees are principally in respect of immigration and advisory services.
(1) Disclosure requirements for auditor fees in the United States are different from those required in the United Kingdom. The terminology by category required in the United States is disclosed in brackets in the above table. All figures are the same for the disclosures in the United Kingdom and the United States apart from £0.3 million of the costs for the year ended 2016 provided by PwC (£0.4 million for both of the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014, respectively provided by KPMG) in respect of the review of the interim financial information which would be included in audit related fees in the United States rather than audit fees.

Audit services provided by KPMG for the year ended 30 June 2016 were £0.6 million. Audit services by firms other than PwC and KPMG for the year ended 30 June 2016, and other than KPMG for the comparative periods were not material. PwC fees for audit services in respect of employee pension plans were £0.2 million for the year ended 30 June 2016. In the years ended 30 June 2015 and 2014 the KPMG fees for audit services in respect of employee pension plans were £0.4 million and £0.3 million, respectively.

(c) Staff costs and average number of employees

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Aggregate remuneration

        

Wages and salaries

     1,236         1,180         1,242   

Share-based incentive plans

     28         36         38   

Employer’s social security

     85         88         92   

Employer’s pension

        

- defined benefit plans

     99         103         91   

- defined contribution plans

     16         15         15   

Other post employment plans

     11         11         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,475         1,433         1,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The average number of employees on a full time equivalent basis (excluding employees of associates and joint ventures) was as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016      2015      2014(i)  

North America

     2,477         2,748         3,120   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     4,164         4,073         4,056   

Africa

     5,381         4,997         5,252   

Latin America and Caribbean

     3,013         3,166         3,002   

Asia Pacific

     9,711         10,520         3,985   

ISC

     4,188         4,291         4,431   

Corporate and other

     3,144         3,567         3,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     32,078         33,362         27,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Employees of corporate functions whose costs are charged to the operating segments are included in Corporate.

At 30 June 2016 the group had, on a full time equivalent basis, 31,485 (2015 – 32,409; 2014 – 26,588) employees. The average number of employees of the group, including part time employees, for the year was 32,969 (2015 – 34,179; 2014 – 27,958).

 

212


Financial statements (continued)

 

(d) Exceptional operating items

Included in the table above are exceptional operating items as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Other external charges

     49         170         31   

Staff costs

        

- Net charge in respect of restructuring programmes

             30         111   

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

        

- Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment

     118                 264   

- Accelerated depreciation and amortisation

             28         21   

- Associate impairment

             41           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total exceptional operating costs (note 4)

     167         269         427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of sales

             25         23   

Other operating expenses

     167         244         404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total exceptional operating costs (note 4)

     167         269         427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

Accounting policies

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Non-operating items

Gains and losses on the sale of businesses, brands or distribution rights, step up gains and losses that arise when an investment becomes an associate or an associate becomes a subsidiary and other material, unusual non recurring items, that are not in respect of the production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks, are disclosed as non-operating exceptional items below operating profit in the consolidated income statement. It is believed that such classification further helps investors to understand the performance of the group.

 

213


Financial statements (continued)

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Items included in operating profit

      

Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment (a)

     (118            (264

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited (b)

     (49              

Korea settlement (c)

            (146       

Associate impairment (d)

            (41       

Restructuring programmes (e)

            (82     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (167     (269     (427
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating items

      

Sale of businesses

      

Jamaica, Singapore and Malaysia beer interests (f)

     457                 

Wines in the United States and Percy Fox (g)

     (191              

Argentina (h)

     (38              

South African associate interests (i)

     (27              

Kenya – glass business (CGI) (j)

     14                 

Gleneagles Hotel (k)

            73          

Bushmills (l)

            174          

Step ups

      

United Spirits Limited (m)

            103        140   

Don Julio (l)

            63          

South Africa (n)

            (10       

Other

      

Provision for a receivable related to a loan guarantee (o)

     (92              

Guarantee (o)

            (30       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     123        373        140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items before taxation

     (44     104        (287

Items included in taxation (note 7)

     56        51        99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items in continuing operations

     12        155        (188

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 8)

                   (83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total exceptional items

     12        155        (271
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders of the parent company

     2        156        (146

Non-controlling interests

     10        (1     (125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total exceptional items

     12        155        (271
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

214


Financial statements (continued)

 

 

(a) In the year ended 30 June 2016, an impairment charge in respect of the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million, respectively, was charged to other operating expenses. Forecast cash flow assumptions have been reduced principally due to a challenging economic environment in Brazil and significant adverse changes in local tax regulation.

In the year ended 30 June 2014, an exceptional impairment loss of £260 million in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and £4 million in respect of fixed assets was charged to other operating expenses.

(b) On 25 February 2016 the group incurred an exceptional operating charge of £49 million including a $75 million (£53 million) payment to Dr Vijay Mallya over a five year period in consideration for (i) his resignation and the termination of his appointment and governance rights and his relinquishing of the rights and benefits attached to his position as Chairman and Non-Executive Director of United Spirits Limited (USL); (ii) his agreement to five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill undertakings; and (iii) his agreement that he and his affiliates will not pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates. In addition to the amount Diageo agreed to pay Dr Vijay Mallya there was net gain of £4 million arising from the termination of certain related agreements, that were previously provided for less legal fees directly attributable to the settlement. See note 18(d).

(c) In the year ended 30 June 2015, £146 million was charged in respect of settlement of several related disputes with the Korean customs authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable to imported products. Total payments to settle these disputes in 2015 were £74 million as £87 million was paid to the customs authorities prior to 30 June 2014, and was previously accounted for as a receivable from Korean customs.

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2015, an exceptional impairment charge of £41 million was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company.

(e) There have been a number of restructuring programmes which were all completed by 30 June 2015. The costs incurred in the two years ended 30 June 2015 were largely in respect of redundancies and accelerated depreciation and were incurred in all regions.

(f) On 7 October 2015, Diageo disposed of its 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and its 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer businesses) to Heineken resulting in a gain before taxation of £457 million. The gain is net of a £13 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £7 million. As part of the transaction, Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited (GGBL) from Heineken which increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL to 72.42%.

(g) On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the sale of the majority of its wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates. Together with the sale of the group’s other wine interests in the United States the transactions resulted in a loss before taxation on disposal of £191 million including an estimated provision for the settlement of a guarantee given in respect of the lease payments due to Realty Income Corporation, the lessor of the vineyards. The loss is net of an exchange gain of £12 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £8 million.

(h) On 29 January 2016, Diageo disposed of its interests in Argentina to Grupo Peñaflor. The transaction resulted in a loss before taxation of £38 million including a cumulative exchange loss of £20 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and other directly attributable costs of £7 million.

(i) On 1 December 2015, Diageo disposed of its 42.25% equity interests in DHN Drinks, its 25% equity stake in Sedibeng Breweries Limited and its 15.01% equity stake in Namibia Breweries Limited (South African associate interests) to Heineken. The net cash consideration received was £120 million, which included the repayment of £31 million in respect of loans previously made to DHN Drinks and Sedibeng Breweries Limited. A loss before taxation of £27 million, including a £30 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income, was accounted for in the income statement.

(j) On 30 September 2015, the group completed the disposal of its shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI), a Kenyan glass bottle manufacturer, resulting in a gain before taxation of £14 million, net of £1 million transaction costs. £7 million of the gain is attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

215


Financial statements (continued)

 

(k) On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited to the Ennismore group.

(l) On 27 February 2015, the group completed the purchase of the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own (giving Diageo 100% ownership of the brand and production facility) and the Mexican distribution business of Don Julio. As a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £63 million (net of transaction costs of £7 million) arose, being the difference between the book value of the joint venture prior to the transaction and the fair value of £115 million.

As part of the transaction, Diageo sold its wholly owned subsidiary, The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to the Cuervo group, resulting in a gain of £174 million.

(m) On 4 July 2013, the group acquired an additional 14.98% investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) which increased the group’s investment in USL from 10.04% to 25.02% and triggered a change in accounting from available-for-sale investments to associates. As a result, the difference of £140 million between the original cost of the investment and its fair value of £399 million was included in the income statement in the year ended 30 June 2014.

On 2 July 2014, with the completion of a tender offer, the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust). From 2 July 2014 the group accounted for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.91% non-controlling interest. As a result of USL becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £103 million arose, being the difference between the book value of the associate prior to the transaction and its fair value of £982 million. The gain is net of a £79 million cumulative exchange loss recycled from other comprehensive income and £10 million transaction costs.

(n) On 29 May 2015, Diageo acquired the remaining 50% equity stake of one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa. The difference between the fair value and the book value of the 50% that Diageo already owned is disclosed as an exceptional step up loss.

(o) A guarantee provided by Diageo for a loan of $135 million (£92 million) given by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited was called and $135 million paid to SCB during the year. The underlying security package for the loan remains in place. A provision of $135 million has been made. Further details are set out in note 18(a).

A guarantee of £30 million to Standard Chartered Bank was given for borrowings owed by United Breweries Overseas Limited (UBOL), a subsidiary of United Breweries (Holdings) Limited in April 2012. The borrowings went into default, and the guarantee was called, in May 2015. Whilst Diageo continues to have the benefit of counter-indemnification from UBOL, it does not believe that it is likely to result in meaningful recovery and therefore fully provided for the guaranteed amount in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Cash payments included in cash generated from operations in respect of exceptional restructuring items, exceptional legal settlements, guarantee and settlement payments and thalidomide were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Exceptional restructuring

     (52     (117     (104

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited

     (28              

Thalidomide

     (12     (19     (59

Korea settlement

            (74       

Guarantee related payments

            (30       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash payments

     (92     (240     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. FINANCE INCOME AND CHARGES

Accounting policies

Net interest includes interest income and charges in respect of financial instruments and the results of hedging transactions used to manage interest rate risk.

Finance charges directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset. Borrowing costs which are not capitalised are recognised in the income statement based on the effective interest method. All other finance charges are recognised primarily in the income statement in the year in which they are incurred.

 

216


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net other finance charges include items in respect of post employment plans, the discount unwind of long term obligations and hyperinflation charges. The results of operations in hyperinflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes in the purchasing power of the local currency of the entity before being translated to sterling.

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Interest income

     153        162        109   

Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

     88        61        115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     241        223        224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest charge on bank loans and overdrafts

     (67     (102     (40

Interest charge on finance leases

     (13     (17     (20

Interest charge on all other borrowings

     (379     (409     (395

Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

     (91     (55     (117
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest charges

     (550     (583     (572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest charges

     (309     (360     (348
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance income in respect of post employment plans in surplus (note 13)

     18        13        17   

Other finance income

     3        8          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other finance income

     21        21        17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans in deficit (note 13)

     (23     (26     (29

Unwinding of discounts

     (11     (14     (9

Change in financial liability

            (13       

Hyperinflation adjustment

     (1     (17     (13

Other finance charges

     (4     (3     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other finance charges

     (39     (73     (57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other finance charges

     (18     (52     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

217


Financial statements (continued)

 

6. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

Accounting policies

An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long term equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant influence. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. The group’s interest in the net assets of associates and joint ventures is reported in investments in the consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results (net of tax) is included in the consolidated income statement below the group’s operating profit. Investments in associates and joint ventures are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment review compares the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the higher of the value in use calculated as the present value of the group’s share of the associate’s future cash flows and its fair value less costs to sell.

Associates and joint ventures are initially recorded at cost including transaction costs.

 

 

Diageo’s principal associate at 30 June 2016 was Moët Hennessy (2015 – Moët Hennessy).

Diageo owns 34% of Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wine subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in France and is a producer and exporter of champagne and cognac brands.

A number of joint distribution arrangements have been established with LVMH in Asia Pacific and France, principally covering distribution of Diageo’s premium brands of Scotch whisky and gin and Moët Hennessy’s premium champagne and cognac brands. Diageo and LVMH have each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a non-controlling shareholder in Moët Hennessy. The operations of Moët Hennessy in France are conducted through a partnership in which Diageo has a 34% interest and, as a partner, Diageo pays any tax due on its share of the results of the partnership to the tax authorities.

For the year ended 30 June 2014 Diageo equity accounted for its investment in USL, the leading spirits company in India, as an associate. On 2 July 2014, with the completion of the tender offer the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust). From 2 July 2014 the carrying value of the associate of £790 million was derecognised and the group accounted for USL as a subsidiary with 43.91% non-controlling interests.

On 27 February 2015, Diageo acquired the 50% of Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own and the carrying value of the joint venture of £40 million was derecognised and the group accounted for Don Julio B.V. as a subsidiary.

On 29 May 2015, Diageo acquired the remaining 50% equity stake of one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own. From that date the carrying value of the joint venture of £22 million was derecognised and the group accounted for it as a subsidiary.

On 7 October 2015, Diageo completed a transaction and disposed of its 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and its 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer business) to Heineken. GAPL owns 51% of Guinness Anchor Berhad, operating in Malaysia, which was also disposed of.

On 1 December 2015, the group disposed of its South African associate interests which were accounted for as assets held for sale at 30 June 2015.

Additions of £28 million include investments made during the year, for which part of the consideration is deferred, in the New World Whisky Distillery Pty Limited and Stauning Whisky Holding ApS where Diageo acquired minority equity stakes.

 

218


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) An analysis of the movement in the group’s investments in associates and joint ventures is as follows:

 

                                                                 
     Moët
Hennessy
£ million
    USL and
others
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost less provisions

      

At 30 June 2014

     2,152        1,049        3,201   

Exchange differences

     (200     (5     (205

Capital injection

            21        21   

Step acquisitions

            (852     (852

Share of profit after tax

     164        11        175   

Share of movements in other comprehensive income and equity

     (14            (14

Transfer to assets held for sale

            (82     (82

Dividends

     (148     (35     (183

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

     56               56   

Impairment charge

            (41     (41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     2,010        66        2,076   

Exchange differences

     318        7        325   

Additions

            28        28   

Share of profit after tax

     217        4        221   

Transfer to asset held for sale(i)

            3        3   

Disposals

            (18     (18

Dividends

     (167     (6     (173

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

     67               67   

Other

            (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     2,445        83        2,528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) In respect of South African associate interests that were disposed of in the year. The businesses were reported as asset held for sale at 30 June 2015.

(b) Income statement information for the three years ended 30 June 2016 and balance sheet information as at 30 June 2016 and

30 June 2015 of Moët Hennessy is as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Net sales

     3,491         3,215         3,329   

Profit for the year

     638         482         722   

Total comprehensive income

     706         588         639   

 

219


Financial statements (continued)

 

Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS as endorsed by the EU in euros to 31 December each year. The results are adjusted for alignment to Diageo accounting policies and are a major part of the Wines & Spirits division of LVMH. The results are translated at £1 = €1.34 (2015 – £1 = €1.31; 2014 – £1 = €1.20).

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Non-current assets

     3,832        3,251   

Current assets

     6,277        5,118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     10,109        8,369   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     (1,009     (894

Current liabilities

     (1,907     (1,562
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (2,916     (2,456
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     7,193        5,913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Including acquisition fair value adjustments principally in respect of Moët Hennessy’s brands and translated at £1 = €1.2 (2015 – £1 = €1.41).

(c) For the year ended 30 June 2014 USL had net sales of £1,188 million and £nil net profit.

(d) Information on transactions between the group and its associates and joint ventures is disclosed in note 20.

(e) Investments in associates and joint ventures comprise the cost of shares less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 of £1,132 million (2015 – £974 million), plus the group’s share of post acquisition reserves of £1,396 million (2015 – £1,102 million).

(f) The associates and joint ventures have not reported any material contingent liabilities in their latest financial statements.

7. TAXATION

Accounting policies

Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit is different from accounting profit due to temporary differences between accounting and tax treatments, and due to items that are never taxable or tax deductible. Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, tax benefits are reviewed each year to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Tax provisions are included in current liabilities. Interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

Full provision for deferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their value for tax purposes. The amount of deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of recovery or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using the basis of taxation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the many jurisdictions in which it operates. The recognition of tax benefits and assessment of provisions against tax benefits requires management judgement. In particular the group is routinely subject to tax audits in many jurisdictions, which by their nature are often complex and can take several years to resolve. Provisions are based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group’s profit for the year.

 

220


Financial statements (continued)

 

The evaluation of deferred tax assets recoverability requires judgements to be made regarding the availability of future taxable income.

 

(a) Analysis of taxation charge for the year

 

                                                              
     United Kingdom     Rest of world     Total  
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014 £
million
    2016
£ million
    2015 £
million
    2014 £
million
 

Current tax

                   

Current year

     61         75        102        515        381        361        576        456        463   

Adjustments in respect of prior years

                    (4     63        (15     (8     63        (15     (12
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     61         75        98        578        366        353        639        441        451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax

                   

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     26         (7     (32     (109     11        27        (83     4        (5

Changes in tax rates

     6                4        1        (1            7        (1     4   

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     2         10        (22     (69     12        19        (67     22        (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     34         3        (50     (177     22        46        (143     25        (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

     95         78        48        401        388        399        496        466        447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(b) Exceptional tax (credits)/charges

The taxation charge includes the following exceptional items:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Sale of businesses

     (49              

Brand impairment

     (10            (65

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited

     3                 

Korea settlement

            (30       

Restructuring

            (21     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (56     (51     (99
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(c) Taxation rate reconciliation and factors that may affect future tax charges

 

  

 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

     2,858        2,933        2,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 20% (2015 – 20.75%; 2014 – 22.5%)

     571        608        610   

Elimination of notional tax on share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     (44     (36     (56

Differences in overseas tax rates

     50        64        33   

Intra-group financing

     (97     (81     (106

Non-taxable gains on disposals of businesses

     (90     (51       

Step-up gain

            (34     (32

Other tax rate and tax base differences

     (87     (95     (105

Other items not chargeable

     (66     (89     (40

Impairment

     21        9          

Non-deductible losses on disposals of businesses

     24                 

Other non-deductible exceptional items

     31        10          

Other items not deductible(i)

     180        155        154   

Changes in tax rates

     7        (1     4   

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     (4     7        (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax charge for the year

     496        466        447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

221


Financial statements (continued)

 

 

(i) Other items not-deductible include irrecoverable withholding tax, controlled foreign companies charge and additional states and local taxes.

The table above reconciles the notional taxation charge calculated at the UK tax rate, to the actual total tax charge. As a group operating in multiple countries, the actual tax rates applicable to profits in those countries are different from the UK tax rate. The impact is shown in the table above as differences in overseas tax rates. The group’s worldwide business leads to the consideration of a number of important factors which may affect future tax charges, such as: the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing regulations, tax rates imposed and tax regime reforms, acquisitions, disposals, restructuring activities, and settlements or agreements with tax authorities.

The group has a number of ongoing tax audits worldwide for which provisions are recognised based on best estimates and management’s judgements concerning the ultimate outcome of the audit. As at 30 June 2016 the ongoing audits that are provided for individually are not expected to result in a material tax liability. The current tax liability of £340 million includes £249 million (2015 – £205 million) of provisions for tax uncertainties.

Significant ongoing changes in the international tax environment and an increase in global tax audit activity means that tax uncertainties and associated risks have been gradually increasing. In the medium term, these risks could result in an increase in tax liabilities or adjustments to the carrying value of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The group is continuously monitoring the position but it is expected that our tax rate may increase in future years.

(d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The amounts of deferred tax accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Property,
plant and
equipment
£ million
    Intangible
assets

£ million
    Post
employment
plans
£ million
    Tax losses
£ million
    Other
temporary
differences(i)
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2014

     (126     (1,361     100        113        155        (1,119

Exchange differences

     11        (79     (1     (5     (6     (80

Recognised in income statement —continuing operations

     1        (55     14        (30     45        (25

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

                   (73     25        4        (44

Acquisition of businesses

     (16     (446     2               (12     (472

Reclassification

            14        41               (55       

Sale of businesses

     6        29        (2                   33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     (124     (1,898     81        103        131        (1,707

Exchange differences

     (18     (283     28        5        23        (245

Recognised in income statement —continuing operations

     16        (28     7        (47     195        143   

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

                   122        1        11        134   

Acquisition of businesses

     (11                                 (11

Sale of businesses

            1        2               (1     2   

Reclassification

     11        7               (2     (16       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     (126     (2,201     240        60        343        (1,684
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes items such as the thalidomide provisions, restructuring provisions, share-based payments and intra group sales of products.

After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax liability comprises:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Deferred tax assets

     298        189   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1,982     (1,896
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,684     (1,707
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

222


Financial statements (continued)

 

The deferred tax assets of £298 million includes £223 million (2015 – £113 million) arising in jurisdictions with prior year taxable losses. The majority of the asset is in respect of the United Kingdom and Ireland, where the amounts arose from timing differences on intangible fixed assets and pension funding payments. It is considered more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable profits to realise these deferred tax assets, most of which can be carried forward indefinitely.

(e) Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following tax losses:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Capital losses - indefinite

     71         72   

Trading losses - indefinite

     76         74   

Trading losses - expiry dates up to 2025

     3         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     150         148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(f) Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

UK legislation largely exempts overseas dividends remitted from UK tax. A tax liability is more likely to arise in respect of withholding taxes levied by the overseas jurisdiction. Deferred tax is provided where there is an intention to distribute earnings, and a tax liability arises. It is impractical to estimate the amount of unrecognised deferred tax liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences in respect of investments in subsidiaries, branches, interests in associates and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is approximately £13.4 billion (2015 – £14.5 billion).

8. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Accounting policies

Discontinued operations comprise disposal groups where they represent a major line of business or geographical area of operations or business activities that the group no longer participates in or did not form part of the group’s operations.

 

 

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (£91 million less tax of £8 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

 

223


Financial statements (continued)

 

OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

This section describes the assets used to generate the group’s performance and the liabilities incurred. Liabilities relating to the group’s financing activities are included in section ‘Risk management and capital structure’ and balance sheet information in respect of associates, joint ventures and taxation are covered in section ‘Results for the year’. This section also provides detailed disclosures on the group’s recent acquisitions and disposals, performance and financial position of its defined benefit post employment plans.

9. ACQUISITION AND SALE OF BUSINESSES AND PURCHASE OF NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

Accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are included in the income statement from, or up to, the date that control passes.

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired are measured at fair value at acquisition date. The consideration payable is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent consideration.

On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets including identifiable intangible assets and contingent liabilities acquired. Directly attributable acquisition costs in respect of subsidiary companies acquired are recognised in other external charges as incurred.

The non-controlling interests on the date of acquisition can be measured either at the fair value or at the non-controlling shareholder’s proportion of the net fair value of the identifiable assets assumed. This choice is made separately for each acquisition.

Where the group has issued a put option over shares held by a non-controlling interest, the group derecognises the non-controlling interests and instead recognises a contingent deferred consideration liability for the estimated amount likely to be paid to the non-controlling interest on the exercise of those options. Movements in the estimated liability in respect of put options are recognised in retained earnings.

Transactions with non-controlling interests are recorded directly in retained earnings.

For all entities in which the company, directly or indirectly, owns equity a judgement is made to determine whether the investor controls the investee and therefore should fully consolidate the investee. An assessment is carried out to determine whether the group has the exposure or rights to the variable returns of the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. To establish control an analysis is carried out of the substantive and protective rights that the group and the other investors hold. This assessment is dependent on the activities and purpose of the investee and the rights of the other shareholders, such as which party controls the board, executive committee and material policies of the investee. Determining whether the rights that the group holds are substantive requires management judgement.

Where less than 50% of the equity of an investee is held, and the group holds significantly more voting rights than any other vote holder or organised group of vote holders this may be an indicator of de facto control. An assessment is needed to determine all the factors relevant to the relationship with the investee to ascertain whether control has been established and whether the investee should be consolidated as a subsidiary. Where voting power and returns from an investment are split equally between two entities then the arrangement is accounted for as a joint venture.

On an acquisition fair values are attributed to the assets and liabilities acquired. This may involve material judgement to determine these values.

 

224


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) Acquisition of businesses

Fair value of net assets acquired and cash consideration paid in respect of the acquisition of businesses and the purchase of shares of non-controlling interests in the three years ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

     Net assets acquired and consideration  
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Brands and other intangibles

     26        1,941        10   

Property, plant and equipment

            275        1   

Biological assets

            5          

Investments

            58          

Inventories

            247        1   

Assets and liabilities held for sale

            401          

Other working capital

            62        1   

Current tax

     (1     (35       

Deferred tax

     (11     (472       

Cash

            64          

Borrowings

            (869       

Post employment benefit liabilities

            (7       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of assets and liabilities

     14        1,670        13   

Goodwill arising on acquisition

     (14     1,419        16   

Non-controlling interests

            (641     (8

Step acquisitions

            (1,113       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consideration payable

            1,335        21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Satisfied by:

      

Cash consideration paid

            1,334        28   

Deferred/contingent consideration payable

            1        1   

Receivables from non-controlling interests

                   (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            1,335        21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash consideration paid for investment in USL

            1,118        474   

Cash consideration paid for investments in other subsidiaries

            216        28   

Cash consideration paid for investments in associates

     10               2   

Cash consideration paid in respect of prior year acquisitions

     4        4        14   

Capital injection in associates

     1        21        7   

Cash acquired

            (64       

Deposit (refunded)/paid

            (11     11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash outflow on acquisition of businesses

     15        1,284        536   

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

     21               37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net cash outflow

     36        1,284        573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of non-controlling interest in Ghana

On 7 October 2015, Diageo purchased from Heineken an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited (GGBL) for $32 million (£21 million) which increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL from 52.42% to 72.42%. A subsequent rights issue has increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL to 80.4%.

Other

In the year ended 30 June 2016 the change in brands, goodwill, current and deferred tax reflects the finalisation of the fair values of net assets acquired on the acquisition of a joint venture in South Africa in May 2015.

 

225


Financial statements (continued)

 

Prior year acquisitions

In prior years, Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests in drinks businesses. In the two years ended 30 June 2015 the following acquisitions have been made:

 

            Fair value of net assets acquired                  
     Cash paid(i)
£ million
     Brands
£ million
     Goodwill
£ million
     Other
£ million
    Location     

Principal brands acquired

  

Status

United Spirits Limited(ii)

 

13 May 2013 to 2 July 2014

     1,825         1,683         1,281         (273     India       McDowell’s No1 whisky, rum and brandy, Black Dog, Signature, Antiquity and Bagpiper whisky and other Indian whisky, brandy and rum products    Acquisition of a 54.78% equity interest (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust) in United Spirits Limited with a 43.91% non-controlling interest. The group consolidated USL from 2 July 2014.
                   

Don Julio(iii)

 

27 February 2015

     192         220         105         (18     Mexico       Don Julio tequila    Acquisition of the remaining 50% equity interest in Don Julio
                   

SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang

 

27 January 2007 to 2 August 2013

     302         502         115         46        China       Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit    Acquisition of a 100% equity stake in SJF Holdco which owns a 39.7% controlling equity interest in Shuijingfang. The group controlled Shuijingfang from 29 June 2012.
                   
Other(iv)      65         36         34         (13        

 

 

(i) Includes amounts paid in respect of these acquisitions prior to 30 June 2013.
(ii) Includes transaction costs of £33 million on the initial acquisition of shares in USL when the investment was accounted for as an associate. In addition to the fair value of net assets acquired, the group recognised a non-controlling interest of £641 million and a step up gain of £192 million.
(iii) In addition to the fair value of net assets acquired, the group derecognised an investment in associate of £40 million and recognised a step up gain of £75 million.
(iv) Other primarily includes acquisitions in the United States and South Africa.

 

226


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Sale of businesses

The sale consideration received and a summary of the net assets disposed of in respect of the sale of businesses in the year ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

                                                                                                             
     2016     2015  
     Jamaica,
Singapore and
Malaysia

£ million
    Wines in
United States
and Percy Fox
£ million
    Other
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Sale consideration

          

Cash received in year

     531        418        165        1,114        1,001   

(Cash)/overdraft disposed of

     (14     1        (1     (14     (17

Transaction and other directly attributable costs paid

     (7     (22     (9     (38     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash received

     510        397        155        1,062        978   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred consideration receivable/(payable)

            15        (1     14        (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     510        412        154        1,076        975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets disposed of

          

Brands

            (94            (94     (144

Goodwill

            (34     (2     (36     (44

Property, plant and equipment

     (40     (86     (13     (139     (118

Biological assets

            (70            (70       

Investment in associates

     (18                   (18       

Assets and liabilities held for sale

                   (113     (113     (404

Inventories

     (7     (263     (24     (294     (78

Other working capital

     4        (4     (5     (5     19   

Post employment benefit liabilities

     (6     5               (1     10   

Current tax

     1                      1        1   

Deferred tax

     3               (1     2        33   

Borrowings

                   14        14          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (63     (546     (144     (753     (725

Non-controlling interests

     24                      24          
Accelerated depreciation and directly attributable costs payable      (1     (69     (11     (81     (3

Exchange recycled from other comprehensive income

     (13     12        (50     (51       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain/(loss) on disposal before taxation

     457        (191     (51     215        247   

Taxation

     (7     54        2        49          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain/(loss) on disposal after taxation

     450        (137     (49     264        247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On 7 October 2015, the group completed the sale of Diageo’s Jamaica, Singapore and Malaysian beer interests to Heineken. In the year ended 30 June 2016 Jamaica beer interests contributed net sales of £41 million, including sales made in respect of country distribution agreements that were terminated after 7 October 2015, (2015 – £107 million; 2014 – £100 million), operating profit of £7 million (2015 – £24 million; 2014 – £25 million) and profit after taxation of £6 million (2015 – £21 million; 2014 – £21 million). In addition the Singaporian and Malaysian beer interests contributed £3 million to share of profit of associates (2015 – £13 million; 2014 – £12 million).

On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the sale of the majority of its wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates. In addition, in the year ended 30 June 2016 Diageo disposed of its other US wine interests. In the year ended 30 June 2016 the wine businesses, including the ending of distribution agreements in respect of wine brands in the United Kingdom that terminated post 1 January 2016, contributed net sales of £161 million (2015 – £343 million; 2014 – £307 million), operating profit of £12 million (2015 – £58 million; 2014 – £64 million) and profit after taxation of £4 million (2015 – £31 million; 2014 – £39 million).

 

227


Financial statements (continued)

 

Other includes the sale of the group’s South African associate interests disposed of on 1 December 2015 which were disclosed as assets held for sale at 30 June 2015. Other also includes the group’s shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI) disposed of on 30 September 2015, the Bouvet wine business in France and the group’s subsidiary in Argentina.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 the group disposed of the entire share capital of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to Jose Cuervo Overseas. The comparative also includes businesses disposed of following the acquisition of USL including the net cash receipt of £391 million on the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group on 31 October 2014 and the proceeds and net assets following the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015.

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Accounting policies

Acquired intangible assets are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Acquired brands and other intangible assets are initially recognised at fair value when they are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured. Where these assets are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, they are not amortised.

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the value of any non-controlling interests and the fair value of any previously held equity interest in the subsidiary acquired over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been reinstated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1 July 1998 has been capitalised.

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets is based on their useful economic lives and are amortised on a straight-line basis over those lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised and are reviewed for impairment at least annually or when there is an indication that the assets may be impaired. Impairment reviews compare the net carrying value with the recoverable amount (where recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less cost to sell and value in use). Amortisation and any impairment write downs are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement.

Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives are up to eight years.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Assessment of the recoverable amount of an intangible asset, the useful economic life of an asset, or that an asset has an indefinite life, requires management judgement.

 

228


Financial statements (continued)

 

Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. The tests are dependent on management’s estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected long term growth rates. Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a result of changing economic conditions and actual cash flows may differ from forecasts.

 

                                                                                                             
     Brands
£ million
    Goodwill
£ million
    Other
intangibles
£ million
    Computer
software
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost

          

At 30 June 2014

     5,839        1,213        1,121        493        8,666   

Exchange differences

     157        (57     96        (7     189   

Acquisition of businesses

     1,903        1,419        38               3,360   

Sale of businesses

     (144     (44                   (188

Other additions

                   1        40        41   

Other disposals

                          (15     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     7,755        2,531        1,256        511        12,053   

Exchange differences

     969        286        216        32        1,503   

Sale of businesses

     (94     (36            (1     (131

Acquisitions(i)

     26        (14                   12   

Other additions

                   1        42        43   

Other disposals

                   (1     (16     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     8,656        2,767        1,472        568        13,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation and impairment

          

At 30 June 2014

     432        12        56        275        775   

Exchange differences

     3        (2            (2     (1

Amortisation for the year

                   4        56        60   

Other disposals

                          (12     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     435        10        60        317        822   

Exchange differences

     80        16        3        23        122   

Amortisation for the year

                   5        51        56   

Exceptional impairment

     62        42                      104   

Other disposals

                          (11     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     577        68        68        380        1,093   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

          

At 30 June 2016

     8,079        2,699        1,404        188        12,370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     7,320        2,521        1,196        194        11,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     5,407        1,201        1,065        218        7,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Acquisitions represent the finalisation of the fair values of an acquisition completed in the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

229


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) Brands

At 30 June 2016, the principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, are as follows:

 

                                                                 
     Principal markets      2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Crown Royal whisky

     United States         1,101         933   

McDowell’s No.1 whisky, rum and brandy

     India         1,086         972   

Captain Morgan

     Global         903         765   

Johnnie Walker whisky

     Global         625         625   

Smirnoff vodka

     Global         620         525   

Windsor Premier whisky

     Korea         568         494   

Yenì Raki

     Turkey         446         403   

Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit

     Greater China         256         232   

Don Julio tequila

     United States         207         206   

Signature whisky

     India         204         183   

Bell’s whisky

     United Kingdom         179         179   

Black Dog whisky

     India         172         154   

Antiquity whisky

     India         169         151   

Seagram’s 7 Crown whiskey

     United States         168         142   

Zacapa rum

     Global         144         122   

Seagram’s VO whiskey

     United States         143         121   

Gordon’s gin

     Europe         119         119   

Bagpiper whisky

     India         117         104   

Old Parr whisky

     Global         106         83   

Other brands

        746         807   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        8,079         7,320   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely, in all of the major markets where they are sold. There are not believed to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly, the Directors believe that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes and are therefore not amortised.

(b) Goodwill

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to the following cash-generating units:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

North America

     217         217   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     

– Europe (excluding Russia and Turkey)

     147         106   

– Turkey

     452         409   

Africa – Africa Regional Markets

     96         86   

Latin America and Caribbean – Mexico

     99         98   

Asia Pacific

     

– Greater China

     130         117   

– India

     1,475         1,320   

Other cash-generating units

     83         168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,699         2,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill has arisen on the acquisition of businesses and includes synergies arising from cost savings, the opportunity to utilise Diageo’s distribution network to leverage marketing of the acquired products and the extension of the group’s portfolio of brands in new markets around the world.

 

230


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) Other intangibles

Other intangibles principally comprise distribution rights. Diageo owns the global distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products in perpetuity, and the Directors believe that it is appropriate to treat these rights as having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. The carrying value at 30 June 2016 was £1,354 million (2015 – £1,147 million).

(d) Impairment testing

Impairment tests are performed annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverable amounts are calculated based on the value in use approach. The value in use calculations are based on discounted forecast cash flows using the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity at the terminal growth rate of each country or region. The individual brands and their associated tangible fixed assets are aggregated and tested as a cash-generating unit. Separate tests are carried out for each cash-generating unit (brand and attributable tangible fixed assets) and for each of the 21 markets. The goodwill is attributed to the markets.

Cash flows

Cash flows are forecast for each cash-generating unit for the financial year, which is approved by management and reflects expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information.

Discount rate

The discount rates used are the weighted average cost of capital which reflects the returns on government bonds specific to the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is attributed or the countries where the brands are sold or returns on government bonds issued by triple ‘A’ rated countries with a maturity of 10 years, and an equity risk premium adjusted for specific industry. Further risk

premiums are applied according to management’s assessment of the risks in respect of the individual cash flows. The group applies post-tax discount rates to post-tax cash flows as the valuation calculated using this method closely approximates to applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows.

 

 

231


Financial statements (continued)

 

Long term growth rate, period of growth and terminal growth rate

The terminal growth rates applied at the end of the forecast period are the long term annual inflation rate of the country obtained from external sources adjusted to take into account circumstances specific to the group. For some intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth, driven by Diageo’s sales, marketing and distribution expertise, which is significantly in excess of the terminal growth rates for the applicable countries or regions. In these circumstances, the recoverable amount is calculated based on a five-year detailed plan and extended by up to an additional 10 years using the annual growth rate of the real gross domestic product (GDP) of the country or region aggregated with its inflation rate, adjusted to take into account circumstances specific to the group. In the calculation of the terminal value, a maximum of the long term annual inflation rate of the country is used as the terminal growth rate.

For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating unit or group of units to which the goodwill is attributed. For brands, they are based on a weighted average taking into account the country or countries where sales are made.

The pre-tax discount rates and terminal growth rates used for impairment testing are as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2016      2015  
     Pre-tax
discount
rate(i)

%
     Terminal
growth
rate

%
     Pre-tax
discount
rate(i)

%
     Terminal
growth
rate

%
 

North America – United States

     9         2         9         2   

Europe, Russia and Turkey

           

– Europe

     9         2         10         2   

– Turkey

     16         5         15         5   

Africa

           

– Africa Regional Markets

     20         5         21         6   

– South Africa

     18         5         19         5   

Latin America and Caribbean

           

– Brazil

     13         5         13         5   

– Mexico

     18         3         20         3   

Asia Pacific

           

– Korea

     10         3         9         3   

– Greater China

     10         3         11         3   

– India(ii)

     14         6         19         6   

 

(i) Before additional risk premiums.
(ii) Post-tax discount rates for India as at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were 12%.

In the year ended 30 June 2016, an impairment charge in respect of the Ypióca brand, the related fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million, respectively was charged to other operating expenses. Forecast cash flow assumptions have been reduced principally due to a challenging economic environment in Brazil and significant adverse changes in local tax regulation.

(e) Sensitivity to change in key assumptions

Impairment testing for the year ended 30 June 2016 has identified the following cash-generating units as being sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions.

 

232


Financial statements (continued)

 

The table below shows the headroom at 30 June 2016 and the impairment charge that would be required if the assumptions in the calculation of their value in use were changed:

 

                                                                                       
     Headroom
£ million
     1ppt
decrease in
terminal
growth rate
£ million
    1ppt
increase in
discount rate
£ million
    10%
decrease in
annual
cash flow(i)
£ million
 

India

     93         (372     (493     (361

Greater China

     60                (13     (12

Meta

     9                       (11

 

(i) 20% decrease in annual cash flow was considered as reasonable change for Meta.

It remains possible that changes in assumptions could arise in excess of those indicated in the table above.

For all intangibles with an indefinite life, other than the cash- generating units mentioned above, management has concluded that no reasonable possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amounts would cause their carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts.

11. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Accounting policies

Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives fall within the following ranges: buildings – 10 to 50 years; within plant and equipment casks and containers – 15 to 50 years; other plant and equipment – 5 to 25 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; and returnable bottles and crates – 5 to 10 years.

Reviews are carried out if there is an indication that assets may be impaired, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.

Government grants

Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the group will comply with the conditions pursuant to which they have been granted and that the grants will be received. Government grants in respect of property, plant and equipment are deducted from the asset that they relate to, reducing the depreciation expense charged to the income statement.

Leases

Where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a finance lease. Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the group at their fair value at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in other financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease payments are apportioned between interest expense and a reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Other leases are treated as operating leases, with payments and receipts taken to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

 

233


Financial statements (continued)

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Land and
buildings
£ million
    Plant and
equipment
£ million
    Fixtures
and
fittings
£ million
    Returnable
bottles and
crates

£ million
    Under
construction
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost

            

At 30 June 2014

     1,333        3,219        120        477        353        5,502   

Exchange differences

     (40     (119     (5     (44     (11     (219

Acquisition of businesses

     148        110        4               13        275   

Sale of businesses

     (105     (73     (7            (1     (186

Other additions

     51        181        13        35        297        577   

Other disposals

     (13     (66     (3     (20     (1     (103

Transfers

     73        210        3        16        (302       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     1,447        3,462        125        464        348        5,846   

Exchange differences

     107        243        11        37        18        416   

Sale of businesses

     (119     (164     (3     (18     (18     (322

Other additions

     30        137        7        23        274        471   

Other disposals

     (58     (98     (22     (11     (8     (197

Transfers

     76        203        4        21        (304       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     1,483        3,783        122        516        310     

 

6,214

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

            

At 30 June 2014

     391        1,298        81        295        4        2,069   

Exchange differences

     (8     (64     (6     (28            (106

Depreciation charge for the year

     46        215        13        42               316   

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

            23                             23   

Sale of businesses

     (20     (43     (5                   (68

Other disposals

     (6     (56            (16            (78
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     403        1,373        83        293        4        2,156   

Exchange differences

     36        113        8        25               182   

Depreciation charge for the year

     46        200        12        41               299   

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

     4        10                             14   

Non-operating exceptional accelerated depreciation

            8                             8   

Sale of businesses

     (65     (105     (3     (10            (183

Other disposals

     (24     (86     (20     (9     (4     (143
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     400        1,513        80        340               2,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

            

At 30 June 2016

     1,083        2,270        42        176        310        3,881   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     1,044        2,089        42        171        344        3,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     942        1,921        39        182        349        3,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £1,034 million (2015 – £975 million), long leaseholds of £28 million (2015 – £20 million) and short leaseholds of £21 million (2015 – £49 million). Depreciation was not charged on £203 million (2015 – £144 million) of land.

(b) At 30 June 2016, tangible fixed assets held under finance leases amounted to £264 million (2015 – £294 million), principally in respect of plant and equipment. Depreciation on assets held under finance leases was £19 million (2015 – £17 million).

(c) Property, plant and equipment is net of a government grant of £139 million (2015 – £118 million) received in prior years in respect of the construction of a rum distillery in the United States Virgin Islands.

 

234


Financial statements (continued)

 

12. OTHER INVESTMENTS

Accounting policies

Available-for-sale investments are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such upon initial recognition or not classified in any of the other financial assets categories. They are included in non-current assets. Subsequent to initial measurement, available-for-sale investments are stated at fair value. Gains and losses arising from the changes in fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income until the investment is disposed of or impaired, when the accumulated gains and losses are recycled to the income statement. Interest and dividends from available-for-sale investments are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Loans receivable are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted on an active market. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less allowance for impairment. Allowances are made where there is evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous experience and general economic conditions.

 

 

 

                                                                 
     Loans (a)
£ million
    Others
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost less allowances or fair value

      

At 30 June 2014

     56        7        63   

Exchange differences

     (2     1        (1

Acquisition of businesses

            58        58   

Other additions

     27               27   

Repayments and disposals

     (25            (25

Fair value adjustment

            20        20   

Transfer to assets held for sale

     (33            (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     23        86        109   

Exchange differences

     2        2        4   

Additions (b)

     95               95   

Repayments and disposals (c)

     (4     (89     (93

Fair value adjustment

            9        9   

Provision charged during the year (b)

     (93            (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     23        8        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) At 30 June 2016, loans comprise £21 million (2015 – £21 million; 2014 – £23 million) of loans to customers and other third parties, after allowances of £98 million (2015 – £7 million; 2014 – £9 million), and £2 million (2015 – £2 million; 2014 – £33 million) of loans to associates.

(b) Additions include a loan of $135 million (£92 million) provided by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited and guaranteed by a subsidiary of the group. The loan became due in May 2015 and was paid to SCB by Diageo in January 2016. The amount receivable in respect of the guarantee has been fully provided for. See note 18(a).

(c) On 7 July 2015, Diageo sold its investment in United Breweries Limited, a company quoted on the Indian stock exchange, for a consideration of £89 million.

13. POST EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

Accounting policies

The group’s principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition, the group has defined contribution plans, unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For post employment plans, other than defined contribution plans, the amount charged to operating profit is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any changes arising on benefits granted to members by the group during the year. Net finance charges

 

235


Financial statements (continued)

 

comprise the net deficit/asset on the plans at the beginning of the financial year, adjusted for cash flows in the year, multiplied by the discount rate for plan liabilities. The differences between the fair value of the plans’ assets and the present value of the plans’ liabilities are disclosed as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Any differences due to changes in assumptions or experience are recognised in other comprehensive income. The amount of any pension fund asset recognised on the balance sheet is limited to any future refunds from the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of judgement in relation to various assumptions including future pay rises, inflation and discount rates and employee and pensioner demographics.

Diageo determines the assumptions on a country by country basis in conjunction with its actuaries, and believes these assumptions to be in line with best practice, but the application of different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, other comprehensive income and balance sheet. There may be also interdependency between some of the assumptions.

 

 

(a) Post employment benefit plans

The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices. The majority of the plans are defined benefit plans and are funded by payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The group also operates a number of plans that are generally unfunded, primarily in the United States, which provide employees post employment medical costs.

The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States where benefits are based on employees’ length of service and salary at retirement. All valuations were performed by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method to determine pension costs. The most recent valuations of the significant defined benefit plans were carried out as follows:

 

                     

Principal plans

   Date of valuation  

United Kingdom(i)

     1 April 2015   

Ireland(ii)

                 31 December 2015   

United States

     1 January 2015   

 

(i) The Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme) closed to new members in November 2005. Employees who have joined Diageo in the United Kingdom since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit pension plan).
(ii) The triennial valuation of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme in Ireland (the Irish Scheme) as at 31 December 2015 is in progress and the result of this valuation is expected to be agreed by Diageo and the trustee later in calendar year 2016. The Irish Scheme closed to new members in May 2013. Employees who have joined Diageo in Ireland since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of Diageo administered defined contribution plans.

 

236


Financial statements (continued)

 

The assets of the UK and Irish pension plans are held in separate trusts administered by trustees who are required to act in the best interests of the plans’ beneficiaries. For the UK Scheme, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust Limited. As required by legislation, one-third of the directors of the Trust are nominated by the members of the UK Scheme, member nominated directors are appointed from both the pensioner member community and the active member community. For the Irish Scheme Diageo Ireland makes four nominations and appoints three further candidates nominated by representative groupings.

The amounts charged to the consolidated income statement for the group’s defined benefit post employment plans and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the three years ended 30 June 2016 are as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Current service cost and administrative expenses

     (112     (120     (118

Past service gains

     1        3          

Gains on curtailments and settlements

     1        3        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge to operating profit

     (110     (114     (92

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans

     (5     (13     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge before taxation(i)

     (115     (127     (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual returns less amounts included in finance income

     61        411        306   

Experience gains

     91        103        24   

Changes in financial assumptions

     (1,066     (400     (453

Changes in demographic assumptions

     62        9        (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (852     123        (172

Changes in the surplus restriction

                   3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (852     123        (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i)     The charge before taxation comprises:

      
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

United Kingdom

     (50     (62     (39

Ireland

     (19     (22     (28

United States

     (27     (24     (25

Other

     (19     (19     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (115     (127     (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the charge in respect of defined benefit post employment plans, contributions to the group’s defined contribution plans were £16 million (2015 – £15 million; 2014 – £15 million).

 

237


Financial statements (continued)

 

The movement in the net deficit for the two years ended 30 June 2016 is set out below:

 

                                                                 
     Plan
assets
£ million
    Plan
liabilities
£ million
    Net
deficit
£ million
 

At 30 June 2014

     7,480        (7,953     (473

Exchange differences

     (144     177        33   

Acquisition of businesses

     33        (40     (7

Sale of businesses

     (20     30        10   

Charge before taxation

     290        (417     (127

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(i)

     411        (288     123   

Contributions by the group

     184               184   

Employee contributions

     7        (7       

Benefits paid

     (358     358          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     7,883        (8,140     (257

Exchange differences

     328        (463     (135

Sale of businesses

     (38     37        (1

Charge before taxation

     275        (390     (115

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(i)

     61        (913     (852

Contributions by the group

     169               169   

Employee contributions

     6        (6       

Benefits paid

     (428     428          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     8,256        (9,447     (1,191
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Excludes surplus restriction.

The plan assets and liabilities by type of post employment benefit and country is as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2016     2015  
     Plan
assets
£ million
     Plan
liabilities
£ million
    Plan
assets
£ million
     Plan
liabilities
£ million
 

Pensions

          

United Kingdom

     6,047         (6,190     5,922         (5,621

Ireland

     1,472         (2,149     1,295         (1,554

United States

     474         (508     401         (420

Other

     194         (240     212         (242

Post employment medical

     2         (260     1         (218

Other post employment

     67         (100     52         (85
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,256         (9,447     7,883         (8,140
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The balance sheet analysis of the post employment plans is as follows:

 

     2016     2015  
     Non-
current
assets(i)
£ million
     Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
    Non-
current
assets(i)
£ million
     Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
 

Funded plans

     55         (997     436         (447

Unfunded plans

             (251             (248
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     55         (1,248     436         (695
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Includes surplus restriction of £2 million (2015 – £2 million).

 

238


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Principal risks and assumptions

The material post employment plans are not exposed to any unusual, entity specific or scheme specific risks but there are general risks:

Inflation – the majority of the plans’ obligations are linked to inflation. Higher inflation will lead to increased liabilities which is partially offset by holdings of inflation linked gilts and swaps and the plans provide for caps on the level of inflationary increases.

Interest rate – The plan liabilities are determined using discount rates derived from yields on AA-rated corporate bonds. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities though this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the bonds held by the post employment plans.

Mortality – The majority of the obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the members and their partners so any increase in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities.

Asset returns – Assets held by the pension plans are invested in a diversified portfolio of equities, bonds and other assets. Volatility in asset values will lead to movements in the net asset/(deficit) reported in the consolidated balance sheet for post employment plans which in addition will also impact the post employment expense in the consolidated income statement.

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the group’s deficit/surplus in the main post employment plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the previous 30 June.

 

     United Kingdom      Ireland      United States(i)  
           2016
%
           2015
%
           2014
%
           2016
%
           2015
%
           2014
%
           2016
%
           2015
%
           2014
%
 

Rate of general increase in salaries(ii)

     4.0         4.4         4.4         2.8         3.1         2.5                           

Rate of increase to pensions in payment

     3.1         3.4         3.5         1.6         1.7         1.7                           

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

     1.8         2.2         2.3         1.4         1.6         1.5                           

Discount rate for plan liabilities

     2.9         3.8         4.2         1.4         2.6         3.0         3.5         4.3         4.2   

Inflation - CPI

     1.8         2.2         2.3         1.4         1.6         1.5         1.4         1.7         2.1   

Inflation - RPI

     2.8         3.2         3.3                                                   

 

(i) The salary increase assumption in the United States is not a significant assumption as only a minimal amount of members’ pension entitlement is dependent on a member’s projected final salary.
(ii) The salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases.

For the main UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:

 

     United Kingdom(i)      Ireland(ii)      United States  
           2016
Age
           2015
Age
           2014
Age
           2016
Age
           2015
Age
           2014
Age
           2016
Age
           2015
Age
           2014
Age
 

Retiring currently at age 65

                          

Male

     86.4         86.6         86.4         86.2         86.0         85.9         86.3         86.7         86.6   

Female

     88.3         88.5         88.4         88.9         88.7         88.6         88.3         88.9         88.8   

Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

                          

Male

     88.6         88.8         88.9         89.1         88.9         88.8         88.0         88.4         88.3   

Female

     91.2         91.4         91.0         91.8         91.6         91.5         89.9         90.6         90.5   

 

(i) Based on the CMI’s series of mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and where people live, with suitable future improvements.
(ii) Based on the ‘00’ series of mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and with suitable future improvements.

 

239


Financial statements (continued)

 

For the significant assumptions, the following sensitivity analyses give an estimate of the potential impacts on the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 2016 and on the plan liabilities at 30 June 2016:

 

     United Kingdom     Ireland     United States and other  
     Profit
before
taxation
£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
    Profit
before
taxation
£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
    Profit
before
taxation
£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
 
Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate      23        18        489        4        3        193        2        1        38   
Effect of 0.5% decrease in discount rate      (21     (17     (560     (3     (3     (224     (1     (1     (39
Effect of 0.5% increase in inflation      (20     (16     (429     (5     (4     (136     (1     (1     (17
Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation      17        14        387        4        3        149        1        1        15   
Effect of one year increase in life expectancy      (9     (7     (272     (2     (2     (88     (1     (1     (21

 

(i) The estimated effect on the liabilities excludes the impact of any interest rate and inflation swaps entered into by the pension plans.
(1) The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions and may not be representative of the actual change. Each sensitivity is calculated on a change in the key assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity to inflation includes the impact on all inflation linked assumptions (e.g. pension increases and salary increases where appropriate).

(c) Investment and hedging strategy

The investment strategy for the group’s funded post employment plans is decided locally by the trustees of the plan and/or Diageo, as appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The objective of the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the movement on the liabilities, while taking an acceptable level of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using the funds of the plans to invest in a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver a target rate of return. The majority of the investment strategies have significant amounts allocated to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the group of the post employment plans being lower over the long term, within acceptable boundaries of risk. Significant amounts are invested in bonds in order to provide a natural hedge against movements in the liabilities of the plans. At 30 June 2016, approximately 27% and 80% (2015 – 35% and 79%) of the UK Scheme’s liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the combined effect of bonds and swaps. At 30 June 2016, approximately 28% and 60% (2015 – 32% and 59%) of the Irish Scheme’s liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the combined effect of bonds and swaps.

The discount rates used are based on the yields of high quality fixed income investments. For the UK plans, which represent approximately 66% of total plan liabilities, the discount rate is determined by reference to the yield curves of AA-rated corporate bonds for which the timing and amount of cash outflows are similar to those of the plans. A similar process is used to determine the discount rates used for the non-UK plans.

 

240


Financial statements (continued)

 

An analysis of the fair value of the plan assets is as follows:

 

     2016     2015  
     United
Kingdom
£ million
    Ireland
£ million
     United
States and
other
£ million
     Total
£ million
    United
Kingdom
£ million
    Ireland
£ million
     United
States and
other
£ million
     Total
£ million
 

Equities

                    

Quoted

     992        433         253         1,678        812        395         254         1,461   

Unquoted and private equity

     321        3         20         344        297        2         18         317   

Bonds

                    

Fixed-interest government

     206        158         46         410        178        117         37         332   

Inflation-linked government

     977        178                 1,155        826        133         9         968   

Investment grade corporate

     980        225         314         1,519        861        210         251         1,322   

Non-investment grade

     219        43         12         274        265        31         14         310   

Loan securities

     602        140                 742        614        123                 737   

Repurchase agreements

     2,000                        2,000        1,980                        1,980   

Liability driven investment (LDI)

     114        24                 138        80        20                 100   

Property – unquoted

     670        108         1         779        665        83         10         758   

Hedge funds

            142                 142               122                 122   

Interest rate and inflation swaps

     (1,007     15                 (992     (801     50                 (751

Cash and other

     (27     3         91         67        145        9         73         227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bid value of assets

     6,047        1,472         737         8,256        5,922        1,295         666         7,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be invested in the long term.
(2) Within the Irish Scheme’s plan assets above there is £0.6 million (2015 – £0.6 million) invested in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc.

Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2017 are estimated to be approximately £200 million.

(d) Deficit funding arrangements

UK plans

In the year ended 30 June 2011 the group established a Pension Funding Partnership (PFP) in respect of the UK Scheme. Whisky inventory was transferred into the partnership but the group retains control over the partnership which at 30 June 2016 held inventory with a book value of £607 million (2015 – £663 million). The partnership is fully consolidated in the group financial statements. The UK Scheme has a limited interest in the partnership, and as a partner, is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the partnership which for the year ended 30 June 2016 was £25 million (2015 – £25 million) and is expected to be approximately the same amount for the next eight years.

In 2024 the group will be required, dependent upon the funding position of the UK Scheme at that time, to pay an amount expected to be no greater than the deficit at that time, up to a maximum of £430 million in cash, to the UK Scheme to buy out the UK Scheme’s interest in the partnership. If the UK Scheme is in surplus at an actuarial triennial valuation without allowing for the value of the PFP, then Diageo can exit the PFP with the agreement of the trustees. The group has also agreed to make conditional contributions if the deficit at the 2018 actuarial triennial valuation is in excess of £84 million. These additional contributions would be payable to the UK Scheme by 31 March 2019, or within one month of completion of the 2018 valuation if later.

Irish plans

The group has also agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the trustees of the Irish Scheme under which it contributes to the Irish Scheme €21 million (£16 million) per annum until the year ending 30 June 2029. The agreement also provides for additional cash contributions into escrow of up to €188 million (£140 million) if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 18 year period from 2010 to 2028. As part of this funding plan, Diageo has granted to the Irish Scheme a contingent asset comprising mortgages over certain land and buildings and fixed and floating charges over certain receivables of the group up to a value of €200 million (£149 million).

 

241


Financial statements (continued)

 

(e) Timing of benefit payments

The following table provides information on the timing of the benefit payments and the average duration of the defined benefit obligations and the distribution of the timing of benefit payments:

 

                                                                                                                                   
     United Kingdom      Ireland      United States  
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 
Maturity analysis of benefits expected to be paid                  

Within one year

     272         233         74         70         61         42   

Between 1 to 5 years

     998         802         359         344         175         149   

Between 6 to 15 years

     2,724         2,501         702         696         387         337   

Between 16 to 25 years

     2,530         2,841         662         672         266         237   

Beyond 25 years

     4,210         6,360         1,121         1,199         253         229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,734         12,737         2,918         2,981         1,142         994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     years      years      years      years      years      years  
Average duration of the defined benefit obligation      18         17         20         18         11         11   

The projected benefit payments are based on the assumptions underlying the assessment of the obligations, including inflation. They are disclosed undiscounted and therefore appear large relative to the discounted value of the plan liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. They are in respect of benefits that have accrued at the balance sheet date and make no allowance for any benefits accrued subsequently.

(f) Related party disclosures

Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 20.

14. WORKING CAPITAL

Accounting policies

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated at the weighted average cost incurred in acquiring inventories. Maturing inventories which are retained for more than one year are classified as current assets, as they are expected to be realised in the normal operating cycle.

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised costs less any allowance for discounts and doubtful debts.

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value including transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised costs.

Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis. The carrying amounts of provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

 

 

(a) Inventories

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

     301         333   

Work in progress

     49         66   

Maturing inventories

     3,647         3,586   

Finished goods and goods for resale

     582         589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,579         4,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

242


Financial statements (continued)

 

Maturing inventories include whisk(e)y, rum, wines and Chinese white spirits. The following amounts of inventories are expected to be utilised after more than one year:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

     27         55   

Maturing inventories

     3,180         2,988   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,207         3,043   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis of which is as follows:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

     53        52   

Exchange differences

     5        (2

Income statement charge

     33        29   

Utilised

     (15     (25

Sale of businesses

     (3     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     73        53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(b) Trade and other receivables

 

                                                                                       
     2016      2015  
     Current
assets
£ million
     Non-current
assets
£ million
     Current
assets
£ million
     Non-current
assets
£ million
 

Trade receivables

     2,154         1         1,933           

Interest receivable

     20                 23           

Other receivables

     281         36         297         38   

Prepayments

     189         9         146         8   

Accrued income

     42                 36           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,686         46         2,435         46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016, approximately 13%, 20% and 11% of the group’s trade receivables of £2,155 million are due from counterparties based in the United Kingdom, the United States and India, respectively.

The aged analysis of trade receivables, net of allowances, is as follows:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Not overdue

     2,012         1,806   

Overdue 1 – 30 days

     60         47   

Overdue 31 – 60 days

     25         22   

Overdue 61 – 90 days

     16         11   

Overdue 91 – 180 days

     21         32   

Overdue more than 180 days

     21         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,155         1,933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

243


Financial statements (continued)

 

Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of allowance for doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

     71        63   

Exchange differences

     5        (6

Income statement charge

     15        21   

Written off

     (8     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     83        71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(c) Trade and other payables

 

                                                                                       
     2016      2015  
     Current
liabilities
£ million
     Non-current
liabilities
£ million
     Current
liabilities
£ million
     Non-current
liabilities
£ million
 

Trade payables

     916                 883           

Interest payable

     81                 77           

Tax and social security excluding income tax

     605         3         546         5   

Other payables

     680         37         524         40   

Accruals

     1,056         9         879         9   

Deferred income

     34         21         34         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,372         70         2,943         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest payable at 30 June 2016 includes interest on non-derivative financial instruments of £73 million (2015 – £68 million).

(d) Provisions

 

                                                                                       
     Thalidomide
£ million
    Restructuring
£ million
    Other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2015

     191        49        103        343   

Exchange differences

     2               20        22   

Provisions charged during the year

                   100        100   

Provisions utilised during the year

     (11     (33     (33     (77

Transfers

     (2     (10     4        (8

Unwinding of discounts

     10                      10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     190        6        194        390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     10        5        122        137   

Non-current liabilities

     180        1        72        253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     190        6        194        390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Provisions have been established in respect of the discounted value of the group’s commitment to the UK Thalidomide Trust. These will be utilised over the period of the commitments up to 2037.

(b) The group implemented a number of restructuring programmes, which involve the rationalisation of certain operations around the world. As at 30 June 2016 there were provisions for certain costs in respect of employee charges, incremental costs in respect of service contract and information systems infrastructure charges, the outstanding provisions are expected to be substantially utilised by 30 June 2017 (see note 4).

(c) The largest items in other provisions are £67 million in respect of the disposal of the wines business in North America and UK based Percy Fox businesses includes a provision for the settlement of a guarantee given in respect of the lease payments due to the lessor of the vineyards and £48 million (2015 – £44 million) in respect of employee deferred compensation plans which will be utilised when employees leave the group.

 

244


Financial statements (continued)

 

RISK MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

This section sets out the policies and procedures applied to manage the group’s capital structure and the financial risks the group is exposed to. Diageo considers the following components of its balance sheet to be capital: borrowings and equity. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels.

15. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Accounting policies

Financial assets and liabilities are initially recorded at fair value including any directly attributable transaction costs. For those financial assets that are not subsequently held at fair value, the group assesses whether there is evidence of impairment at each balance sheet date.

The group classifies its financial assets and liabilities into the following categories: loans and receivables, available-for-sale investments, financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss and other financial liabilities at amortised cost.

The accounting policies for available-for-sale investments and loans are described in note 12, for trade and other receivables in note 14 and for cash and cash equivalents in note 16.

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include derivative assets and liabilities. Where financial assets or liabilities are eligible to be carried at either amortised cost or fair value the group does not apply the fair value option.

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value using a discounted cash flow technique based on market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. Gains and losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are taken to the income statement as they arise.

Other financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost unless they are part of a fair value hedge relationship. The difference between the initial carrying amount of the financial liabilities and their redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the contractual terms using the effective interest rate method.

Hedge accounting

The group designates and documents certain derivatives as hedging instruments against changes in fair value of recognised assets and liabilities (fair value hedges), highly probable forecast transactions or the cash flow risk from a change in exchange or interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations (net investment hedges). The effectiveness of such hedges is assessed at inception and at least on a quarterly basis, using prospective and retrospective testing. Methods used for testing effectiveness include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis and hypothetical derivative method.

Fair value hedges are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are exposed. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability.

If such a hedge relationship is de-designated, fair value movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life using the effective interest rate method.

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge the foreign currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in exchange or interest rates. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income, while any ineffective part is recognised in the income statement. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are recycled to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying foreign currency or interest exposure affects the income statement.

 

245


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation of net investments are recorded in other comprehensive income and included in the exchange reserve. Liabilities used as hedging instruments are revalued at closing exchange rates and the resulting gains or losses are also recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement. Foreign exchange contracts hedging net investments are carried at fair value. Effective fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement.

 

 

The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency and interest rate risks are managed by the group’s treasury department. The treasury department uses a range of financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and monitored by the finance committee, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. The policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk which are periodically reviewed by the board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the board approved strategies. Transactions arising from the application of this flexibility are carried at fair value, gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise and are separately monitored on a daily basis using Value at Risk analysis. In the year ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 gains and losses on these transactions were not material. The group does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments are initially undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying business activities.

The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of mitigating these risks.

The finance committee receives a monthly report on the key activities of the treasury department, which would identify any exposures which differ from the defined benchmarks, should they arise.

(a) Currency risk

The group presents its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group’s transactions and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its operations. To manage the currency risk the group uses certain financial instruments. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the consolidated income statement to be material.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations

The group hedges a certain portion of its exposure to fluctuations in the sterling value of its foreign operations by designating borrowings held in foreign currencies and using foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives. The group’s policy is to maintain total net investment Value at Risk below £1.5 billion, where Value at Risk is defined as the maximum amount of loss over a one year period with a 95% probability confidence level.

Following an internal restructuring foreign currency borrowings and financial derivatives designated in net investment hedge relationships increased to £6,787 million as at 30 June 2016 (2015 – £3,681 million; 2014 – £3,749 million).

Hedge of foreign currency debt

The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated borrowings.

Transaction exposure hedging

The group’s policy is to hedge up to 24 months forecast transactional foreign currency risk on the net US dollar exposure of the group targeting 75% coverage for the current financial year and up to 18 months for other currency pairs. The group’s exposure to foreign currency risk arising on forecasted transactions is managed using forward agreements.

 

246


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Interest rate risk

The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate borrowings and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices aim to minimise the group’s net finance charges with acceptable year-on-year volatility. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group’s policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of forecast net borrowings. For these calculations, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments. The majority of Diageo’s existing interest rate derivatives are designated as hedges and are expected to be effective. Fair value of these derivatives is recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. The group’s net borrowings interest rate profile is as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2016     2015  
     £ million     %     £ million      %  

Fixed rate

     4,103        47        4,564         48   

Floating rate(i)

     4,738        55        4,818         51   

Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

     (206     (2     145         1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net borrowings

     8,635        100        9,527         100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) The floating rate portion of net borrowings includes cash and cash equivalents, collaterals, floating rate loans and bonds, bank overdrafts and finance lease obligations.

The table below sets out the average monthly net borrowings and effective interest rate:

 

Average monthly net borrowings     Effective interest rate  
2016
                         £ million
    2015
                         £ million
    2014
                         £ million
    2016
                                 %
    2015
                                 %
    2014
                                 %
 
  9,245        10,459        9,174        3.3        3.5        3.8   

(1) For this calculation, net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings includes the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

(c) Commodity price risk

The group is exposed to commodity price risk. Commodity price risk is managed in line with the principles approved by the board either through long term purchase contracts with suppliers or, where appropriate, derivative contracts. The group policy is to maintain the total commodity exposure Value at Risk below 75bps of forecast gross margin in any given financial year. Where derivative contracts are used the commodity price risk exposure is hedged up to 24 months forecast volume principally through exchange-traded futures.

(d) Market risk sensitivity analysis

The group uses a sensitivity analysis that estimates the impacts on the consolidated income statement and other comprehensive income of either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 0.5% in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015, for each class of financial instruments with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market risks on the net post employment benefit liability and corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

The sensitivity analysis estimates the impact of changes in interest and foreign exchange rates. All hedges are expected to be highly effective for this analysis and it considers the impact of all financial instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities.

 

247


Financial statements (continued)

 

The results of the sensitivity analysis should not be considered as projections of likely future events, gains or losses as actual results in the future may differ materially due to developments in the global financial markets which may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the hypothetical amounts disclosed in the table below.

 

                                                                                       
     Impact on income
statement

gain/(loss)
    Impact on consolidated
comprehensive income
gain/(loss)(i) (ii)
 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

0.5% decrease in interest rates

     (24     (20     (8     (16

0.5% increase in interest rates

     24        20        9        17   

10% weakening of sterling

     (26     (48     (641     (624

10% strengthening of sterling

     21        40        525        512   

 

(i) The impact on foreign currency borrowings and derivatives in net investment hedge is largely offset by the foreign exchange difference arising on translation of net investments.
(ii) The impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the impact on the income statement.

(e) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises on cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to customers, including outstanding loans, trade and other receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions.

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the group’s exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date as disclosed in section (i), excluding the impact of any collateral held or other credit enhancements.

Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business related credit exposures.

Financial credit risk

Diageo aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the board. Counterparties are predominantly limited to major banks and financial institutions, primarily with a long term credit rating within the A band or better, and the policy restricts the exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality of the counterparty. The group’s policy is designed to ensure that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The board also defines the types of financial instruments which may be transacted. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for currency and interest rate risk management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, the group may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a predetermined threshold. At 30 June 2016, the collateral held under these agreements amounted to $104 million (£78 million) and €73 million (£61 million) (2015 – $82 million (£52 million) and €34 million (£24 million)).

Diageo annually reviews the credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties’ credit quality reflecting market credit conditions.

Business related credit risk

Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer. There is no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to loans, trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

 

248


Financial statements (continued)

 

(f) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that Diageo may encounter difficulties in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The group uses short term commercial paper to finance its day-to-day operations. The group’s policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, the group’s policy is to maintain backstop facilities with relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

The following tables provide an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows including interest payable for the group’s financial liabilities and derivative instruments on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve prevailing at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015. The gross cash flows of derivative contracts are presented for the purposes of this table and financial assets and liabilities are presented gross in the statement of financial position, although in practice, the group uses netting arrangements to reduce its liquidity requirements on these instruments.

Contractual cash flows

 

     Due within
1 year
£ million
    Due between
1 and 3 years
£ million
    Due between
3 and 5 years
£ million
    Due after
5 years
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Carrying
amount at
balance
sheet date
£ million
 

2016

            

Borrowings(i)

     (2,058     (2,853     (558     (4,621     (10,090     (10,129

Interest on borrowings(i), (iii)

     (358     (449     (360     (1,415     (2,582     (73

Finance lease capital repayments

     (29     (58     (69     (86     (242     (242

Finance lease future interest payments

     (13     (20     (13     (54     (100       

Trade and other financial liabilities(ii)

     (2,435     (199     (8     (4     (2,646     (2,638
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

     (4,893     (3,579     (1,008     (6,180     (15,660     (13,082
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross amount receivable from derivatives

     947        153        106        1,566        2,772          

Gross amount payable on derivatives

     (647     (144     (73     (1,130     (1,994       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative instruments(iii)

     300        9        33        436        778        498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015

            

Borrowings(i)

     (1,920     (2,556     (968     (4,365     (9,809     (9,838

Interest on borrowings(i), (iii)

     (340     (479     (334     (1,434     (2,587     (68

Finance lease capital repayments

     (38     (50     (70     (104     (262     (262

Finance lease future interest payments

     (13     (19     (16     (23     (71       

Trade and other financial liabilities(ii)

     (2,172     (54     (143            (2,369     (2,353
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

     (4,483     (3,158     (1,531     (5,926     (15,098     (12,521
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross amount receivable from derivatives

     97        478        176        1,360        2,111          

Gross amount payable on derivatives

     (162     (374     (110     (1,154     (1,800       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative instruments(iii)

     (65     104        66        206        311        131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(i) For the purpose of these tables above, borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and fair value of derivative instruments as disclosed in note 16.
(ii) Primarily consists of trade and other payables that meet the definition of financial liabilities under IAS 32.
(iii) Carrying amount of interest on borrowings and interest on derivatives is included within interest payable in note 14.

 

249


Financial statements (continued)

 

The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Expiring within one year

             688   

Expiring between one and two years

     470           

Expiring after two years

     2,072         1,541   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,542         2,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper programmes.

There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect of its material short and long term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

(g) Fair value measurements

Fair value measurements of financial instruments are presented through the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

The group maintains policies and procedures to value instruments using the most relevant data available. If multiple inputs that fall into different levels of the hierarchy are used in the valuation of an instrument, the instrument is categorised on the basis of the most subjective input.

Foreign currency forwards and swaps, cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps are valued using discounted cash flow techniques. These techniques incorporate inputs at levels 1 and 2, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates. These market inputs are used in the discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument’s term, notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit risk into account. As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in active markets, these instruments are categorised as level 2 in the hierarchy.

Other financial liabilities include an option held by Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala to sell the remaining 50% equity stake in Rum Creations & Products, Inc. the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, to Diageo, with changes in fair value of this option included in retained earnings. As the valuation of this option uses assumptions not observable in the market, it is categorised as level 3 in the hierarchy. The exercise date of this option is estimated based on forecast future performance and an estimated rate of return.

The option is sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions. If the option is exercised two years earlier or two years later the value of the option will increase and decrease by £17 million and £15 million, respectively. If forecast performance increases or decreases by 10%, the value of the option would increase and decrease by £30 million and £13 million, respectively.

 

250


Financial statements (continued)

 

Available-for-sale investments at 30 June 2015 comprised shares held in United Breweries Limited categorised as level 1 in hierarchy. These shares were sold on 7 July 2015.

The group’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised as follows:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Available-for-sale investments

            80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets (Level 1)

            80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets

     879        338   

Derivative liabilities

     (373     (198
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation techniques based on observable market input (Level 2)

     506        140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

     (165     (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation techniques based on unobservable market input (Level 3)

     (165     (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The movements in level 3 instruments, measured on a recurring basis, are as follows:

 

                                           
     Other financial liabilities  
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

At 1 July

     (139     (108

Net losses included in the income statement

     (1     (14

Net losses included in exchange in other comprehensive income

     (25     (11

Net losses included in retained earnings

     (3     (9

Settlement of liabilities

     3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June

     (165     (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers between levels during the two years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015.

In addition retained earnings comprise £3 million capital injection to Zacapa from Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala.

(h) Results of hedging instruments

In respect of cash flow hedging instruments, a gain of £31 million (2015 – £46 million loss; 2014 – £54 million gain) has been recognised in other comprehensive income due to changes in fair value. A loss of £66 million has been transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating expenses and a gain of £211 million to other finance charges, respectively (2015 – a loss of £26 million and a gain of £84 million; 2014 – a gain of £54 million and loss of £88 million, respectively) to offset the foreign exchange impact on the underlying transactions.

For cash flow hedges of forecast transactions at 30 June 2016, based on year end interest and foreign exchange rates, there is expected to be a loss to the income statement of £113 million in financial year 2017 and a loss of £36 million in financial year 2018. With respect to hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward foreign exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related bond principal to closing foreign exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement in each year until the related bonds mature in 2016, 2036 and 2043. Foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds in the income statement are expected to offset those on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.

The gain on fair value hedging instruments for the year was £16 million (2015 – £11 million gain; 2014 – £8 million gain) and the loss on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks was £26 million (2015 – £11 million loss; 2014 – £6 million loss).

There was no significant ineffectiveness on net investment hedging during the year ended 30 June 2016.

 

251


Financial statements (continued)

 

(i) Reconciliation of financial instruments

The table below sets out the group’s accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities:

 

     Fair value
through income
statement

£ million
    Loans and
receivables
and liabilities at
amortised cost
£ million
    Available-
for-sale

£ million
     Not categorised
as a financial
instrument

£ million
    Total
£ million
    Current
£ million
    Non-current
£ million
 

2016

               

Other investments and loans

            31                       31               31   

Trade and other receivables

            2,424                308        2,732        2,686        46   

Cash and cash equivalents

            1,089                       1,089        1,089          

Derivatives in fair value hedge

     35                              35               35   

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     362                              362        130        232   

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     216                              216        216          

Other instruments at fair value

     266                              266        148        118   

Finance lease assets

            36                       36        1        35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     879        36                       915        495        420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     879        3,580                308        4,767        4,270        497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings(i)

            (10,129                    (10,129     (2,058     (8,071

Trade and other payables

            (2,554             (888     (3,442     (3,372     (70

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     (148                           (148     (102     (46

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     (66                           (66     (66       

Other instruments at fair value

     (324                           (324     (83     (241

Finance leases

            (242                    (242     (29     (213
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

     (538     (242                    (780     (280     (500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     (538     (12,925             (888     (14,351     (5,710     (8,641
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net financial assets/(liabilities)

     341        (9,345             (580     (9,584     (1,440     (8,144
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015

               

Other investments and loans

            29        80                109               109   

Trade and other receivables

            2,184                297        2,481        2,435        46   

Cash and cash equivalents

            472                       472        472          

Derivatives in fair value hedge

     19                              19               19   

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     186                              186        21        165   

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     11                              11        8        3   

Other instruments at fair value

     122                              122        17        105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     338                              338        46        292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     338        2,685        80         297        3,400        2,953        447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings(i)

            (9,838                    (9,838     (1,921     (7,917

Trade and other payables

            (2,291             (721     (3,012     (2,943     (69

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     (51                           (51     (31     (20

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     (52                           (52     (52       

Other instruments at fair value

     (234                           (234     (35     (199

Finance leases

            (262                    (262     (38     (224
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

     (337     (262                    (599     (156     (443
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     (337     (12,391             (721     (13,449     (5,020     (8,429
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net financial assets/(liabilities)

     1        (9,706     80         (424     (10,049     (2,067     (7,982
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments.

At 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, other financial assets and liabilities approximate to fair values. At 30 June 2016 the fair value of borrowings, based on unadjusted quoted market data, was £10,709 million (2015 – £10,115 million).

 

252


Financial statements (continued)

 

(j) Capital management

The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net borrowing to EBITDA leverage of 2.5 – 3.0 times, this range for Diageo being currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the range of 2.5 – 3.0 times. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. For this calculation net borrowings are adjusted by the net post employment deficit whilst EBITDA equals operating profit excluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures.

16. NET BORROWINGS

Accounting policies

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs and are subsequently reported at amortised cost. Certain bonds are designated as being part of a fair value hedge relationship. In these cases, the amortised cost is adjusted for the fair value of the risk being hedged, with changes in value recognised in the income statement. The fair value adjustment is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on unadjusted market data.

Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group’s cash management and are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less, including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

 

253


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Bank overdrafts

     280        90   

Commercial paper

            354   

Bank and other loans

     436        444   

Credit support obligations

     139        76   

US$ 750 million 5.3% bonds due 2015

            478   

US$ 750 million 0.625% bonds due 2016

            477   

US$ 600 million 5.5% bonds due 2016

     451          

US$ 1,000 million 1.5% bonds due 2017

     751          

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

     1        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings due within one year

     2,058        1,921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

US$ 600 million 5.5% bonds due 2016

            382   

US$ 1,000 million 1.5% bonds due 2017

            635   

US$ 1,250 million 5.75% bonds due 2017

     939        795   

US$ 650 million 1.125% bonds due 2018

     487        412   

€500 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

     421        359   

€850 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

     707        601   

US$ 696 million 4.828% bonds due 2020

     488        399   

US$ 1,000 million 2.875% bonds due 2022

     748        633   

US$ 300 million 8% bonds due 2022

     224        189   

US$ 1,350 million 2.625% bonds due 2023

     1,011        855   

€500 million 1.75% bonds due 2023

     413        351   

€850 million 2.375% bonds due 2026

     702        597   

US$ 400 million 7.45% bonds due 2035

     301        255   

US$ 600 million 5.875% bonds due 2036

     446        378   

US$ 500 million 4.25% bonds due 2042

     371        315   

US$ 500 million 3.875% bonds due 2043

     369        312   

US$ 200 million 4.85% medium term notes due 2018

     150        127   

Bank and other loans

     184        213   

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

     110        109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings due after one year

     8,071        7,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments

     10,129        9,838   

Fair value of foreign currency derivatives

     (612     (82

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

     (35     (19

Finance lease liabilities

     242        262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross borrowings

     9,724        9,999   

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

     (1,089     (472
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings

     8,635        9,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The interest rates shown are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate hedges (see note 15).
(2) Bonds are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £72 million (2015 – £82 million; 2014 – £94 million).
(3) Bonds are reported at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately.
(4) All bonds, medium term notes and commercial paper issued by the group’s wholly owned subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Diageo plc.

 

254


Financial statements (continued)

 

Gross borrowings before derivative financial instruments will mature as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Within one year

     2,058         1,921         1,576   

Between one and three years

     2,896         2,607         1,894   

Between three and five years

     537         970         1,972   

Beyond five years

     4,638         4,340         3,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,129         9,838         9,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year the following bonds were issued and repaid:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Issued

      

€ denominated

            791        1,378   

US$ denominated

                     

Repaid

      

€ denominated

            (792     (983

US$ denominated

     (1,003     (330     (488

£ denominated(i)

            (370       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,003     (701     (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2015 a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

(a) Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

At beginning of the year

     9,527        8,850   

Net (increase)/decrease in cash and cash equivalents before exchange

     (343     77   

Net (increase)/decrease in bonds and other borrowings

     (1,236     (315
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net borrowings from cash flows

     (1,579     (238

Exchange differences on net borrowings

     725        7   

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

            869   

Borrowings on disposal of businesses

     (14       

Other non-cash items

     (24     39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at end of the year

     8,635        9,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

255


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Analysis of net borrowings by currency

 

     2016     2015  
     Cash and cash
equivalents

£ million
     Gross
borrowings(i)
£ million
    Cash and cash
equivalents

£ million
     Gross
borrowings(i)
£ million
 

US dollar

     503         (3,247     35         (2,759

Euro

     61         (2,034     44         (1,410

Sterling(ii)

     66         (3,980     28         (5,200

Indian rupee

     37         (418     13         (486

Nigerian naira

     13         (84     16         (76

Turkish lira(ii)

     169         (4     4         (67

Korean won

     35                80           

Brazilian real

     30         (2     16         (2

Chinese Yuan

     51         (7     28         7   

Other

     124         52        208         (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,089         (9,724     472         (9,999
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) The analysis of group’s gross borrowings includes foreign currency forwards and swaps and finance leases.
(ii) As at 30 June 2016 includes £32 million (Sterling) and £162 million (Turkish lira) cash and cash equivalents in cash-pooling arrangements. See note 1(f).

17. EQUITY

Accounting policies

Own shares represent shares and share options of Diageo plc that are held in treasury or by employee share trusts for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee share plans or were acquired as part of a share buyback programme. Own shares are treated as a deduction from equity until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of and when vest are transferred from own shares to retained earnings at their weighted average cost.

Share based payments include share awards and options granted to directors and employees. The fair value of equity settled share options and share grants is initially measured at grant date based on the binomial or Monte Carlo models and is charged to the income statement over the vesting period. For equity settled shares the credit is included in retained earnings. Cancellations of share options are treated as an acceleration of the vesting period and any outstanding charge is recognised in operating profit immediately. Any surplus or deficit arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is included as a movement in equity.

Dividends are included in the financial statements in the financial year in which they are approved.

 

 

(a) Allotted and fully paid share capital — ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

 

                                           
     Number
of shares
million
     Nominal
value

£ million
 

At 30 June 2016, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014

     2,754         797   

(b) Hedging and exchange reserve

 

                                                                 
     Hedging
reserve
£ million
    Exchange
reserve
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2013

     17        (9     8   

Other comprehensive income

     90        (1,001     (911
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     107        (1,010     (903

Other comprehensive income

     (86     (163     (249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     21        (1,173     (1,152

Other comprehensive income

     (111     742        631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     (90     (431     (521
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

256


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) Own shares

Movements in own shares

 

                                           
     Number
of shares
million
    Purchase
consideration
£ million
 

At 30 June 2013

     251        2,232   

Share trust arrangements

     (3     (42

Shares call options exercised(i)

     7        68   

Shares purchased

     7        138   

Shares sold to employees

            (1

Shares used to satisfy options

     (9     (115
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     253        2,280   

Share trust arrangements

     (2     (18

Shares purchased

     4        70   

Shares used to satisfy options

     (7     (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     248        2,228   

Share trust arrangements

     (1     (6

Shares purchased

     2        42   

Shares used to satisfy options

     (5     (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     244        2,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Includes the fair value of foreign currency denominated call options exercised.

Share trust arrangements

At 30 June 2016 the employee share trusts owned 7 million of ordinary shares in Diageo plc at a cost of £113 million and market value of £155 million (2015 – 8 million shares at a cost of £119 million, market value £149 million; 2014 – 10 million shares at a cost of £137 million, market value £181 million). Dividends receivable by the employee share trusts on the shares are waived and the trustee abstains from voting.

Purchase of own shares

Authorisation was given by shareholders on 23 September 2015 to purchase a maximum of 251,514,000 shares at a minimum price of 28101/108 pence and a maximum price of higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting or on 22 December 2016, if earlier.

 

257


Financial statements (continued)

 

During the year ended 30 June 2016, the company purchased 2 million ordinary shares (including shares acquired through call option exercises), nominal value of £1 million (2015 – 4 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £1 million; 2014 – 14 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £4 million), representing approximately 0.1% (2015 – 0.1%; 2014 – 0.5%) of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares).

Shares were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to employees during the course of the year.

The aggregate consideration paid for purchase of own shares was £53 million (excluding expenses) in the year ended 30 June 2016. The annual purchase includes 617,840 shares for £11 million purchased at an average price of 1713 pence for the purpose of satisfying share awards made under the company’s share incentive plans, the cost of which was charged directly to the consolidated income statement. The monthly breakdown of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

                                                                 

Calendar month

   Number of shares
purchased
     Average price paid
pence
     Authorised purchases
unutilised at month end
 

September 2015

     2,719,851         1737         248,794,149   

March 2016

     295,510         1872         248,498,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,015,361         1750         248,498,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(d) Dividends

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

        

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2015

        

34.9 pence per share (2014 – 32.0 pence; 2013 – 29.3 pence)

     876         801         735   

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016

        

22.6 pence per share (2015 – 21.5 pence; 2014 – 19.7 pence)

     567         540         493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,443         1,341         1,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The proposed final dividend of £918 million (36.6 pence per share) for the year ended 30 June 2016 was approved by the Board of Directors on 27 July 2016. As this was after the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.

Dividends are waived on all treasury shares owned by the company and all shares owned by the employee share trusts.

(e) Non-controlling interests

Diageo consolidates USL, a company incorporated in India, with a 43.91% non-controlling interest and has a 50% controlling interest (2015 – 50%) in Ketel One Worldwide B.V. (Ketel One), a company incorporated in the Netherlands. All other consolidated subsidiaries are fully owned or the non-controlling interests are not material.

 

258


Financial statements (continued)

 

Summarised financial information for USL, Ketel One and others, after fair value adjustments on acquisition, and the amounts attributable to non-controlling interests are as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                   
     2016     2015  
     USL
£ million
    Ketel One
and others
£ million
    Total
£ million
    USL
£ million
    Ketel One
and others
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Income statement

            

Sales

     2,460        1,563        4,023        2,363        1,627        3,990   

Net sales

     873        1,265        2,138        926        1,324        2,250   

Profit/(loss) for the year

     76        175        251        (10     200        190   

Other comprehensive income(i)

     157        242        399        50        66        116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     233        417        650        40        266        306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     102        188        290        18        131        149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet

            

Non-current assets(ii)

     2,289        2,536        4,825        2,132        2,264        4,396   

Current assets

     601        587        1,188        527        518        1,045   

Non-current liabilities

     (518     (821     (1,339     (579     (723     (1,302

Current liabilities

     (639     (554     (1,193     (580     (462     (1,042

Net assets

     1,733        1,748        3,481        1,500        1,597        3,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     761        889        1,650        659        826        1,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow

            

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

     17        228        245        (32     314        282   

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

     70        (53     17        388        (88     300   

Net cash outflow from financing activities

     (67     (145     (212     (373     (196     (569
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     20        30        50        (17     30        13   

Exchange differences

     4        (5     (1     2        1        3   

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

            (101     (101            (72     (72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Other comprehensive income is principally in respect of exchange on translating the subsidiaries to sterling.
(ii) Ketel One includes the global distribution rights to distribute Ketel One vodka products throughout the world. The carrying value of the distribution rights at 30 June 2016 was £1,354 million (2015 – £1,147 million).

(f) Employee share compensation

The group uses a number of share award and option plans to grant to its directors and employees.

The annual fair value charge in respect of the equity settled plans for the three years ended 30 June 2016 is as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Executive share award plans

     24         27         30   

Executive share option plans

     3         4         4   

Savings plans

     2         4         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     29         35         37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

259


Financial statements (continued)

 

Executive share awards are made under the Diageo 2014 Long Term Incentive plan (DLTIP) from September 2014 onwards. Prior to that, awards were made under the Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (DELTIP), the 2008 Performance Share Plan (PSP), the 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan (SESOP) or the 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan (DIP). Prior to the introduction of the DLTIP, employees in associated companies were granted awards under the Diageo plc 2011 Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan (DACSIP). Under all of these plans, conditional awards can be delivered in the form of restricted shares or share options at the market value at the time of grant.

Share awards normally vest and are released on the third anniversary of the grant date. Participants do not make a payment to receive the award at grant. Executive Directors are required to hold any vested shares awarded from 2014 for a further two-year period. Share options may normally be exercised between three and ten years after the grant date. Executives in North America and Latin America and Caribbean are granted awards over the company’s ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).

Performance shares under the DLTIP (previous PSP) are subject to the achievement of three equally weighted performance tests over the three-year performance period for the 2013 and 2014 grants these were; 1) a comparison of Diageo’s three-year TSR with a peer group; 2) compound annual growth in organic net sales over three years; 3) total organic operating margin improvement over three years. For awards made in September 2015 or later, the third measure was replaced by one based on cumulative free cash flow over a three-year period, measured at constant exchange rates. Performance share options under the DLTIP (previously SESOP) are subject to the achievement of an earnings per share growth condition over a three-year period. Performance measures and targets are set annually by the Remuneration Committee. The vesting range is 20% or 25% (for Executive Directors and for other participants respectively) for achieving minimum performance targets, up to 100% for achieving the maximum target level. Retesting of the performance condition is not permitted.

For performance shares under the DLTIP (previous PSP) dividends are accrued on awards and are given to participants to the extent that the awards actually vest at the end of the performance period. Dividends can be paid in the form of cash or shares.

For the three years ended 30 June 2016, the calculation of the fair value of each share award used the Monte Carlo pricing model and the following weighted average assumptions:

 

                                                                 
     2016      2015      2014  

Risk free interest rate

     1.0%         1.4%         1.0%   

Expected life of the awards

     37 months         37 months         36 months   

Dividend yield

     3.2%         3.1%         2.7%   

Weighted average share price

     1737 p         1832 p         1970 p   

Weighted average fair value of awards granted in the year

     1058 p         753 p         1147 p   

Number of awards granted in the year

     3.1 million         2.5 million         2.5 million   

Fair value of all awards granted in the year

     £33 million         £19 million         £29 million   

Transactions on schemes

Transactions on the executive share award plans for the three years ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2016
Number of
awards
million
    2015
Number of
awards
million
    2014
Number of
awards
million
 

Balance outstanding at 1 July

     7.6        9.4        11.3   

Granted

     3.1        2.5        2.5   

Exercised/awarded

     (1.6     (2.6     (3.4

Forfeited/expired

     (1.9     (1.7     (1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance outstanding at 30 June

     7.2        7.6        9.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016, 6.7 million executive share options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of 1391 pence.

 

260


Financial statements (continued)

 

OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

This section includes additional financial information that are either required by the relevant accounting standards or management considers these to be material information for shareholders.

18. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Accounting policies

Provision is made for the anticipated settlement costs of legal or other disputes against the group where it is considered to be probable that a liability exists and a reliable estimate can be made of the likely outcome. Where it is possible that a settlement may be reached or it is not possible to make a reliable estimate of the estimated financial effect appropriate disclosure is made but no provision created.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

A judgement is necessary in assessing the likelihood that a claim will succeed, or a liability will arise, and to quantify the possible range of any settlement. Due to the inherent uncertainty in this evaluation process, actual losses may be different from the liability originally estimated.

 

 

(a) Guarantees and related matters

As of 30 June 2016, the group has no material guarantees or indemnities outstanding in respect of liabilities of third parties. The following matters relate to guarantees previously discharged.

Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V. (DHN) issued a conditional backstop guarantee to Standard Chartered Bank (Standard Chartered) pursuant to a guarantee commitment agreement (the Guarantee Agreement). The guarantee was in respect of the liabilities of Watson Limited (Watson), a company affiliated with Dr Vijay Mallya (Dr Mallya), under a $135 million (£92 million) facility from Standard Chartered. The Guarantee Agreement was entered into as part of the arrangements put in place and announced at closing of the United Spirits Limited (USL) transaction on 4 July 2013. DHN’s provision of the Guarantee Agreement enabled the refinancing of certain existing borrowings of Watson from a third party bank and facilitated the release by that bank of rights over certain USL shares that were to be acquired by Diageo as part of the USL transaction. The facility matured and entered into default in May 2015. Whilst the guarantee was not payable immediately, DHN and Standard Chartered agreed to extend the date on which the guarantee was payable to 29 January 2016 to allow additional time for enforcement of the security package underlying the facility. As part of this agreement, in August 2015 DHN deposited $135 million (£92 million) in an escrow account with Standard Chartered. The loan remained in default and the guarantee was paid on 29 January 2016. The $135 million (£92 million) deposit was released to Standard Chartered and has been fully provided for during the year ended 30 June 2016. In aggregate DHN paid Standard Chartered $141 million (£96 million) under this guarantee, including the $135 million (£92 million) previously deposited, as well as payments of default interest and various fees and expenses.

While the guarantee amount has been fully provided for, Watson remains liable for all amounts paid by DHN under the guarantee. DHN is entitled to the benefit of the underlying security package for the loan, which includes shares in United Breweries Limited (UBL), Watson’s interest in Orange India Holdings S.a.r.l. (Orange), the joint venture that owns the Force India Formula One (F1) team, and the shareholding in Watson, all of which remains in place. On 19 June 2015, a consortium of banks led by State Bank of India (SBI) obtained an ex-parte order from the Debt Recovery Tribunal (DRT) in Bangalore preventing the sale or any other transfer of such UBL shares as part of the enforcement process pending further orders from the DRT. This order was passed following the filing of a memorandum by Dr Mallya with the tribunal that he had no objection to it issuing the order in respect of the UBL shares. There was a further ex-parte order of the DRT on 15 July 2015 restraining the UBL shares being handed over to DHN or to any other party pending further orders of the DRT. DHN filed a writ petition before the High Court of Karnataka (the High Court) against such orders of the DRT, and on 7 November 2015, the High Court passed an interim order granting an interim stay of the order of the DRT dated 15 July 2015 and directing that the UBL shares shall not be dealt with until further orders. Subsequently, DHN was joined in the proceedings before the DRT.

 

261


Financial statements (continued)

 

Further, in a separate application filed by the SBI-led consortium before the DRT, on 17 May 2016 the DRT passed another ex-parte order attaching the shares held by Dr Mallya in Watson and directing Watson not to disburse amounts including dividends on shares held by Watson in Orange until further orders of the DRT. DHN and Standard Chartered (who were not named as parties in the above mentioned application filed by the SBI-led consortium) filed applications before the DRT to lift this order.

DHN is continuing to vigorously pursue these matters in order to lift the above DRT orders as part of the efforts for enforcement of the underlying security and recovery of outstanding amounts. Arguments on these matters have been made before the DRT, and the Presiding Officer of the DRT has not yet issued orders. Diageo believes that the existence of any prior rights or dispute in relation to the security would be in breach of representations and warranties given by Dr Mallya to Standard Chartered at the time the security was granted and further believes that Dr Mallya’s filing of the memorandum with the tribunal in relation to the UBL shares and his failure to object to the order for status quo in that regard are breaches of his obligations to Standard Chartered.

Under the terms of the guarantee and as a matter of law, there are arrangements to pass on to DHN the benefit of the security package upon payment under the guarantee of all amounts owed to Standard Chartered. Payment under the guarantee has now occurred as described above. Standard Chartered has taken certain recovery steps and is working with DHN in relation to the DRT proceedings.

DHN is actively monitoring the security package and is discussing with Standard Chartered steps to continue enforcement against the background of the DRT proceedings described above as well as in relation to the other elements of the security package. DHN’s ability to assume or enforce security over some elements of the security package is also subject to regulatory consent. It is not at this stage possible to determine whether such consent would be forthcoming. In addition, DHN has the benefit of a counter-indemnity from Watson in respect of payments in connection with the guarantee.

The agreement with Dr Mallya referenced in paragraph (d) below does not impact the security package, which includes shares in UBL and Watson’s interest in Orange, the joint venture that owns the F1 team. Watson remains liable for all amounts paid pursuant to the guarantee. DHN is entitled to the benefit of the security package underlying the facility and the security providers have undertaken to take all necessary actions in that regard.

(b) Thalidomide litigation

In June 2014, claims forms alleging product liability and negligence for injuries arising from the consumption of thalidomide were filed in the High Court in London against Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited, its parent Diageo Scotland Limited (formerly Distillers Company Limited), as well as against Grünenthal GmbH, the developer of the drug (not a member of the group). On 4 December 2014 these claims forms were served by lawyers acting for the claimants. Since then the proceedings in respect of the 28 individuals that have now issued claims in the United Kingdom have been stayed until 30 September 2016 while discussions are ongoing between Diageo and the claimants’ lawyers.

Diageo is unable to meaningfully quantify the possible loss or range of loss to which these lawsuits may give rise. Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited distributed thalidomide in the United Kingdom for a period in the late 1950s and early 1960s.

Diageo has worked voluntarily for many years with various thalidomide organisations and has provided significant financial support. A scheduled periodic review of Diageo’s financing of the UK Thalidomide Trust will be undertaken during the year ending 30 June 2017.

(c) Acquisition of USL shares from UBHL, winding-up petitions against UBHL and other proceedings in relation to the USL transaction

(i) On 4 July 2013 Diageo completed its acquisition, under a share purchase agreement with UBHL and various other sellers (the SPA), of 21,767,749 shares (14.98%) in USL for a total consideration of INR 31.3 billion (£349 million), including 10,141,437 shares (6.98%) from UBHL. The SPA was signed on 9 November 2012 and was part of the transaction announced by Diageo in relation to USL on that day (the Original USL Transaction). Through a series of further transactions, as of 2 July 2014, Diageo has a 54.78% investment in USL (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust).

 

 

262


Financial statements (continued)

 

Prior to the acquisition from UBHL on 4 July 2013, the High Court had granted leave to UBHL under sections 536 and 537 of the Indian Companies Act 1956 (the Leave Order) to enable the sale by UBHL to Diageo to take place (the UBHL Share Sale) notwithstanding the continued existence of five winding-up petitions that were pending against UBHL on 9 November 2012, being the date of the SPA. Additional winding-up petitions have been brought against UBHL since 9 November 2012, and the Leave Order did not extend to them. At the time of the completion of the UBHL Share Sale, the Leave Order remained subject to review on appeal. However, as stated by Diageo at the time of closing on 4 July 2013, it was considered unlikely that any appeal process in respect of the Leave Order would definitively conclude on a timely basis and, accordingly, Diageo waived the conditionality under the SPA relating to the absence of insolvency proceedings in relation to UBHL and acquired the 10,141,437 USL shares from UBHL at that time.

Following closing of the UBHL Share Sale, appeals were filed by various petitioners in respect of the Leave Order. On 20 December 2013, the division bench of the High Court set aside the Leave Order (the 20 December Order). Following the 20 December Order, Diageo filed special leave petitions (SLPs) in the Supreme Court of India against the 20 December Order.

On 10 February 2014, the Supreme Court of India issued an order giving notice in respect of the SLPs and ordering that the status quo be maintained with regard to the UBHL Share Sale pending a hearing on the matter in the Supreme Court. Following a number of adjournments, the next hearing date for the SLPs (in respect of which leave has since been granted and which have been converted to civil appeals) is yet to be fixed.

In separate proceedings, various winding-up petitions against UBHL have been admitted by the High Court. These petitions and certain related proceedings have been progressing through the High Court since closing of the UBHL Share Sale. Following earlier adjournments there is currently no fixed date for the next hearing of the various winding-up proceedings.

Diageo continues to believe that the acquisition price of INR 1,440 paid to UBHL for the USL shares is fair and reasonable as regards UBHL, UBHL’s shareholders and UBHL’s secured and unsecured creditors. However, adverse results for Diageo in the proceedings referred to above could, absent leave or relief in other proceedings, ultimately result in Diageo losing title to the 10,141,437 USL shares acquired from UBHL. Diageo believes it would remain in control of USL and be able to consolidate USL as a subsidiary regardless of the outcome of this litigation. There can be no certainty as to the outcome of the existing or any further related legal proceedings or the timeframe within which they would be concluded.

Diageo also has the benefit of certain contractual undertakings and commitments from the relevant sellers in relation to potential challenges to its unencumbered title to the USL shares acquired on 4 July 2013, including relating to the winding-up petitions described above and/or certain losses and costs that may be incurred in the event of third party actions relating to the acquisition of the USL shares.

(ii) Separately, Diageo’s contractual rights in relation to the acquisition of an additional 3,459,090 USL shares (representing 2.38% of the share capital of USL) under the SPA from the USL Benefit Trust have not been capable of completion. Currently certain lenders to USL are refusing to release security that they hold over those shares notwithstanding that they have been repaid in full. USL filed a petition against such lenders before the High Court for release of the security and the High Court granted a stay order in favour of USL in December 2015 restraining the lenders from dealing with the 3,459,090 pledged USL shares until further order of the High Court. As previously disclosed, while those shares are held by the USL Benefit Trust pending any sale, they are subject to an undertaking that the trustees would only vote the shares at the direction of USL.

(iii) Diageo has notified UBHL and its subsidiary, KFinvest, of certain claims that it believes it has against such parties under the SPA in relation to the matters revealed by the Initial Inquiry described in paragraph (d) below, including under provisions requiring the discharge of inter-group balances and also as a result of the non-disclosure of these matters to it during the due diligence exercise that preceded the Original USL Transaction. Diageo also believes that it may have additional claims against those parties under the SPA in relation to the matters revealed by the Additional Inquiry described in paragraph (d) below.

 

263


Financial statements (continued)

 

(d) USL internal inquiries, resignation of Dr Vijay Mallya from USL and related matters

In a notice to the Indian stock exchange dated 4 September 2014, USL announced that its Board of Directors had directed an inquiry into certain matters referred to in USL’s financial statements and the qualified auditor’s report for the year ended 31 March 2014 (the Initial Inquiry). The transactions noted in the Initial Inquiry occurred prior to Diageo gaining significant influence over USL on 4 July 2013 when it completed the transaction to purchase shares in USL to take its aggregate shareholding to 25.02%. USL provided an update on 25 April 2015 in relation to the Initial Inquiry which covered various matters, including certain doubtful receivables, advances and deposits. Additional updates have been provided by USL in subsequent quarterly announcements and most recently in the announcement of their audited financial results on 26 May 2016, in respect of the year ended 31 March 2016.

As previously stated by USL, the Initial Inquiry: (a) revealed that funds involved in many of the commercial transactions covered by the Initial Inquiry were diverted from USL and/or its subsidiaries to certain companies in the UBHL group, including in particular Kingfisher Airlines Limited; (b) prima facie revealed that certain accounting entries appear to have been made and certain transactions entered into on behalf of USL appear to have been undertaken in order to show a lower exposure of USL (and its subsidiaries) to UBHL than that which actually existed at the relevant time; and (c) also identified certain additional parties and matters where documents identified raised concerns as to the propriety of certain underlying commercial transactions with counterparties referred to in the notes to USL’s audited accounts for the year ended 31 March 2014. The Initial Inquiry suggested that the manner in which these various transactions were conducted, prima facie, indicates various improprieties and potential violations of provisions, inter alia, of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 and the listing agreements signed by USL with various stock exchanges in India on which its securities are listed.

USL has recorded provisions in an aggregate amount of approximately INR 6,712 million (£75 million) with respect to (a) above, and in an aggregate amount of approximately INR 2,368 million (£26 million) with respect to (c) above. These amounts were fully provided for in the fair value balance sheet consolidated by Diageo on 2 July 2014. Diageo does not expect any further material financial impact on Diageo’s financial results in connection with such transactions. USL made provisions in its financial statements for the two years ended 31 March 2014 and 31 March 2015 in respect of the issues identified by the Initial Inquiry. The audit report on the financial statements of USL for the year ended 31 March 2015 was also qualified in respect of these issues.

The USL board stated in its update of 25 April 2015 that it was not in a position to make any final determination with regard to the position of any individuals involved and therefore directed USL to report the relevant transactions to the authorities as required under applicable law and to provide the Initial Inquiry report to USL’s auditors and other regulators. The USL board also resolved that USL should take the necessary steps to assess USL’s legal position and then take such action as is necessary to recover its funds from the relevant parties to the extent possible. As previously announced by USL on 2 November 2015, USL has been taking steps for recovery of the funds that were identified by the Initial Inquiry to have been diverted from USL and/or its subsidiaries to the extent possible. During the quarter ended 30 September 2015, USL reached a settlement with one of the parties pursuant to which the party withdrew claims amounting to approximately INR 279 million (£3 million), and accordingly a provision of approximately INR 279 million (£3 million) was written back. Additionally, subsequent to the year ended 31 March 2016, USL has signed settlement agreements with certain such parties and based on these settlements has reversed provisions with respect to interest claimed amounting to INR 265 million (£3 million). During the year ended 31 March 2016, based on its assessment of recoverability, USL’s management has written off INR 5,666 million (£63 million) out of the amounts provided for with respect to the relevant parties.

In light of the above, and without making any determination as to fault or culpability, the USL directors noted in the update of 25 April 2015 that they had lost confidence in Dr Mallya continuing in his role as a director and as chairman of USL and therefore the USL board called upon Dr Mallya to resign forthwith as a director and as chairman of the board and step down from his positions in USL’s subsidiaries. The board of USL also resolved that, in the event Dr Mallya declined to step down, it would recommend to the shareholders of USL the removal of Dr Mallya as a director and as chairman of the board. Dr Mallya indicated at the time that he would not tender his resignation.

Diageo is the majority shareholder in USL with a 54.78% holding in USL. As previously announced by Diageo, it had certain contractual obligations to support Dr Mallya continuing as Non-Executive Director and Chairman of USL subject to certain conditions and in the absence of certain defaults. Those matters were agreed on 9 November 2012 as part of a broader shareholders’ agreement and came into effect on 4 July 2013 when Diageo completed the purchase of shares to take its aggregate shareholding in USL to 25.02%.

 

264


Financial statements (continued)

 

Subsequent to its announcement of 25 April 2015, USL provided its Initial Inquiry report and all related materials to Diageo. Diageo announced on 27 April 2015 that it noted the recommendation of the USL board and was considering its position under its agreements with Dr Mallya and UBHL in light of the inquiry report and materials provided to it.

On 25 February 2016, Diageo and USL each announced that they had entered into arrangements with Dr Mallya under which he had agreed to resign from his position as a director and as chairman of USL and from his positions in USL’s subsidiaries. As specified by Diageo in its announcement at that time, these arrangements ended its prior agreement with Dr Mallya regarding his position at USL, therefore bringing to an end the uncertainty relating to the governance of USL, and put in place a five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill arrangement with Dr Mallya. As part of those arrangements, USL, Diageo and Dr Mallya agreed a mutual release in relation to matters arising out of the Initial Inquiry and Dr Mallya also agreed not to pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates (including under the prior agreement with Diageo). In evaluating entering into such arrangements, Diageo considered the impact of the arrangements on USL and all of USL’s shareholders, and came to the view that the arrangements were in the best interests of USL and its shareholders. Diageo’s agreement with Dr Mallya (the 25 February Agreement) provided for a payment of $75 million (£53 million) to Dr Mallya over a five year period in consideration for the five-year global non-compete, non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill commitments referred to above, his resignation from USL and the termination of his appointment and governance rights, the relinquishing of rights and benefits attached to his position at USL, and his agreement not to pursue claims against Diageo and USL. The 25 February Agreement also provided for the release of Dr Mallya’s personal obligations to indemnify DHN and Diageo Finance in respect of any liabilities under the guarantee arrangements described in paragraph (a) above and his personal obligation to indemnify Diageo Finance in respect of its earlier liability (£30 million) under a guarantee of certain borrowings of United Breweries Overseas Limited. $40 million (£28 million) of the $75 million (£53 million) amount was paid on signing of the 25 February Agreement with the balance being payable in equal instalments of $7 million (£5 million) a year over five years, subject to and conditional on Dr Mallya’s compliance with certain terms of the agreement.

On 7 March 2016, a consortium of banks led by SBI obtained an order from the DRT in Bangalore attaching the sum of $75 million (£53 million) payable to Dr Mallya under the 25 February Agreement. The order provides that Dr Mallya is not to draw on that sum, Diageo is not to disburse such sum to Dr Mallya and Diageo is to deposit such sum with the DRT. Diageo filed an affidavit in the DRT on 5 April 2016 explaining that the sum of $40 million (£28 million) was paid on 25 February 2016, prior to the order dated 7 March 2016. Diageo further explained that no sum is presently due and payable by Diageo to Dr Mallya under the terms of the 25 February Agreement, and there can be no certainty that any amount will become due and payable under the terms of the 25 February Agreement in the future because of the conditional nature of the obligation. Diageo’s position is that the order is not currently capable of being performed. Pursuant to an order of the DRT dated 29 April 2016, on 12 May 2016 Diageo and USL filed memos with the DRT furnishing copies of their respective agreements with Dr Mallya. On 16 July 2016, the DRT issued a clarification in relation to its order dated 7 March 2016 (which forms part of that order), stating that: (i) if Diageo is liable to pay any amount under the 25 February Agreement to Dr Mallya, such amount shall be deposited in the DRT under the 7 March order; and (ii) if Diageo is not liable to pay any amount under the 25 February Agreement to Dr Mallya, Diageo does not need to deposit any amount in the DRT.

At the time of the 25 February 2016 announcement, Diageo confirmed that, by virtue of Dr Mallya having been a director of USL, a subsidiary of Diageo, the arrangements described in that announcement, which were required to be aggregated with certain prior transactions and arrangements, constituted a smaller related party transaction within LR11.1.10R of the Listing Rules. Accordingly, Diageo obtained written confirmation from BofA Merrill Lynch, as sponsor, that the terms of the relevant arrangements were fair and reasonable as far as Diageo shareholders were concerned.

As previously announced by USL and as noted above, the Initial Inquiry identified certain additional parties and matters indicating the possible existence of other improper transactions. These transactions could not be fully analysed during the Initial Inquiry and, accordingly, USL, as previously announced, mandated that its Managing Director & CEO conduct a further inquiry into the transactions involving the additional parties and the additional matters to determine whether they also suffered from improprieties (the Additional Inquiry). USL announced the results of the Additional Inquiry in a notice to the Indian Stock Exchange dated 9 July 2016.

 

 

265


Financial statements (continued)

 

As stated in that announcement, the Additional Inquiry revealed: (a) further instances of actual or potential fund diversions amounting to approximately INR 9,135 million (£102 million) as well as other potentially improper transactions involving USL and its Indian and overseas subsidiaries amounting to approximately INR 3,118 million (£35 million); (b) that these transactions occurred during the period from October 2010 to July 2014, although certain transactions appear to have been initiated prior to that period; and (c) that these improper transactions involved the diversion of funds to certain non-Indian entities in which Dr Mallya appears to have a material direct or indirect interest (including Force India Formula One, Watson Limited, Continental Administrative Services, Modall Securities Limited, Ultra Dynamix Limited and Lombard Wall Corporate Services Inc) as well as certain Indian entities (including, in most cases, Kingfisher Airlines Limited).

The USL board has, in light of these findings, and based on expert advice, directed that copies of the Additional Inquiry report be provided to the relevant authorities and its auditors. The USL board also directed that USL should conduct a detailed review of each indicated case of fund diversion to assess its legal position and then take such action as is necessary to recover its funds from the relevant parties and individuals, to the extent possible. The mutual release in relation to the Initial Inquiry agreed by Diageo and USL with Dr Mallya and announced on 25 February 2016 does not extend to matters arising out of the Additional Inquiry. In addition to the notification sent by Diageo to UBHL and KFinvest in relation to the claims it believes it has against such parties under the SPA in relation to the matters revealed in the Initial Inquiry, as noted in paragraph (c)(iii) above, Diageo also believes it may have claims against UBHL and KFinvest under the SPA in relation to the matters revealed by the Additional Inquiry, including under certain provisions requiring the discharge of inter-group balances and also as a result of the non-disclosure of these matters to it during the due diligence exercise that preceded the Original USL Transaction.

Almost all of the amounts identified in the Additional Inquiry have been previously provided for or expensed in the financial statements of USL or its subsidiaries for prior periods (including by way of provisions made in relation to impairment in the value of or loss on sale of USL’s overseas subsidiaries). USL’s management has recommended to the USL board that a further provision of INR 217 million (£2 million) should be made for the value of certain improper transactions identified by the Additional Inquiry which were not previously expensed or provided for. Based on the information currently available, Diageo believes that no further provisions are required at this stage.

(e) Regulatory notices in relation to USL

Following USL’s earlier updates concerning the Initial Inquiry as well as in relation to the arrangements with Dr Mallya that were the subject of the 25 February 2016 announcement, USL and Diageo have received various notices from Indian regulatory authorities, including the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Serious Fraud Investigation Office, National Stock Exchange, Income Tax Department, Enforcement Directorate, Securities and Exchange Board of India, Bangalore police, Central Excise Intelligence and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Diageo and USL are cooperating fully with the authorities in relation to these matters, and, as noted in paragraph (d) above, USL reported the matters covered by the Initial Inquiry and the Additional Inquiry to the relevant authorities.

Diageo and USL have also received notices from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) requesting information in relation to, and explanation of the reasons for, the arrangements with Dr Mallya that were the subject of the 25 February 2016 announcement as well as, in the case of USL, in relation to the Initial Inquiry, and, in the case of Diageo, whether such arrangements with Dr Mallya or the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements described in paragraph (a) above were part of agreements previously made with Dr Mallya at the time of the Original USL Transaction announced on 9 November 2012 and the open offer made as part of the Original USL Transaction. Diageo and USL have complied with such information requests and Diageo has confirmed that, consistent with prior disclosures, the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements and the matters described in the 25 February 2016 announcement were not the subject of any earlier agreement with Dr Mallya. In respect of the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements, SEBI issued a further notice to Diageo on 16 June 2016 that if there is any net liability incurred by Diageo (after any recovery under relevant security or other arrangements, which matters remain pending as noted in paragraph (a) above) on account of the Watson backstop guarantee, such liability, if any, would be considered to be part of the price paid for the acquisition of USL shares under the SPA which formed part of the Original USL Transaction and that, in that case, additional equivalent payments would be required to be made to those shareholders (representing 0.04% of the shares in USL) who tendered in the open offer made as part of the Original USL Transaction.

 

266


Financial statements (continued)

 

Diageo is clear that the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements were not part of the price paid or agreed to be paid for any USL shares under the Original USL Transaction and therefore believes the decision in the SEBI notice to be misconceived and wrong in law and it is taking steps to appeal it.

Diageo is unable to assess if the notices or enquiries referred to above will result in enforcement action or, if this were to transpire, to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss, if any, to which any such action might give rise if determined against Diageo or USL.

(f) SEC Inquiry

Diageo has received requests for information from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regarding its distribution in and public disclosures regarding the United States as well as additional context about the Diageo group globally. Diageo is currently responding to the SEC’s requests for information in this matter. Diageo is unable to assess if the inquiry will evolve into further information requests or an enforcement action or, if this were to transpire, to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss, if any, to which any such action might give rise.

(g) Other

The group has extensive international operations and is the defendant in a number of legal, customs and tax proceedings incidental to these operations, the outcome of which cannot at present be foreseen. In particular, the group is currently the defendant in various customs proceedings that challenge the declared customs value of products imported by certain Diageo companies. Diageo continues to defend its position vigorously in these proceedings.

Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is aware) are there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the financial position of the Diageo group.

19. COMMITMENTS

(a) Capital commitments

Commitments for expenditure on intangibles and property, plant and equipment not provided for in these consolidated financial statements are estimated at £87 million (2015 – £114 million; 2014 – £162 million).

(b) Operating lease commitments

The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable leases, principally in respect of properties, are as follows:

 

                                           
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Payments falling due:

     

Within one year

     92         96   

Between one and two years

     94         70   

Between two and three years

     81         61   

Between three and four years

     70         51   

Between four and five years

     63         51   

After five years

     407         217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     807         546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the North American wines transaction with Treasury Wine Estates (TWE). As part of this transaction Diageo sub-let the North American vineyards to TWE which continue to be leased from Realty Income Corporation (Realty). The terms of the sub lease to TWE are identical to the principal lease and the future lease commitments are included in finance lease liabilities ($47 million (£36 million)) and operating lease commitments ($541 million (£407 million)). The finance lease receivable from TWE of $47 million (£36 million) is included in other financial assets. If TWE default on their payments Diageo continue to be responsible for the lease payments to Realty. A provision has been charged to non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2016 for the estimated liability if TWE default on their lease commitments.

 

267


Financial statements (continued)

 

In respect of property not currently utilised the group has entered into sub-leases for which the minimum amount receivable from operating lease is £436 million (2015 – £28 million) under the terms of the contract including the receivable from TWE.

There are no significant leases for which contingent rent is payable, nor any that have purchase options, escalation clauses or restrictions. Certain of the operating leases have renewal clauses which are at fair market value.

20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions between the group and its related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions.

(a) Subsidiaries

Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed. Details of the principal group companies are given in note 21.

(b) Associates and joint ventures

Sales and purchases to and from associates and joint ventures are principally in respect of premium drinks products but also include the provision of management services.

Transactions and balances with associates and joint ventures are set out in the table below:

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Income statement items

        

Sales

     31         117         156   

Purchases

     36         85         89   

Balance sheet items

        

Group payables

     5         3         8   

Group receivables

     2         11         12   

Loans payable

     6         6         7   

Loans receivable

     2         2         41   

Cash flow items

        

Loans and equity contributions, net

             26         25   

Other disclosures in respect of associates and joint ventures are included in note 6.

(c) Key management personnel

The key management of the group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary. They are listed under ‘Board of Directors and Company Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’.

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

     11         9         9   

Annual incentive plan

     9         4         2   

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

     1         1         1   

Share-based payments(i)

     7         9         13   

Post employment benefits(ii)

     2         2         2   

Termination benefits

     2         1           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     32         26         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Time-apportioned fair value of unvested options and share awards.
(ii) Includes the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

 

268


Financial statements (continued)

 

Non-Executive Directors do not receive share-based payments or post employment benefits. Details are given in the Directors’ remuneration report of the individual Directors’ remuneration and transactions between the group and key management personnel.

(d) Pension plans

The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of administration services provided by the group to the pension plans and with professional fees paid by the group on behalf of the pension plans. The total amount recharged for the year was £16 million (2015 – £13 million; 2014 – £17 million).

(e) Directors’ remuneration

 

                                                                 
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Salaries and benefits

     2         2         3   

Annual incentive plan

     2         1           

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

     1         1         1   

Share option exercises(i)

                     4   

Shares vesting(i)

     5         5         7   

Post employment benefits(ii)

     1         1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     11         10         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Gains on options realised in the year and the benefit from share awards, calculated by using the share price applicable on the date of exercise of the share options and release of the awards.
(ii) Includes the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

Details of the individual Directors’ remuneration are given in the Directors’ remuneration report.

 

269


Financial statements (continued)

 

21. PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES

The companies listed below include those which principally affect the profits and assets of the group. The operating companies listed below may carry on the business described in the countries listed in conjunction with their subsidiaries and other group companies.

 

    

Country of
incorporation

   Country of
operation
     Percentage
of equity
owned(i)
   

Business description

Subsidiaries

          

Diageo Ireland

   Republic of Ireland      Worldwide         100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Great Britain Limited

   England      Worldwide         100   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Scotland Limited

   Scotland      Worldwide         100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Brands B.V.

   Netherlands      Worldwide         100   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo North America, Inc.

   United States      Worldwide         100   Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

United Spirits Limited(ii)

   India      India         54.78   Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Capital plc(iii)

   Scotland      United Kingdom         100   Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance plc(iii)

   England      United Kingdom         100   Financing company for the group

Diageo Investment Corporation

   United States      United States         100   Financing company for the US group

Mey İçki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş.

   Turkey      Turkey         100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Associates

          

Moët Hennessy SNC(iv)

   France      France         34   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

 

(i) All percentages, unless otherwise stated, are in respect of holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.
(ii) Excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust.
(iii) Directly owned by Diageo plc.
(iv) French partnership.
(1) Diageo Finance B.V. (Netherlands) is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the group. As at 30 June 2016, there were no outstanding securities issued by Diageo Finance B.V.

 

270


Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2012
£ million
 
Earnings           
Income before taxes on income, non-controlling interests and discontinued operations      2,858        2,933        2,711        3,057        3,043   
Less: Capitalised interest      —          (2     (4     (2     (5
Less: Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures      (221     (175     (252     (217     (229
Add: Dividend income received from associates      173        183        228        220        190   
Add: Fixed charges      623        697        671        758        752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,433        3,636        3,354        3,816        3,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Fixed charges           
Finance charges(i)      589        656        629        716        709   
Add: Interest capitalised      —          2        4        2        5   
Add: One third of rental expense      34        39        38        40        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     623        697        671        758        752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     ratio     ratio     ratio     ratio     ratio  
Ratio      5.5        5.2        5.0        5.0        5.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2016 includes a £91 million charge (2015 – £55 million; 2014 – £117 million; 2013 – £151 million; 2012 – £151 million) in respect of fair value adjustments to the group’s derivative instruments.

 

271


Additional information for shareholders

Legal proceedings

Information on the legal proceedings is set out in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Related party transactions

Transactions with other related parties are disclosed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

Share capital

Major shareholders

At 29 July 2016, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the company’s ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the company.

 

Shareholder

   Number of
ordinary shares
     Percentage of
issued
ordinary
share capital
(excluding
treasury
shares)
    Date of notification
of interest
 

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (indirect holding)(i)

     147,296,928         5.89     3 December 2009   

Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

     124,653,096         4.99     28 April 2009   

 

(i) On 26 January 2016, BlackRock Inc. filed an Amendment to Schedule 13G with the SEC in respect of the calendar year ended 31 December 2015 reporting that 161,879,296 ordinary shares representing 6.4% of the issued ordinary share capital were beneficially owned by BlackRock Inc. and its subsidiaries (including BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited).

The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The company’s substantial shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the company.

As at the close of business on 29 July 2016, 421,687,933 ordinary shares, including those held through ADSs, were held by approximately 2,769 holders (including ADR holders) with registered addresses in the United States, representing approximately 16.75% of the outstanding ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 105,323,780 ADSs were held by 2,398 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former GrandMet or Guinness Group ADR holders who have not re-registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary shares held by them.

Trading market for shares

Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) and on the Dublin and Paris Stock Exchanges. Diageo ADSs, representing four Diageo ordinary shares each, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the LSE. Diageo shares are traded on the LSE’s electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders match with corresponding buy or sell orders.

 

272


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Only member firms of the LSE, or the LSE itself if requested by the member firm, can enter or delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless of size, must be reported within three minutes of execution, but may be eligible for deferred publication.

The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) allows for delayed publication of large trades with a sliding scale requirement based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover (ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of trade to three trading days after time of trade.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the pound sterling price of the ordinary shares on the LSE and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in pound sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of bid and asked prices) for the ordinary shares on the LSE, taken from its Daily Official List, and the highest and lowest daily closing prices for ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 

                                                                                       
     Per ordinary share      Per ADS  
     High
pence
     Low
pence
     High
$
     Low
$
 

Year ended 30 June

           

2012

     1642         1112         104.00         72.77   

2013

     2085         1649         126.40         102.48   

2014

     2137         1768         132.74         115.83   

2015

     2023         1710         130.41         108.58   

2016

     2087         1640         121.62         100.98   

Three months ended

           

September 2014

     1904         1710         130.41         114.40   

December 2014

     1981         1710         123.40         109.77   

March 2015

     2023         1782         121.94         109.08   

June 2015

     1967         1755         121.95         108.58   

September 2015

     1950         1640         121.62         102.64   

December 2015

     1945         1766         116.56         107.17   

March 2016

     1911         1745         110.09         101.52   

June 2016

     2087         1748         112.88         100.98   

2016 monthly

           

January

     1885         1778         108.35         102.07   

February

     1911         1745         110.09         101.52   

March

     1905         1851         108.98         104.84   

April

     1948         1846         112.23         106.39   

May

     1894         1818         110.55         106.53   

June

     2087         1748         112.88         100.98   

July

     2192         2097         116.99         111.68   

At close of business on 29 July 2016, the market prices for ordinary shares and ADSs were 2161 pence and $116.54 respectively.

American depositary shares

Fees and charges payable by ADR holders

Citibank N.A. serves as the depositary (Depositary) for Diageo’s ADS programme having replaced the Bank of New York Mellon, the predecessor depositary, on 14 February 2013. Pursuant to the deposit agreement between Diageo, the Depositary and owners and holders of ADSs (the ‘Deposit Agreement’), ADR holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. In particular, the Depositary,

 

273


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, shall charge a fee of up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) relating to the issuance of ADSs; delivery of deposited securities against surrender of ADSs; distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (i.e. sale of rights and other entitlements); distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs; distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e. spin-off shares); and depositary services. Citibank N.A. is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013, U.S.A.

In addition, ADR holders may be required under the Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary (a) taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges; (b) registration fees; (c) certain cable, telex, and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses; (d) the expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency; (e) such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements; and (f) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary, the Custodian, or any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of ADSs. The Depositary may (a) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge and (b) deduct from any cash distribution the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and any taxes, duties or other governmental charges on account.

Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary

The Depositary reimburses Diageo for certain expenses it incurs in connection with the ADR programme, subject to a ceiling set out in the Deposit Agreement pursuant to which the Depositary provides services to Diageo. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the programme. Diageo had a similar arrangement with the Bank of New York Mellon.

Under the contractual arrangements with the Depositary, Diageo will receive a fixed contribution of at least $1,000,000 each year (less certain expenses incurred by the Depositary) and a variable contribution based on issuance and cancellation fees in excess of a threshold amount. These payments are received for expenses associated with non-deal road shows, third party investor relations consultant fees and expenses, Diageo’s cost for administration of the ADR programme not absorbed by the Depositary and related activities (e.g. expenses associated with the annual general meeting), travel expenses to attend training and seminars, exchange listing fees, legal fees, auditing fees and expenses, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filing fees, expenses related to Diageo’s compliance with US securities law and regulations (including, without limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and other expenses incurred by Diageo in relation to the ADR programme.

Articles of association

The company is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307.

The following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo’s articles of association (as adopted by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting on 14 October 2009) and applicable English law concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 29 July 2016. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association.

Investors can obtain copies of Diageo’s articles of association by contacting the Company Secretary at the.cosec@diageo.com.

Any amendment to the articles of association of the company may be made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, by way of special resolution.

Directors

Diageo’s articles of association provide for a Board of Directors, consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25 directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a general meeting or appointed by Diageo’s Board. At each annual general meeting, the following are required to retire and are then reconsidered for election/re-election, assuming they wish to stand for election/re-election: any director who has been appointed by Diageo’s Board since the last Annual General Meeting; any director who has been in office during the two previous general meetings and did not retire at either of them; and any director who has been in office, other than in an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting. There is no age limit requirement in respect of directors. Directors may also be removed before the expiration of their term of office in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts.

 

274


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Under Diageo’s articles of association, a director cannot vote in respect of any proposal in which the director has an interest. However, this restriction on voting does not apply where the interest cannot reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest, nor to resolutions (a) giving the director any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred for the benefit of Diageo, (b) giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of obligations of Diageo for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security, (c) relating to an offer of securities of Diageo in which the director participates or may participate as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting, (d) relating to any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director’s interest in securities of Diageo or by reason of any other interest in or through Diageo, (e) concerning any other company in which the director is directly or indirectly interested, provided that the director does not have a relevant interest in that company, (f) relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit (including any retirement benefit plan) in which the director will share equally with other employees, (g) relating to any insurance that Diageo purchases or maintains for its directors or any group of people, including directors, (h) giving the director an indemnity where all the other directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms, and (i) for the funding by Diageo of the director’s expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by Diageo of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all the other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements. A director cannot vote in relation to any resolution of the board concerning his own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with Diageo or any company in which Diageo is interested.

Under Diageo’s articles of association, compensation awarded to directors may be decided by the Board or any authorised committee of the Board. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board concerning matters relating to remuneration policy. It is comprised of all the Non-Executive Directors except for the Chairman.

The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of Diageo to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all net external borrowings of the group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to twice the aggregate of the group’s adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in Diageo’s articles of association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of Diageo’s shareholders.

Directors are not required to hold any shares of Diageo as a qualification to act as a director.

Dividend rights

Holders of Diageo’s ordinary shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors may also pay interim dividends or fixed rate dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. All of Diageo’s ordinary shares rank equally for dividends, but the Board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of Diageo’s shares from a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts. Dividends may be paid in currencies other than sterling and such dividends will be calculated using an appropriate market exchange rate as determined by the directors in accordance with Diageo’s articles of association.

If a dividend has not been claimed, the directors may invest the dividend or use it in some other way for the benefit of Diageo until the dividend is claimed. If the dividend remains unclaimed for 12 years after the date such dividend was declared or became due for payment, it will be forfeited and will revert to Diageo (unless the directors decide otherwise). Diageo may stop sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments in payment of dividends by post in respect of any shares or may cease to employ any other means for payment of dividends if either (a) at least two consecutive payments have remained uncashed or are returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed, or (b) one payment remains uncashed or is returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new postal address or account of the holder. Diageo must resume sending dividend cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing that means of payment if the holder requests such resumption in writing.

Diageo’s articles of association permit payment or satisfaction of a dividend wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Such action must be directed by the general meeting which declared the dividend and upon the recommendation of the directors.

 

275


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Voting rights

Voting on any resolution at any general meeting of the company is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands, (a) every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting, and every proxy appointed by any one shareholder and present at a general meeting, has/have one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or, subject to (b), represented by the proxy), and (b) every proxy present at a general meeting who has been appointed by more than one shareholder has one vote regardless of the number of shareholders who have appointed him or the number of shares held by those shareholders, unless he has been instructed to vote for a resolution by one or more shareholders and to vote against the resolution by one or more shareholders, in which case he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder, but a shareholder or proxy entitled to more than one vote need not cast all his votes or cast them all in the same way (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy).

A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

 

    the chairman of the general meeting;
    at least three shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution and present in person or by proxy at the meeting;
    any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution; or
    any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to vote on the relevant resolution on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

Diageo’s articles of association and the Companies Acts provide for matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the proposing and passing of two kinds of resolutions:

 

    ordinary resolutions, which include resolutions for the election, re-election and removal of directors, the declaration of final dividends, the appointment and re-appointment of the external auditor, the remuneration report and remuneration policy, the increase of authorised share capital, and the grant of authority to allot shares; and
    special resolutions, which include resolutions for the amendment of Diageo’s articles of association, resolutions relating to the disapplication of pre-emption rights, and resolutions modifying the rights of any class of Diageo’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class.

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. The necessary quorum for a meeting of Diageo is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any share held by him if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.

Liquidation rights

In the event of the liquidation of Diageo, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority in accordance with English law, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them.

Pre-emption rights and new issues of shares

While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under Diageo’s articles of association, the ability of the directors to cause Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company’s articles of association or given by its shareholders in a general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders.

 

276


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Disclosure of interests in Diageo’s shares

There are no provisions in Diageo’s articles of association whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Diageo’s shares are required to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under the Companies Acts. The basic disclosure requirement under Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules made by the Financial Conduct Authority (successor to the UK Financial Services Authority) imposes a statutory obligation on a person to notify Diageo and the Financial Conduct Authority of the percentage of the voting rights in Diageo he directly or indirectly holds or controls, or has rights over, through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments, if the percentage of those voting rights:

 

    reaches, exceeds or falls below 3% and/or any subsequent whole percentage figure as a result of an acquisition or disposal of shares or financial instruments; or
    reaches, exceeds or falls below any such threshold as a result of any change in the breakdown or number of voting rights attached to shares in Diageo.

The Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation of disclosure will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations for specified persons.

Under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, Diageo may, by notice in writing, require a person that Diageo knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the three years preceding the date of notice interested in Diageo’s shares to indicate whether or not that is the case and, if that person does or did hold an interest in Diageo’s shares, to provide certain information as set out in that Act.

Article 19 of the EU Market Abuse Regulation (2014/596) further requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within Diageo (and their persons closely associated) to notify Diageo of transactions conducted on their own account in Diageo shares or derivatives or certain financial instruments relating to Diageo shares.

The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

General meetings and notices

At least 21 clear days’ written notice of an annual general meeting is required. Any general meeting which is not an annual general meeting is called a ‘general meeting’. The minimum notice period for general meetings is 21 clear days.

An annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months of Diageo’s accounting reference date and at a time and place determined by the directors.

The chairman of any general meeting is entitled to refuse admission to (or eject from) that general meeting any person who fails to comply with any security arrangements or restrictions that the board may impose.

Variation of rights

If, at any time, Diageo’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of Diageo’s articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that (a) the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) or, if such quorum is not present on an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class regardless of the number of shares he holds, (b) any holder of shares of the class who is present in person or by proxy may demand a poll, and (c) each shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

 

277


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with or subsequent to that class of shares in all respects or by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the purchase or redemption by Diageo of its own shares, in each case in accordance with the Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association.

Repurchase of shares

Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, Diageo may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of Diageo’s issued share capital. Diageo currently has shareholder authority to buy back up to 251 million ordinary shares during the period up to the next Annual General Meeting. The minimum price which must be paid for such shares is 28101/108 pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) 5% above the average market value of the company’s ordinary shares for the five business days preceding the day of purchase and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent purchase bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out.

Restrictions on transfers of shares

The Board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the Board may reasonably require, (b) is in respect of only one class of share and (c) if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

The Board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo’s certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the transfer is shown to the Board to be pursuant to an arm’s length sale (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association).

Exchange controls

Other than certain economic sanctions which may be in effect from time to time, there are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends, interest or other payments to holders of Diageo’s securities who are non-residents of the UK or on the conduct of Diageo’s operations.

There are no restrictions under the company’s articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the company’s ordinary shares.

Please refer to the ‘Taxation’ section below for details relating to the taxation of dividend payments.

Documents on display

The Annual Report on Form 20-F and any other documents filed by the company with the SEC may be inspected at the SEC’s at the reference facilities located at the SEC Headquarters at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services, and from the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

278


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Taxation

This section provides a descriptive summary of certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, but only those who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.

It does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or a listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to special rules, including:

 

    a dealer in securities or foreign currency;
    a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;
    a tax-exempt organisation;
    a life insurance company;
    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;
    a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the voting stock of Diageo;
    a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction;
    a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes; or
    a US holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax advisor with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in ordinary shares or ADSs.

For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of their shares or ADSs and who hold their shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies, other financial institutions or to persons who have or are deemed to have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an employment or trade. This summary does not apply to persons who are treated as non-domiciled and resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of UK tax law. This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the United Kingdom and the practice of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs, all as currently in effect (or, in the case of the UK taxation of dividends paid to UK-resident individual shareholders on or after 6 April 2016, as currently proposed), as well as on the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Tax on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.

A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes:

 

    a citizen or resident for tax purposes of the United States and who is not and has at no point been resident in the United Kingdom;
    a US domestic corporation;
    an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source; or
    a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This section addresses only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes. Holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the US federal, state and local, and UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs in their respective circumstances. In particular, holders are encouraged to confirm with their advisor whether they are US holders eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.

 

279


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Dividends

UK taxation

The company will not be required to withhold tax at source when paying a dividend.

Provisions contained in the Finance Bill published by HM Government on 24 March 2016 will, if passed by Parliament, change the tax treatment of dividends in the hands of UK-resident shareholders who are individuals in respect of dividends paid on or after 6 April 2016. Assuming that the relevant provisions are duly enacted, and that the provisions as enacted do not differ in any material respect from the draft provisions published on 24 March 2016, the UK tax treatment of dividends paid on or after 6 April 2016 to UK-resident individuals will be as follows:

 

    Dividends will not carry a tax credit. All dividends received by an individual shareholder from the company (or from other sources) will, except to the extent that they are earned through an ISA, self-invested pension plan or other regime which exempts the dividends from tax, form part of the shareholder’s total income for UK income tax purposes and will represent the highest part of that income.
    A nil rate of income tax will apply to the first £5,000 of taxable dividend income received by an individual shareholder in a tax year (the “Nil Rate Amount”), regardless of what tax rate would otherwise apply to that dividend income.
    Any taxable dividend income in excess of the Nil Rate Amount will be taxed at a special rate, as set out below. That tax will be applied to the amount of the dividend income actually received by the individual shareholder (rather than to a grossed-up amount).

Where a shareholder’s taxable dividend income for a tax year exceeds the Nil Rate Amount, the excess amount (the “Relevant Dividend Income”) will be subject to income tax:

 

1. at the rate of 7.5%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls below the threshold for the higher rate of income tax;

 

2. at the rate of 32.5%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax but below the threshold for the additional rate of income tax; and

 

3. at the rate of 38.1%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls above the threshold for the additional rate of income tax.

Shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax which are small companies (for the purposes of the UK taxation of dividends) will not generally be subject to tax on dividends from the company. Other shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will not be subject to tax on dividends from the company as long as the dividends fall within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general, dividends paid on shares that are ordinary share capital for UK tax purposes and are not redeemable and dividends paid to a person holding less than 10% of the issued share capital of the payer (or any class of that share capital) are examples of dividends that fall within an exempt class.

US taxation

Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company (PFIC), rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxed at the preferential rates applicable to long term capital gains, provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period requirement. Under UK law, dividends paid by the company are not subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes the amount of the dividend received, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

 

280


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and, depending on the US holder’s circumstances, will generally either be ‘passive’ or ‘general’ income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit, if allowable, to a US holder. The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the US dollar value of the pounds sterling payments made, determined at the spot pounds sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. However, Diageo does not expect to calculate earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles. Accordingly, a US holder should expect to generally treat distributions Diageo makes as dividends.

Taxation of capital gains

UK taxation

A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at no time been resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent establishment. A disposal (or deemed disposal) of shares or ADSs by a holder who is resident in the United Kingdom may, depending on the holder’s particular circumstances, and subject to any available exemption or relief, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK tax on capital gains.

US taxation

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

PFIC rules

Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If treated as a PFIC, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, US holders would be treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ pro-rated over the holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain or distribution was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if Diageo were a PFIC at any time during the holding period in a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends received from Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if Diageo is a PFIC (or is treated as a PFIC with respect to the holder) either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

281


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

UK inheritance tax

Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, an ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual’s lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. In a case where an ordinary share or ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

Stamp duty or stamp reserve tax (SDRT) is no longer imposed where new underlying ordinary shares are issued into the Depository system, following the case of HSBC Holdings plc and Vidacos Nominees Limited v Commissioners for HMRC. Stamp duty or stamp reserve tax (SDRT) is still imposed upon the transfer of an existing underlying ordinary share to the Depositary, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of the consideration for the transfer. The Depositary will pay the stamp duty or SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of ADSs. No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs in practice, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

Purchases of ordinary shares will be subject to UK stamp duty, or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. However, where ordinary shares being acquired are transferred direct to the Depositary’s nominee, the only charge will generally be the higher charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so acquired. Any stamp duty payable (as opposed to SDRT) is rounded up to the nearest £5. No stamp duty (as opposed to SDRT) will be payable where an instrument of transfer is executed and the amount or value of the consideration is (and is certified to be) £1,000 or less. Stamp duty or SDRT is usually paid or borne by the purchaser.

Warning to shareholders — share fraud

Please beware of the share fraud of ‘boiler room’ scams, where shareholders are called ‘out of the blue’ by fraudsters (sometimes claiming to represent Diageo) attempting to obtain money or property dishonestly. Further information is available in the investor section of the company’s website (www.diageo.com) but in short, if in doubt, take proper professional advice before making any investment decision.

 

282


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Signature

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

DIAGEO plc
(REGISTRANT)

/s/ K Mikells

Name: K Mikells
Title: Chief Financial Officer
9 August 2016

 

283


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Exhibits

 

1.1    Articles of Association of Diageo plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 October 2009).
2.1    Indenture, dated as of 3 August 1998, among Diageo Capital plc, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-8874) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 24 July 1998 (pages 365 to 504 of paper filing)).(i)
2.2    Indenture, dated as of 1 June 1999, among Diageo Investment Corporation, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 November 2001 (pages 241 to 317 of paper filing)).(i)
2.3    Indenture, dated as of 8 December 2003, among Diageo Finance B.V., Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 9 December 2003).(i)
4.1    Service Agreement, dated 1 October 2015, between Diageo plc and Kathryn Mikells.
4.2    Service Agreement, dated 7 May 2013, between Diageo plc, Diageo North America, Inc. and Ivan Menezes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 12 August 2013).
4.3    Letter of Agreement, dated 19 July 2007, between Diageo plc and Dr Franz B. Humer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.4    Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United Kingdom, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).
4.5    Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).
4.6    Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United Kingdom, in use as of July 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).
4.7    Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States, in use as of July 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).
4.8    Diageo 2010 Sharesave Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.9    Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.10    Rules of the Diageo plc 2009 International Share Match Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.11    Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).
4.12    Diageo plc 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).
4.13    Diageo plc 2008 Performance Share Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).
4.14    Diageo plc 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).
4.15    Diageo plc Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.16    Diageo plc Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

 

284


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

4.17    Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.18    Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.19    Diageo plc 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.20    Diageo plc 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.21    Diageo plc UK Sharesave Scheme 2000, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.22    Addendum to Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.23    Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan, dated as of 23 August 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 5 September 2012).
4.24    Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 18 September 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-206290) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).
4.25    Letter of Agreement, dated 12 May 2016, between Diageo plc and Mr. Javier Ferran.
6.1    Description of earnings per share (included in the section ‘How we measure performance: Key performance indicators’ on pages 23-24 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
7.1    Description of unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges (included on page 271 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
8.1    Principal group companies (included in note 21 to the consolidated financial statements on page 270 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
12.1    Certification of Ivan Menezes filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).
12.2    Certification of Kathryn Mikells filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).
13.1    Certification of Ivan Menezes furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).
13.2    Certification of Kathryn Mikells furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).
15.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
15.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

(i) Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under Diageo’s indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

 

285


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Cross reference to Form 20-F

 

Item

  

Required item in Form 20-F

  

Page(s)

Part I

     

1.

   Identity of directors, senior management and advisers    Not applicable

2.

   Offer statistics and expected timetable    Not applicable

3.

   Key information   
   A. Selected financial data    8-11
   B. Capitalization and indebtedness    Not applicable
   C. Reason for the offer and use of proceeds    Not applicable
   D. Risk factors    39-45

4.

   Information on the company   
   A. History and development of the company    5, 13-15, 48-50, 55-57, 81, 89-90, 223-228, 258-259, 267-268
   B. Business overview    5, 13-17, 60-79, 92-109, 207-210
   C. Organizational structure    270
   D. Property, plants and equipment    13-14, 60, 63, 67, 70, 73, 213-216, 233-234

4A.

   Unresolved staff comments    Not applicable

5.

   Operating and financial review and prospects   
   A. Operating results    8-11, 15-17, 35, 48-109, 133-146, 213-217, 235-242, 246-247
   B. Liquidity and capital resources    52, 58-59, 85, 90-91, 110-113, 242-244, 249-256, 267-268
   C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.    15
   D. Trend information    5, 32-35
   E. Off-balance sheet arrangements    112
   F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations    112
   G. Safe harbor   

6.

   Directors, senior management and employees   
   A. Directors and senior management    147-151, 190
   B. Compensation    176-193, 235-242
   C. Board practices    147-149, 152-155, 161-164, 173-176, 190-191
   D. Employees    17, 176, 212
   E. Share ownership    179-184, 187-188, 192, 259-260

7.

   Major shareholders and related party transactions   
   A. Major shareholders    272
   B. Related party transactions    192, 268-269, 272
   C. Interests of experts and counsel    Not applicable

8.

   Financial information   
   A. Consolidated statements and other financial information    199-270
   B. Significant changes   

9.

   The offer and listing   
   A. Offer and listing details    272-273
   B. Plan of distribution    Not applicable
   C. Markets    272-273
  

D. Selling shareholders

  

Not applicable

  

E. Dilution

  

Not applicable

  

F. Expenses of the issue

  

Not applicable

 

286


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Item

  

Required item in Form 20-F

  

Page(s)

10.

   Additional information   
  

A. Share capital

  

Not applicable

  

B. Memorandum and articles of association

   274-278
  

C. Material contracts

   174-176, 259-260
  

D. Exchange controls

   278
  

E. Taxation

   279-282
  

F. Dividends and paying agents

  

Not applicable

  

G. Statement by experts

  

Not applicable

  

H. Documents on display

   278
  

I. Subsidiary information

  

Not applicable

11.

   Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk    113, 245-253

12.

   Description of securities other than equity securities   
  

A. Debt securities

  

Not applicable

  

B. Warrants and rights

  

Not applicable

  

C. Other securities

  

Not applicable

  

D. American depositary shares

   273-274

Part II

     

13.

   Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies    Not applicable

14.

   Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds    Not applicable

15.

   Controls and procedures   
  

A. Disclosure controls and procedures

   155
  

B. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

   156-158
  

C. Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

   197
  

D. Changes in internal control over financial reporting

   156-158

16A.

   Audit committee financial expert    164

16B.

   Code of ethics    156-157

16C.

   Principal accountant fees and services    163-164, 211-212

16D.

   Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees    Not applicable

16E.

   Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers    111-112, 257-258

16F.

   Change in registrant’s certifying accountant    Not applicable

16G.

   Corporate governance    159

16H.

   Mine safety disclosure    Not applicable

Part III

     

17.

   Financial statements    Not applicable

18.

   Financial statements    See Item 8

19.

   Exhibits    284-285

Additional information

  
  

Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

   271
  

Glossary of terms and US equivalents

   288-289

It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Diageo plc at the reference facilities located at the SEC Headquarters at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services, and from the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

287


Glossary of terms and US equivalents

In this document the following words and expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

 

Term used in UK annual report

  

US equivalent or definition

Associates    Entities accounted for under the equity method
American Depositary Receipt (ADR)    Receipt evidencing ownership of an ADS
American Depositary Share (ADS)    Registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each
Capital redemption reserve    Other additional capital
Company    Diageo plc
CPI    Consumer price index
Creditors    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Debtors    Accounts receivable
Employee share schemes    Employee stock benefit plans
Equivalent units    An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. To convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10, and certain pre-mixed products classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five.
Euro, €, ¢    Euro currency
Exceptional items    Items that, in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or nature
Excise duty    Tax charged by a sovereign territory on the production, manufacture, sale or distribution of selected goods (including imported goods) within that territory. It is generally based on the quantity or alcohol content of goods, rather than their value, and is typically applied to alcohol products and fuels.
Finance lease    Capital lease
Financial year    Fiscal year
Free cash flow    Net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with net purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software and with movements in loans
Freehold    Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity
GAAP    Generally accepted accounting principles
Group and Diageo    Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries
IFRS    International Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

IWSR, Impact Databank, Nielsen, Beverage Information Group and Plato Logic

   Information source companies that research the beverage alcohol industry and are independent from industry participants
Net sales    Sales after deducting excise duties
Noon buying rate    Buying rate at noon in New York City for cable transfers in sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
Operating profit    Net operating income

Organic movement

   At level foreign exchange rates and after adjusting for exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals for continuing operations

 

288


Glossary of terms and US equivalents (continued)

 

Term used in UK annual report

  

US equivalent or definition

Own shares    Treasury stock
Pound sterling, sterling, £, pence, p    UK currency
Price/mix    Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales exceeds the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants or as price changes are implemented.
Profit    Earnings
Profit for the year    Net income
Provisions    Accruals for losses/contingencies
Reserves    Accumulated earnings, other comprehensive income and additional paid in capital
RPI    Retail price index
Ready to drink    Ready to drink products. Ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as premix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.
SEC    US Securities and Exchange Commission
Share premium    Additional paid in capital or paid in surplus
Shareholders’ funds    Shareholders’ equity
Shareholders    Stockholders
Shares    Common stock
Shares and ordinary shares    Diageo plc’s ordinary shares
Shares in issue    Shares issued and outstanding
Staff costs    Payroll costs
Trade and other payables    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Trade and other receivables    Accounts receivable
US dollar, US$, $, ¢    US currency

 

289